UCLA

UCLA Electronic Theses and Dissertations

Title
Approaching the Psalms: The Psalm Headings in the Early Versions

Permalink
https://escholarship.org/uc/item/7hn7g86z

Author
Chappell, Abraham Josiah

Publication Date
2015

Peer reviewed|Thesis/dissertation

eScholarship.org Powered by the California Digital Library

University of California
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

Los Angeles

Approaching the Psalms:

The Psalm Headings in the Early Versions

A dissertation submitted in partial satisfaction of the

requirements for the degree Doctor of Philosophy

in Near Eastern Languages and Cultures

by

Abraham Josiah Chappell

2015
 Ⓒ Copyright by

Abraham Josiah Chappell

2015
 ABSTRACT OF THE DISSERTATION

Approaching the Psalms:

The Psalm Headings in the Early Versions

by

Abraham Josiah Chappell

Doctor of Philosophy in Near Eastern Languages and Cultures

University of California, Los Angeles, 2015

Professor William M. Schniedewind, Chair

This dissertation studies the history of the reception of the Psalm headings (also called the

inscriptions, superscriptions, or titles) from the original Hebrew text into the main early

versions of Greek, Latin, Coptic, Syriac, and Targumic Aramaic. This material has proven

difficult for both ancient and modern scholars to fully understand, and the goal of this study is to

see what ancient translators and copyists did when faced with such opaque texts—and, if

possible, to ascertain what they thought of them. No similar study has yet been made, either in

the scope of the versions used or the detail into which the evidence of the manuscript traditions

has been described.

This study is organized into two main parts. Part One surveys the early versions, in

sections organized by language (for most of these languages more than one translation or

version was made). For each, relationships to other versions, notable figures involved in the

translation or interpretation of the Psalms in that language, and the sources (important

manuscripts and available critical editions) are delineated. The different scribal presentations of

ii
the actual text of the headings in manuscripts are discussed as well. This material provides both

the context and the textual basis for the rest of the study. Part Two provides a synoptic edition of

the texts of the Psalm headings themselves, organized by language and proximity to the original

Hebrew. Specific English translations for the main text of all these versions are provided, as is a

critical apparatus listing all important variants.

Two main treatments of the Psalm headings can be discerned in the early versions:

accommodation or replacement. Accommodation, which seeks to maintain the headings

inherited ultimately from Hebrew, can be either conservative (without additions or

modifications) or free (the headings are flexible and may be amended). Replacement, the rarer

treatment, involves the excision of the original headings from transmission and their

replacement with theological material designed to guide the reader toward a proper

understanding of the Psalm. These varied treatments attest to a range of opinion about the

validity and function of the headings.

iii
The dissertation of Abraham Josiah Chappell is approved.

Yona Sabar

S. Peter Cowe

Ra‘anan S. Boustan

William M. Schniedewind, Committee Chair

University of California, Los Angeles

2015

iv
 CONTENTS

page

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS ix

VITA x

INTRODUCTION 1

Past Research 2

Methodological Considerations 4

Plan of the Present Study 8

General Bibliography 14

PART ONE: THE EARLY VERSIONS 17

THE PSALMS IN HEBREW 18

The Origins of the Book of Psalms 18

The Masoretic Text 18

The Dead Sea Scrolls 21

Hebrew Textual Witnesses 22

Hebrew Bibliography 24

v
THE PSALMS IN GREEK 28

The Old Greek 28

The Three Revisers 30

Origen’s Hexapla 32

Christian Interpretation of the Greek Psalm Headings 34

Greek Textual Witnesses 39

Greek Bibliography 42

THE PSALMS IN LATIN 48

The Old Latin 48

Jerome’s Psalms Translations 48

Further Developments 50

Latin Textual Witnesses 53

Latin Bibliography 57

THE PSALMS IN COPTIC 61

Overview of the Coptic Versions 61

The Sahidic Version 62

The Oxyrhynchitic Version 64

The Bohairic Version 65

Other Dialects 67

Coptic Textual Witnesses 67

Coptic Bibliography 74

vi
 THE PSALMS IN SYRIAC 92

The Peshiṭta 92

East and West Syrian Traditions 92

The “Syrohexapla” 95

Syriac Textual Witnesses 96

Syriac Bibliography 100

THE PSALMS IN TARGUMIC ARAMAIC 104

The Targum of Psalms 104

Targumic Aramaic Textual Witnesses 107

Targumic Aramaic Bibliography 109

PART TWO: THE PSALM HEADINGS IN THE EARLY VERSIONS 111

EXPLANATION OF FORMAT 112

Layout of Texts 112

Translations 115

THE PSALM HEADINGS IN THE EARLY VERSIONS 118

vii
CONCLUSION 510

The Status of the Headings in the Early Versions 510

The Function of the Headings in the Early Versions 512

Further Research 513

Other Languages Bibliography 515

viii
 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am extremely grateful for the many excellent teachers I have had over the years at UCLA, but

above all for the esteemed members of my committee. Professors Sabar, Cowe, and Boustan

have all challenged and encouraged me, and it has been my great honor to learn from them.

Professor Bill Schniedewind has been my teacher, my advisor, and chair of the Near Eastern

Languages and Cultures department over many years. Enjoy your well deserved sabbatical!

Many of my peers at UCLA have helped and encouraged me along the way; I must

especially thank Jen Pantoja, Peter Lanfer, Jeremy Smoak, Alice Mandell, Ryan Roberts, George

Pierce, Kyle Keimer, Lisa Cleath, Melissa Ramos, Mike Wingert, Jody Washburn, Eric Wells,

and Joe Sanzo. You have all made the journey much more enjoyable.

Beyond UCLA, I have been fortunate to find incredibly helpful allies. Hany Takla,

president of the St. Shenouda the Archimandrite Coptic Society has been a wise mentor to me—

and the resources of the Coptic Center have saved me countless hours in my research. I was

blessed with two years of graduate school funding from the Green Scholars Initiative, and I am

grateful to the Green family for this wonderful act of generosity. Jerry Pattengale, Josephine

Dru, Christian Askeland, Amy Van Dyke, and all the staff and fellows of the GSI and the

Museum of the Bible have been amazingly helpful and supportive. I also wish to thank Bobby

Duke and the Department of Biblical and Religious Studies at Azusa Pacific University for giving

me my next step after life in graduate school.

Finally, I thank God for blessing me with my wonderful family: my parents, Linda and

Kyle, who first acquainted me with the great story of the Bible and encouraged my curiosity over

the years; my amazing wife Abby who has loved, supported, and inspired me through the long,

strange trip that graduate school has been; and my children, Ava and Isaac, whose young wit

and boundless energy have given me hope and grounding. Let’s build that treehouse now, kids!

ix
 VITA

1998–2000 Allan Hancock College

Santa Maria, CA

2000–2002 University of California Regents Scholarship

University of California, Los Angeles

2002–2003 Departmental Scholar

Department of Near Eastern Languages and Cultures
University of California, Los Angeles

2003 Bachelor of Arts (summa cum laude), Ancient Near Eastern Civilizations
University of California, Los Angeles

2003 Master of Arts, Near Eastern Languages and Cultures

University of California, Los Angeles

2007–2013 Teaching Assistant/Associate/Fellow

Department of Near Eastern Languages and Cultures
University of California, Los Angeles

2013 Candidate in Philosophy, Near Eastern Languages and Cultures

University of California, Los Angeles

2013–2015 Edwin M. Yamauchi Award for Excellence in Textual Studies

Green Scholars Initiative

2015 Adjunct Professor

Department of Biblical and Religious Studies
Azusa Pacific University
Azusa, CA

Presentations and Publications

2008 “The Coptic Versions of Daniel: Preliminary Observations.” 10th St. Shenouda–
UCLA Conference of Coptic Studies. Los Angeles, CA.

2012 “The Coptic Versions of the Book of Psalms.” 14th St. Shenouda–UCLA
Conference of Coptic Studies. Los Angeles, CA.

x
2014 “Graduate student response” to lecture by Stan Rosenberg, “Beside the Basilica:
Augustinian Theology and Scholarly Vocation.” LOGOS in Oxford Conference,
Lady Margaret Hall, Oxford, UK.

2014 “The Psalters of the White Monastery.” 16th St. Shenouda–UCLA Conference of
Coptic Studies. Los Angeles, CA.

2015 “Hezekiah” and “Tetragrammaton” entries in The Routledge Encyclopedia of

Ancient Mediterranean Religions, edited by Eric Orlin, Lisbeth Fried, Jennifer
Knust, Michael Pregill, and Michael Satlow. New York: Routledge.

(forthcoming) Edition of GC.PAP.000255 (with Joseph E. Sanzo) in forthcoming volume of The

Green Scholars Initiative: Papyrus Series, edited by Jeffrey Fish, Dirk Obbink,
and Jerry Pattengale. Leiden: Brill.

xi
 INTRODUCTION

For more than two thousand years, the Book of Psalms has reigned supreme as the source of

worship and meditation in all branches of Judeo-Christian tradition. From daily prayers to

formal services, few biblical texts have had such an enduring presence in the daily life of the

faithful. Rabbis, monks, and common folk alike memorize and recite these ancient Israelite

songs of praise and petition. When the Christian biblical canon was translated into new

languages, the Psalms were among the first texts to make the jump.

Interspersed amidst this central collection of songs lies another kind of text, framing and

presenting them to the reader. These are the Psalm headings or superscriptions. In the Hebrew

Masoretic text, 116 out of a total of 150 Psalms bear such a heading. These vary in length, from a

single word or short phrase of attribution to an entire short paragraph providing the historical

circumstances of the following Psalm. Frequently musical or liturgical information is supplied,

although the precise significance of this information has often proven cryptic to later

interpreters.

Despite their presence in the earliest biblical manuscripts, this material has not always

been treated to the same status as the Psalms themselves. Some ancient scribes, as in the great

Greek manuscript Codex Sinaiticus, used rubrication for the Psalm headings, drawing special

attention to them with red ink. Some traditions include the headings in their system of

versification; others do not. Most modern translations mark them off visually as something

1
different from the actual Psalm text, either through italics, all capital letters, or a smaller font.

The 1976 Today’s English Version literally marginalized them, moving them to footnotes and

adding new descriptive headings in their place; the 1970 New English Bible deleted them

entirely (although the 1989 Revised English Bible added them quietly back). These treatments

all attest to the varied reception this “liminal” material has had.

In this study, I trace this reception of the Psalm headings from the Hebrew through the

core early versions—the translations into the Greek, Latin, Coptic, Syriac, and Targumic

Aramaic languages. The foundations of these traditions were laid by the end of Late Antiquity

and they in turn serve as the sources for subsequent translation efforts into other languages in

the first millennium.

Past Research

Perhaps it should not be surprising, considering some modern attitudes, that very little of the

massive scholarly research into the Psalms in the last centuries has focused on the actual

headings of the Psalms.1 What little research that has been done has been mainly interested in

the question of the age and/or “authenticity” of the (Masoretic) Hebrew titles.2 Most have

concluded that the Psalm titles are later, editorial, and exegetical—that they form in a sense a

first wave of interpretation of the Psalms—and moved on.3 The major Psalm commentaries have

usually limited themselves to a quick comparison of the Hebrew and Greek headings, noting the

general similarities and various anomalies between the two.

1. For instance, Craigie’s WBC volume devotes less than two full pages of discussion to the headings
(2004, 31-33)

2. See Fraser 1984.

3. Thus the rationale of the NEB for their deletion: “The headings of the Psalms, consisting partly of
musical instructions, of which the meanings have mostly been lost, and partly of historical notices,
deduced (sometimes incorrectly) from the individual Psalms, have been omitted; they are almost certainly
not original” (Introduction, xviii)

2
 An important exception to this cursory treatment comes in the study of the Syriac Psalm

headings, where theological divisions between East and West Syrian scribes resulted in two

separate and flourishing traditions. Because of the uniqueness of this material, editions and

fruitful studies of these headings have appeared.1 Nevertheless, this is the exception to the

general rule of neglect. Only a few studies have done serious comparative work beyond just

Hebrew and Greek, and these few are now quite dated.

In 1890, Adolf Neubauer studied the Psalm headings in the light of early Jewish

interpretation, with an initial survey of relevant passages from the Mishnah, Talmud, and

Midrashim, along with Rabbinic and Qaraite commentators who discuss the authorship of the

Psalms. He then turns to the exposition of select headings, comparing the ways their enigmatic

phrases were understood by these authorities. Neubauer also includes the readings of the Old

Greek and the Revisers, and the Targum of Psalms. Surprisingly, he also includes (an) Old Latin

version2 (which he refers to as the “Itala”) and Jerome’s Psalterium Gallicanum (“Vulgate”), on

the basis that these were composed with Jewish assistance, and therefore reflect Jewish

interpretation.3 Neubauer provides English translations for the Targum and the predominately

Arabic texts of the commentators. Despite this inclusiveness, his study is still circumscribed by

its limited scope and its necessary utilization of what we would now consider very preliminary

editions of the versions.

In 1892, W. Staerk published a 60 page article on the Psalm headings. His study, “Zur

Kritik der Psalmenüberschriften,” surveyed the Masoretic Text, the Old Greek and the Revisers,

the Targum, and Jerome’s translation from the Hebrew. The headings were provided in a

1. See the works by Bloemendaal, van Rooy, and Taylor in the bibliography.

2. Neubauer does not specify his source, but he appears to have used the edition of the Psalter of St.
Germain (Paris, BN, Lat. 11947) edited by Sabatier in 1751. This manuscript is included in Part Two of this
study (ms. γ).

3. Neubauer 1890, 9. It is odd that he does not instead use Jerome’s Psalterium iuxta Hebraeos, which
was actually translated from Hebrew with more Jewish aid.

3
synopsis, with some variants footnoted, using the main editions of the time. (Staerk provides no

translations.) This work makes some mention of the Syriac Codex Ambrosianus (7a1) and the

Syriac headings, but does not interact with Coptic and is, of course, dependent on dated editions

for its comparisons of the Greek, Latin, and Targumic Aramaic.

More than 120 years have transpired since these two efforts, and although our

knowledge of the manuscript traditions has significantly increased, no other study has yet been

produced as Staerk’s successor. No one has yet to make a systematic, comprehensive study of

the Psalm headings across all the main early versions. This study is intended to fill this gap.

Ultimately, I pursued this research because I find it to be a fascinating opportunity to explore

something which has largely gone unnoticed, literally attached to one of the most widely read

biblical texts. I believe the history of the Psalm headings has much to tell us.

Methodological Considerations

Terminology and Corpus

The headings of the Psalms are also referred to as titles, superscriptions, and inscriptions, and I

will use these terms interchangeably. As any of the standard commentaries on the Psalms can

relate, the headings can include various types of information: 1) attribution, 2) musical

terminology, such as type of song or tune, and 3) historical circumstances.1 They are naturally

found before the text of the Psalm they describe, and the body of this material has been the focus

of my research. In Part Two of this study, I have compiled a synoptic edition of the Psalm

headings in the early versions, listing these in parallel for easy comparison. An important

criterion for inclusion in this synopsis was that the heading traditions were genetically

connected to (at least some form of) the original Hebrew headings, even with additions and

1. See Gerstenberger 2001, 536.

4
modifications. Those traditions which jettisoned or radically altered this family of headings are

not included in the synopsis, although they are discussed in the relevant sections of Part One.

In addition, other types of information often found appended to the headings. These

include the numeration for the Psalm, later liturgical subdivisions (such as Greek and Coptic

notations for kathisma and stasis/doxa, marking breaks in the recitation of the Psalms), the

Latin series of extended headings signaling the voces (the prosopological interpretation of the

intended “speaker” of the Psalm, i.e., vox Christi, vox ecclesiae, etc.) and other information, and

stichometric counts (the number of poetic lines in the Psalm text). As the focus of this study is

on the material of the main headings, this additional psalmic apparatus is not included in the

main collection in Part Two, but will also be discussed where relevant throughout Part One.1

Paratextuality

The material of the Psalm headings fall under the literary category of paratexts—they are not the

main text, but serve to frame it.2 The concept of paratextuality is a relatively recent idea,

formulated by the French literary theorist Gérard Genette in his 1987 book Seuils.3 Genette uses

this term for those framing elements such as title page, front matter, preface, and introduction,

which are added to the author’s main text (usually by an editor or publisher). The paratext

presents the main text to the reader and affects the reader’s reception of the main text. The

paratext thus functions as the threshold, a liminal point of access to the main text.

Genette employs this concept in the study of modern printed publishing, but

paratextuality certainly can be applied to the Psalm headings, for in many ways they function

1. The numeration of the Psalms, of course, can be found at the top of each page of Part Two. Differences
between Hebrew and Greek numberings are represented by Hebrew number/Greek number.

2. Most biblical scholars would also agree that the headings were subsequent, editorial additions to the
authorial text as well, further matching the profile of a paratext.

3. English translation by Jane E. Lewin: Paratexts: Thresholds of Interpretation (1997).

5
similarly.1 Both modern and ancient paratexts are not usually given much conscious

consideration by readers, even though these materials can exercise significant control over our

approach to the main text. As will be seen, the Psalm headings can be quite malleable, and are

able to present and re-present the Psalms in new and innovative ways in changing

circumstances. Their nature as paratexts allows them (especially in certain traditions) to

radically and fundamentally ground the reader’s understanding of the following Psalm text,

often in a manner in which the reader may not be actively aware. Theologically conditioned

interpretations of the Psalms can thus be insured from the onset.

Primary Sources: The Manuscript Traditions

To understand the Psalm headings, one must first read the Psalm headings. Accordingly, the

starting point of my research has been the collection and assemblage of the Psalm titles from

their manifold language traditions. For some languages, this was a relatively easy task, as

scholars have already prepared proper critical editions of the Psalms with their headings

included. For others, this preliminary work was much more involved—for instance, no modern

critical edition of the entire Coptic Old Testament (in any dialect) exists, only assorted editions

of various books and specific manuscripts. In such cases, the foundational task of sizing up the

manuscript tradition for the Psalms and identifying exemplar manuscripts had to be done

before the text of the headings could be isolated.

Obviously, any analysis of biblical texts requires the use of the criteria usually employed

in textual criticism to determine the original text of the version in question—or, more

realistically, the earliest recoverable text. A study such as this one, however, is interested in the

subsequent development of the translated text in the hands of its transmitters. Editors of

1. An insight made by Taylor (2006) in his discussion of the West Syrian Psalm headings.

6
standard critical editions often seek to prune away this material in the quest for the pristine

root; I am equally interested in the ways the branches grow and intertwine.

Many manuscripts across all the traditions are properly Psalters—individual documents

dedicated to the Psalms (sometimes with related additions like the biblical Odes1). This situation

is unique to the Psalms, and testifies to their enormous practical popularity. In fact, in most

scribal traditions, Psalters greatly outnumber other forms of “biblical” manuscripts. Large

amounts of Psalms material is found in other types of manuscripts used for liturgical and

instructional purposes—lectionaries, horologia/books of hours, commentaries, catenae, and so

on. These can be helpful in establishing the main text of the Psalm, but they usually omit the

heading material and so are not used in this study. The witnesses utilized are either pure

Psalters or larger “biblical” manuscripts, such as pandects containing all or most of the biblical

canon.

I also pay special attention to the scribal treatment of the headings. Are they marked off

from the main Psalmic text in any way? If so, what techniques are deployed to signal this to the

reader. As will be seen, a range of possibilities develop in different scribal traditions, from

nothing offsetting the heading at all to elaborate ornamentation and writing style changes.

Getting a sense of these differences frequently requires inspection of the actual appearance of

the manuscripts, something not usually representable in a concise critical edition with its

emphasis on the earliest form of the text.

Secondary Sources: Patristic and Rabbinic Attitudes

By examining the Psalm headings themselves, we can potentially deduce a great deal about the

implicit views of ancient scribes towards this material. In addition, I have sought out those

1. Various Odes collections developed, bringing the non-Psalmic songs and hymns from other parts of the
biblical canon together as an appendix to the Psalter.

7
places where Late Antique biblical commentators explicitly discuss the significance and meaning

of the Psalm headings. Certain patristic and rabbinic exegetes discuss this material in their

commentaries on the Psalms, and so no comprehensive survey would be complete without

taking their views into account. At times, in fact, these commentators directly influence the

subsequent manuscript tradition, with their insights forming the gateway to the Psalm itself.

This is especially pronounced in the Syriac Psalm headings, with Theodore of Mopsuestia’s

comments reforming the East Syrian tradition, and those of Daniel of Ṣalaḥ similarly affecting

the West Syrian tradition.

Plan of the Present Study

Part One: Overview of the Early Versions of the Psalms

Part One of the study describes the languages and translations of the Psalms versions I have

surveyed and explains how they are related to each other. Part One is organized by language,

with each forming its own major section. Some languages only have a single Psalm translation,

while other languages saw multiple, related translations of the Psalms. Each section will first

explain the context of the version(s) in that language: history, people, locations, and

relationships with other translations. Key figures whose interpretation of the Psalms and their

headings are discussed, as are trends in the scribal treatment of the headings. After this, the

evidence for the version(s) is described: manuscripts, sources, and editions which represent the

translation tradition. At the end of this discussion, a chart of textual witnesses for the language

provides a conspectus of the evidence (including the abbreviations used in Part Two’s textual

apparatus).

For practical purposes, I have delimited my survey to the original Hebrew and the

translation languages of Greek, Latin, Coptic (with its many dialects), Syriac, and Targumic

Aramaic. These translation traditions all have origins before the end of Late Antiquity, that is,

8
their scribal traditions for the book of Psalms were established before the rise and spread of

Islam in the 7th century. Christian missionary efforts would also produce translations of the

Psalms in other languages such as Armenian, Georgian, Arabic, and Ethiopic well before the end

of the first millennium, but these are derived from the core versions of Greek, Latin, Syriac, and

Coptic. Latin, Syriac, and Coptic effectively function as the spearhead languages for Christian

expansion and attendant translation programs into Europe, Asia, and Africa (respectively).

Subsequent growth and translations looked back on these three languages for their inspiration.

These three form the first tier, and as will be seen, they were frequently in contact with each

other in Late Antiquity. As a counterbalance to these Christian translations, I have also included

the headings from the Targum of Psalms. Though harder to firmly date, the Targum forms a sort

of “Rabbinic bookend” in parallel to the Hebrew Masoretic text. For a sense of the connections

between these languages and versions, please see the schema on the following page.

9
 Latin Syriac

Iuxta Hebraeos (IV) “Syrohexapla” (VII)

Gallicanum (IV)
Greek West/East Syrian (V)

Old Latin (II) Peshiṭta (II) Palestinian

Hexapla (III) Aramaic
Three Revisers (II)

Old Greek (II BCE)

Targum (IV–VI)

Sahidic (III) Bohairic (IV) (Pre-)Masoretic Text

Oxyrhynchitic (IV)

Fayyumic (IV)
Coptic Hebrew

A Schema of the Early Versions of the Psalms

Versions in bold are included in Part Two. Colors indicate proximity to the Hebrew [red]:

primary translations [orange], secondary translations [yellow], tertiary translations [green].

10
 The complete inventory of versions covered by this study may be listed by language:1

Hebrew:

•Masoretic Text (and Dead Sea Scrolls variants)*

Greek:

•Old Greek*

•The Three Revisers, the new Greek versions of Akulas/Aquila, Summakhos/

Symmachus, and Theodotiōn*

•Origen’s Hexaplaric revision

Latin:

•Old Latin, including the Psalterium Romanum*

•Jerome’s Psalterium Gallicanum*

•Jerome’s Psalterium iuxta Hebraeos*

Coptic:

•Sahidic*

•Akhmimic

•Oxyrhynchitic*

•Bohairic*

•Fayyumic

Syriac:

•Peshiṭta

•East Syrian/West Syrian

•The so-called “Syrohexapla2”*

1. Those marked with an asterisk are included in the synoptic edition of Part Two.

2. For the Psalms, this was not actually based directly on Origen’s revision.

11
 Targumic Aramaic:

•Targum of Psalms*

These translations of the Psalms can alternately be categorized by their genetic proximity

to the original Hebrew text:

1) Primary translations from Hebrew (by date of production):

•Old Greek* (probably 2nd century BCE)

•The Three Revisers* (2nd century)1

•Syriac Peshiṭta (2nd century)

•Jerome’s Psalterium iuxta Hebraeos* (late 4th century)

•Targum of Psalms* (uncertain, perhaps 4th–6th century)

2) Secondary translations from Greek (the “daugthers of the Septuagint”):

•Old Latin, including the Psalterium Romanum* (2nd century)

•Origen’s Hexaplaric revision (early 3rd century)

•Sahidic Coptic* (3rd century)

•Bohairic Coptic* (probably 4th century)

•Jerome’s Psalterium Gallicanum,* based on Origen’s Hexapla (late 4th century)

•The so-called “Syrohexapla”* (7th century)

3) Tertiary translations:

•Akhmimic Coptic [fragmentary]—probably a modification of the Sahidic version

(3rd century)

1. Unless marked BCE, all dates are CE (here and throughout this study).

12
 •Oxyrhynchitic Coptic*—probably a modification of the Sahidic version

(4th century)

•Fayyumic Coptic [fragmentary]—probably a modification of the Bohairic version

(perhaps 4th century)

The survey of the early versions of the Psalms in Part One is thus designed to serve as a User’s

Guide for the edition of the Psalm headings to follow in Part Two.

Part Two: Edition of the Psalm Headings in the Early Versions

Part Two contains the actual data of the Psalm headings themselves, containing in synopsis all

the readings of the headings in these early versions which are ultimately related to the Hebrew

headings. These have been culled from their various textual traditions and arranged Psalm by

Psalm, with footnotes demonstrating the variations in scribal transmission. The main text for

each version aims to reproduce the earliest recoverable form of the text of the heading for the

given version, with the critical apparatus giving a sense of the subsequent development of the

tradition. To increase broad usability, I have supplied English translations for the main text of

all these versions. My hope is that this sizable catalog will form the basis for subsequent

research (both by myself and others) into the development of the Psalm headings. The edition of

the Psalms is prefaced by an explanation of the particulars of the arrangement of the headings

and the complex nature of the English translations.

Following Part Two, the conclusion summarizes the different ways the Psalm headings

are treated in the versions, with analysis of their paratextual function. Discussion of the

canonical status of the headings is related to this treatment—for some traditions, the Psalm

headings are as fully authoritative as the text of the Psalms themselves, while for others they

13
appear to have been much more optional. Lastly, trajectories for further research into the

development of the Psalm headings are detailed.

General Bibliography

(Specialized bibliography follows each of the sections of Part One.)

Aejmelaeus, Anneli, and Udo Quast, eds. 2000. Der Septuaginta-Psalter und seine

Tochterübersetzungen: Symposium in Göttingen 1997. Mitteilungen des Septuaginta-

Unternehmens 24; Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen,

Philologisch-Historische Klasse, Dritte Folge 230. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

Allen, Leslie C. 2002. Psalms 101–150 [2nd ed.]. Word Biblical Commentary 21. Nashville:

Thomas Nelson.

Amphoux, Christian Bernard, and James Keith Elliott, eds. 2012. Textual Research on the

Psalms and Gospels: Papers from the Tbilisi Colloquium on the Editing and History of

Biblical Manuscripts / Recherches textuelles sur les psaumes et les évangiles: Actes du

Colloque de Tbilisi, 19–20 septembre 2007. Supplements to Novum Testamentum 142.

Leiden: Brill.

Brock, Sebastian P., Charles T. Fritsch, and Sidney Jellicoe. 1973. A Classified Bibliography of

the Septuagint. Arbeiten zur Literatur und Geschichte des hellenistischen Judentums 6.

Leiden: Brill.

Brown, William P., ed. 2014. The Oxford Handbook of the Psalms. Oxford University Press.

Craigie, Peter C., supplemented by Marvin E. Tate. 2004. Psalms 1–50 [2nd ed.]. Word Biblical

Commentary 19. Nashville: Thomas Nelson.

Dahood, Mitchell. 1966–1970. Psalms: Introduction, Translation, and Notes [3 vols.]. The

Anchor Bible 16–17A. Garden City, New York: Doubleday.

14
Delitzsch, Franz. 1871. Biblical Commentary on the Psalms [3 vols.]. Clark’s Foreign Theological

Library, Fourth Series 29–31. Translation by Francis Bolton of the 2nd German ed.

Edinburgh: T&T Clark.

Flint, Peter W., and Patrick D. Miller, Jr., eds. 2005. The Book of Psalms: Composition and

Reception. Supplements to Vetus Testamentum 99; Formation and Interpretation of Old

Testament Literature 4. Leiden: Brill.

Fraser, James H. 1984. The Authenticity of the Psalm Titles. Master’s thesis, Grace Theological

Seminary. Digitized 2007 by Ted Hildebrandt.

Gelston, Anthony. 2010. “Editorial Arrangement in Book IV of the Psalter.” In Genesis, Isaiah

and Psalms: A Festschrift to honour Professor John Emerton for his eightieth birthday.

Supplements to Vetus Testamentum 135. Katharine J. Dell, Graham Davies and Yee Von

Koh, eds. (pgs. 165–176). Leiden: Brill.

Genette, Gérard. 1991. “Introduction to the Paratext.” Translation by Marie Maclean of ch. 1 of

Seuils (1987). New Literary History 22.2, 261–272.

————. 1997. Paratexts: Thresholds of Interpretation. Literature, Culture, Theory 20.

Translation by Jane E. Lewin of Seuils (1987). Cambridge University Press.

Gerstenberger, Erhard S. 2001. Psalms, Part 2, and Lamentations. The Forms of the Old

Testament Literature 15. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans.

Gillingham, Susan E. 2008. Psalms Through the Centuries: Volume One. Blackwell Bible

Commentaries. Oxford: Blackwell.

————. 2014. “The Levites and the Editorial Composition of the Psalms.” In The Oxford

Handbook of the Psalms. William P. Brown, ed. (pgs. 201–213). Oxford University Press.

Goldingay, John. 2006–2008. Psalms [3 vols.]. Baker Commentary on the Old Testament

Wisdom and Psalms. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic.

15
Holladay, William L. 1993. The Psalms through Three Thousand Years: Prayerbook of a Cloud

of Witnesses. Minneapolis: Fortress.

McCann, J. Clinton, ed. 1993. The Shape and Shaping of the Psalter. Journal for the Study of

the Old Testament Supplement Series 159. Sheffield Academic Press.

Millard, Matthias. 1994. Die Komposition des Psalters: Ein formgeschichtlicher Ansatz.

Forschungen zum Alten Testament 9. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck.

Neubauer, Adolf. 1890. “The Authorship and the Titles of the Psalms according to early Jewish

Authorities.” In Studia Biblica et Ecclesiastica: Essays Chiefly in Biblical and Patristic

Criticism, Volume II by Members of the University of Oxford (pgs. 1–58). Oxford:

Clarendon.

van Rooy, Herculaas Frederik. 2009. “The Enemies in the Headings of the Psalms: A

Comparison of Jewish and Christian Interpretation.” In Animosity, the Bible, and Us:

Some European, North American, and South African Perspectives. SBL Global

Perspectives on Biblical Scholarship 12. John T. Fitzgerald, Fika J. van Rensburg, and

Herculaas Frederik van Rooy, eds. (pgs. 41–58). Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature.

Ross, Allen P. 2011–2015. A Commentary on the Psalms [3 vols.]. Kregel Exegetical Library.

Grand Rapids: Kregel.

Staerk, W. 1892. “Zur Kritik der Psalmenüberschriften.” Zeitschrift für die alttestamentliche

Wissenschaft 12, 91–151.

Tate, Marvin E. 2000. Psalms 51–100. Word Biblical Commentary 20. Nashville: Thomas

Nelson.

Wilson, Robert Dick. 1926. “The Headings of the Psalms.” The Princeton Theological Review

24, 1–37, 353–395.

16
 Part One:

The Early Versions

17
 THE PSALMS IN HEBREW

The Origins of the Book of Psalms

The Hebrew Psalms were composed and compiled over the course of many centuries, finally

becoming a fixed collection by the early Common Era. The precise development of this corpus

and the criteria for its arrangement, however, remains a matter of mystery and debate.1 The

information of the headings plays a crucial role in this discussion; different clusters of

attributions (for instance the Psalms of Asaph, Psalms 50 and 73–832) and functions (the Songs

of Ascents, Psalms 120–134) likely demonstrate the absorption of pre-existing collections, while

telltale vestiges of former compilations hint at the successive re-editing of the book as a whole.

The clearest example of this is the editorial close—perhaps the original colophon—of an early

Davidic Psalter at the end of Psalm 72: “The prayers of Daœwid son of Yišay were completed.” The

complexity of the current Psalter is obviously evinced by the number of Davidic Psalms found

after this notice.

The Masoretic Text

The original language of the Psalms is preserved primarily through the Masoretic tradition,3

with the famous Aleppo and Leningrad codices (mss. A and L in the chart below, 10th and early

11th century) as exemplars. These manuscripts form the basis for all modern diplomatic or

1. Gerald H. Wilson pioneered the canonical criticism of the book of Psalms. See the section bibliography
for his works on the editing of the Psalms. Compare also Koh 2010.

2. Unless otherwise specified, the numbering is that of the Hebrew system.

3. Stern 2008 gives a good summary of the nature of the Masoretic Bible and its use.

18
critical editions of the Hebrew Bible (BHS,1 BHQ,2 HUB,3 HBCE4) and nearly all modern English

biblical translations. The Masoretic form of the Psalm headings, with its refined system of

vocalization and cantillation, is the natural starting point for this study.

Masoretic manuscripts of the Psalms make no distinction between the text of the Psalm

heading and the text of the Psalm itself; the heading is viewed as an integral part of the Psalm, in

fact. Viewing the Aleppo Codex,5 for instance, the reader sees the same ink, same style of

writing, the same vocalization and cantillation marks. The text of the headings is likewise set in

poetic format and split into bicola just like the verses of the Psalm text.6 It is no surprise that

once numeration was added to the Hebrew Psalms, the heading was always included with or as

verse 1, unlike other traditions that effectively make the heading “verse 0.” No ornamentation

marks the division between the individual Psalms other than a blank line.

The understanding that the headings are of equivalent status to the rest of the Psalms

can be further verified by their Rabbinic treatment. Rashî, the great medieval Rabbinic exegete

(10407–1105), exemplifies this. In the introduction to his Commentary on the Book of Psalms, he

draws a connection between the genres of the Psalms and the attributions of the headings:

1. Biblia Hebraica Stuttgartensia, Elliger and Rudolph, eds., fifth edition 1997.

2. Biblia Hebraica Quinta, successor to the BHS, an ongoing new diplomatic edition of the Leningrad
Codex.

3. The Hebrew University Bible, an ongoing new diplomatic edition based on the Aleppo Codex (where
extant).

4. The Hebrew Bible: A Critical Edition (formerly the Oxford Hebrew Bible), a project underway with
Ronald Hendel as general editor.

5. Easily done at aleppocodex.org.

6. Masoretic texts utilize this special single-column poetic format for the books of Psalms, Proverbs and
Job. Other texts are set in multiple narrower columns.

7. Gruber argues Rashî was born in 1030 (2004, 2).

19
 This book is composed of ten poetic genres [each identifiable by a characteristic

introductory expression]: leading, instrumental music, psalm, song, hallel [i.e.,

‘praise’], prayer, berakah [i.e., ‘blessing’], thanksgiving, laudations, Hallelujah.

These correspond numerically to the ten people who composed [the 150

compositions contained in] it: Adam,1 Melchizedek,2 Abraham,3 Moses, David,

Solomon, Asaph, and three sons of Korah. Opinion is divided concerning

Jeduthun. Some say that he [Jeduthun in the titles of Ps. 39:1; 62:1; 724:1] was a

person such as was written about in [1] Chronicles [16:38] while others explain

that Jeduthun in this book is only [an acronym] referring to the judgments

[haddatôt wĕhaddînîn], i.e., the tribulations, which overtook him [King David]

and Israel.5

Throughout his commentary Rashî then discusses in detail the meanings of unclear phrases

found in the Psalm headings just as he does for the main texts of the Psalms. No question is ever

made of the status of the headings in the book of the Psalms; their place and importance is a

given, and thus Rashî has no need to comment on their existence or validity.

1. Attributing Psalm 139 ultimately to Adam.

2. Attributing Psalm 110 ultimately to Melchizedek.

3. Following the rabbinic understanding of “Ethan the Ezrahite” in Psalm 89 as actually a reference to
Abraham (who came from the East).

4. sic; should read 77.

5. Gruber, trans. 2004, 165.

20
The Dead Sea Scrolls

The Hebrew manuscript tradition for the Psalms, however, goes back far earlier than the great

millennium-old exemplars. The discovery of the Dead Sea Scrolls gave us many biblical

manuscripts a millennium older than the Masoretic text. In all, 40 fragmentary manuscripts

containing the Psalms were found in the caves at and around Qumran—more than any other

biblical book. Interestingly, the Great Psalms Scroll (11QPsa/11Q5) demonstrates that a different

form of the Psalter was also in circulation in late Second Temple Judea, one with additional

Psalms and a different order.1 The nature of this “edition” is unclear: was it a true early

competitor to the eventual Masoretic Psalter, or perhaps only a specialized liturgical copy used

by the Qumran sect? Either way, the material for the Psalm headings from these manuscripts

show not more than eight variants from the received Hebrew text (not including differences in

full or defective spelling):

•4QPse: Psalm 104 (also 11QPsa)

•4QPsk: Psalm 99

•4QPsq: Psalm 33

•11QPsa: Psalms 104 (also 4Qpse), 121, 123, 145, 151 (by its presence)

•11QApocrPs: 91 (?)

Like Masoretic manuscripts, the Qumran Psalms scrolls do not mark the headings off as

qualitatively different from the main Psalm text.

We thus have evidence for the Hebrew Psalm headings from both ends of a thousand

year period, both before and after the Masoretic standardization of the text. The collation and

comparison of this material forms the foundational layer of this study.

1. See Flint 2006.

21
Hebrew Textual Witnesses

The Masoretic Text used in Part Two comes from the Biblia Hebraica Stuttgartensia,1 a

diplomatic edition of the Leningrad Codex (ms. L in the chart below). The text of the headings is

virtually identical to that of the slightly earlier Aleppo Codex. The footnotes of BHS on occasion

make reference to readings of other (medieval) Hebrew manuscripts, but usually in general

terms: latin abbreviations for “a few”/“some”/“many” manuscripts. These variants are footnoted

as “(BHS),” with the abbreviations unpacked and translated. In addition, the Masoretes

designate places where what should be read (Aramaic: Qerēy) differed from what was written

(Ketîb). These are quite rare in the Psalm headings, only occurring twice (Psalms 39 and 77).

Both instances relate to the written form Yedîtûn (read: Yedûtûn)—made to match the form in

Psalm 62.

For the Dead Sea Scrolls, the texts can be found in the convenient edition of the biblical

material by Eugene Ulrich.2 For the sake of completeness, the following chart of textual

witnesses includes all the Dead Sea Scrolls Psalm manuscripts, although only those few in bold

demonstrate variants from the Masoretic Text in the headings.

symbol other location designation date notes

A Jerusalem Aleppo Codex 930 basis for HUB;
Israel Museum, online:
Shrine of the Book aleppocodex.org
L St. Petersburg Leningrad Codex 1008 basis for BHS, BHQ
RNB, Firkovich B 19 A

1QPsa 1Q10 Jerusalem Israel Museum, ?

Shrine of the Book
1QPsb 1Q11 Jerusalem Israel Museum, ?
Shrine of the Book
1QPsc 1Q12 Jerusalem Israel Museum, ?
Shrine of the Book

1. Elliger and Rudolph, eds., fifth edition 1997.

2. Ulrich 2012.

22
2QPs 2Q14 Jerusalem Israel Museum, 30 Herodian
Shrine of the Book BCE–
68 CE
3QPs 3Q2 Jerusalem Israel Museum, I
Shrine of the Book
4QPsa 4Q83 Jerusalem Israel Museum, mid II semi-formal
Shrine of the Book BCE
4QPsb 4Q84 Jerusalem Israel Museum, mid I late Herodian formal
Shrine of the Book
4QPsc 4Q85 Jerusalem Israel Museum, mid I late Herodian
Shrine of the Book
4QPsd 4Q86 Jerusalem Israel Museum, mid I late Hasmonean
Shrine of the Book BCE
4QPse 4Q87 Jerusalem Israel Museum, mid I late Herodian
Shrine of the Book
4QPsf 4Q88 Jerusalem Israel Museum, mid I late Hasmonean
Shrine of the Book BCE semi-cursive
4QPsg 4Q89 Jerusalem Israel Museum, mid I late Herodian
Shrine of the Book
4QPsh 4Q90 Jerusalem Israel Museum, 30 Herodian
Shrine of the Book BCE–
68 CE
4QPsj 4Q91 Jerusalem Israel Museum, mid I late Herodian
Shrine of the Book
4QPsk 4Q92 Jerusalem Israel Museum, 100–30 late Hasmonean
Shrine of the Book BCE
4QPsl 4Q93 Jerusalem Israel Museum, late II
Shrine of the Book BCE
4QPsm 4Q94 Jerusalem Israel Museum, late I early Herodian
Shrine of the Book BCE
4QPsn 4Q95 Jerusalem Israel Museum, late I early Herodian
Shrine of the Book BCE
4QPso 4Q96 Jerusalem Israel Museum, late I early Herodian
Shrine of the Book BCE
4QPsp 4Q97 Jerusalem Israel Museum, late I early Herodian
Shrine of the Book BCE
4QPsq 4Q98 Jerusalem Israel Museum, ?
Shrine of the Book
4QPsr 4Q98a Jerusalem Israel Museum, late I early Herodian
Shrine of the Book BCE
4QPss 4Q98b Jerusalem Israel Museum, mid I late Herodian
Shrine of the Book
4QPst 4Q98c Jerusalem Israel Museum, mid I late Herodian
Shrine of the Book

23
 4QPsu 4Q98d Jerusalem Israel Museum, mid I late Herodian
Shrine of the Book
4QPsv 4Q98e Jerusalem Israel Museum, late I early Herodian
Shrine of the Book BCE
4QPsw 4Q98f Jerusalem Israel Museum, mid Hasmonean
Shrine of the Book
4QPsx 4Q98g Jerusalem Israel Museum, mid II Hasmonean
Shrine of the Book BCE
4Q522 Jerusalem Israel Museum, mid I Hasmonean; just Ps
Shrine of the Book BCE 122
5QPs 5Q5 Jerusalem Israel Museum, I BCE
Shrine of the Book
6QpapPs 78? 6Q5 Jerusalem Israel Museum, mid I late Herodian
Shrine of the Book
8QPs 8Q2 Jerusalem Israel Museum, I Herodian
Shrine of the Book
11QPsa 11Q5 Jerusalem Great Psalms early I Tetragrammaton in
Scroll Paleo-Hebrew
Israel Museum,
Shrine of the Book
11QPsb 11Q6 Jerusalem Israel Museum, late I early Herodian
Shrine of the Book BCE
11QPsc 11Q7 Jerusalem Israel Museum, early I Herodian
Shrine of the Book
11QPsd 11Q8 Jerusalem Israel Museum, mid I late Herodian formal
Shrine of the Book
11QPse? 11Q9 Jerusalem Israel Museum, ?
Shrine of the Book
11QapocrPs 11Q11 Jerusalem Israel Museum, mid I late Herodian formal
Shrine of the Book

Hebrew Bibliography

Primary Sources

The Aleppo Codex website. Hosted by the Ben-Zvi Institute, Jerusalem. Online at

aleppocodex.org

Elliger, Karl, and Wilhelm Rudolph, eds. 1997. Biblia Hebraica Stuttgartensia [5th ed.].

Stuttgart: Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft.

24
Ulrich, Eugene Charles, ed. 2010. The Biblical Qumran Scrolls: Transcriptions and Textual

Variants. Supplements to Vetus Testamentum 134. Leiden: Brill.

Secondary Literature

Abegg, Martin G., Jr., Peter W. Flint, and Eugene Charles Ulrich. 1999. The Dead Sea Scrolls

Bible: The Oldest Known Bible Translated for the First Time into English. New York:

HarperCollins.

Flint, Peter W. 1997. The Dead Sea Psalms Scrolls and the Book of Psalms. Studies on the Texts

of the Desert of Judah 17. Leiden: Brill.

————. 2000. “Variant Readings of the Dead Sea Psalms Scrolls against the Massoretic Text

and the Septuagint Psalter.” In Der Septuaginta-Psalter und seine

Tochterübersetzungen: Symposium in Göttingen 1997. Mitteilungen des Septuaginta-

Unternehmens 24; Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen,

Philologisch-Historische Klasse, Dritte Folge 230. Anneli Aejmelaeus and Udo Quast,

eds. (pgs. 337–365). Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

————, ed. 2001. The Bible at Qumran: Text, Shape, and Interpretation. Studies in the Dead

Sea Scrolls and Related Literature. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans.

————. 2006. “Psalms and Psalters in the Dead Sea Scrolls.” In The Bible and the Dead Sea

Scrolls, Volume One: Scripture and the Scrolls. The Second Princeton Symposium on

Judaism and Christian Origins (1997). James H. Charlesworth, ed. (pgs. 233–272).

Waco, Texas: Baylor University Press.

————. 2014. “Unrolling the Dead Sea Psalms Scrolls.” In The Oxford Handbook of the Psalms.

William P. Brown, ed. (pgs. 229–250). Oxford University Press.

Gruber, Mayer I. 2004. Rashi’s Commentary on Psalms. The Brill Reference Library of Judaism

18. Leiden: Brill.

25
Jain, Eva. 2014. Psalmen oder Psalter? Materielle Rekonstruktion und inhaltliche

Untersuchung der Psalmenhandschriften aus der Wüste Juda. Studies on the Texts of

the Desert of Judah 109. Leiden: Brill.

Koh, Yee Von. 2010. “G. H. Wilson’s Theories on the Organization of the Masoretic Psalter.” In

Genesis, Isaiah and Psalms: A Festschrift to honour Professor John Emerton for his

eightieth birthday. Supplements to Vetus Testamentum 135. Katharine J. Dell, Graham

Davies and Yee Von Koh, eds. (pgs. 177–192). Leiden: Brill.

Stern, David. 2008. “The First Jewish Books and the Early History of Jewish Reading.” The

Jewish Quarterly Review 98.2, 163–202.

Ulrich, Eugene Charles. 2000. “The Dead Sea Scrolls and Their Implications for an Edition of

the Septuagint Psalter.” In Der Septuaginta-Psalter und seine Tochterübersetzungen:

Symposium in Göttingen 1997. Mitteilungen des Septuaginta-Unternehmens 24;

Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen, Philologisch-Historische

Klasse, Dritte Folge 230. Anneli Aejmelaeus and Udo Quast, eds. (pgs. 323–336).

Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

Wilson, Gerald Henry. 1983. “The Qumran Psalms Manuscripts and Consecutive Arrangement

of Psalms in the Hebrew Psalter.” Catholic Biblical Quarterly 45, 377-88.

————. 1984. “Evidence of Editiorial Divisions in the Hebrew Psalter.” Vetus Testamentum

34.3, 337–352.

————. 1985. The Editing of the Hebrew Psalter. SBL Dissertation Series 76 (1981 Yale

dissertation). Chico, California: Scholars Press.

————. 1985. “The Qumran Psalms Scroll Reconsidered: Analysis of the Debate.” Catholic

Biblical Quarterly 47, 624-42.

————. 1985. “The Use of ‘Untitled’ Psalms in the Hebrew Psalter.” Zeitschrift für die

alttestamentliche Wissenschaft 97, 404-13.

26
————. 1986. “The Use of Royal Psalms at the ‘Seams’ of the Hebrew Psalter.” Journal for the

Study of the Old Testament 35, 85-94.

————. 1990. “A First Century C.E. Date for the Closing of the Hebrew Psalter?” In Haim M. I.

Gevarjahu Memorial Volume. English-French-German Section, edited by J. J. Adler,

136-43. Jerusalem: World Jewish Bible Center.

————. 1992. “The Shape of the Book of Psalms.” Interpretation 46.2, 129-42.

————. 1993. “Shaping the Psalter: A Consideration of Editorial Linkage in the Book of

Psalms.” In The Shape and Shaping of the Psalter. Journal for the Study of the Old

Testament Supplement Series 159. J. Clinton McCann, ed. (pgs. 72–82). Sheffield

Academic Press.

————. 1993. “Understanding the Purposeful Arrangement of Psalms in the Psalter: Pitfalls

and Promise.” In The Shape and Shaping of the Psalter. Journal for the Study of the Old

Testament Supplement Series 159. J. Clinton McCann, ed. (pgs. 42–51). Sheffield

Academic Press.

————. 1997. “The Qumran Psalms Scroll (11QPsa) and the Canonical Psalter: Comparison of

Editorial Shaping.” Catholic Biblical Quarterly 59, 448-64.

————. 2000. “A First Century C.E. Date for the Closing of the Hebrew Psalter?” Jewish

Biblical Quarterly 28, 102-10.

————. 2002. Psalms Volume 1. NIV Application Commentary. Grand Rapids: Zondervan.

————. 2005. “King, Messiah, and the Reign of God: Revisiting the Royal Psalms and the

Shape of the Psalter.” In The Book of Psalms: Composition and Reception. Supplements

to Vetus Testamentum 99; Formation and Interpretation of Old Testament Literature 4.

Peter W. Flint and Patrick D. Miller, Jr., eds. (pgs. 391–406). Leiden: Brill.

27
 THE PSALMS IN GREEK

The Old Greek

According to the (rather legendary) story found in the Letter of Aristeas to Philokrates,1 Ptolemy

II Philadelphus of Egypt (reigned 283–246 BCE) desired a copy of the Hebrew scriptures for the

great library at Alexandria. Accordingly, the high priest of Jerusalem sent Torah scrolls and

seventy-two translators down to Egypt. The seventy-two Judean scholars labored for seventy-

two days translating the Torah into Greek—the name commonly applied to this translation

derives from this story, rounding it off as “The Seventy” (Greek: hoi hebdomeœkonta, Latin:

septuaginta). While these exact circumstances for the translation are usually viewed by modern

scholars with skepticism, biblical citations and manuscripts from the 2nd century BCE do

demonstrate a 3rd century origin for the Greek Pentateuch.

Over the next centuries, other Hebrew biblical texts—including the Psalms—were also

translated into Greek. While the entire translation was (and still is) referred to generally as the

Septuagint, the more precise terminology for these non-Pentateuchal portions is the Old Greek

translation. Joachim Schaper has argued that the occurrences in the Greek Psalter of “Ioudas,

my king,” (Psalms 59.9 and 107.92) have turned what were geographic mentions of Judah “my

scepter” into references to Judas Maccabaeus. This would point to the the Psalms being

translated in the second half of the the second century BCE.3

The translation of the Hebrew biblical texts into Greek was a watershed event of the

highest order. While ad hoc interpretations of the weekly biblical readings into languages more

familiar to their listeners were no doubt made in synagogues during the Second Temple period,

1. The complete text of this letter may be found in Swete 1914, 551–606.

2. Hebrew Psalms 60.9 and 108.9.

3. Schaper 2014, 174–175.

28
the Greek version of the Torah marked the first time a fixed text was set down in writing. This

first Greek translation was a valuable and necessary text for the Diaspora, allowing expatriated

Judeans—who had lost familiarity with Hebrew—to continue to read their scriptures and

practice their religious duties. Indeed, the Septuagint/Old Greek was utilized and praised by

writers such as Philo of Alexandria and Flavius Josephus, and it eventually acquired a mystique

for itself second only to the Hebrew text. It was only with the rise of Christianity, and the Jacob-

and-Esau-esque rift between it and early Rabbinic Judaism, that the Old Greek fell out of favor

in the eyes of the Rabbis. The Christian world, quickly becoming less and less tied to its Judaic

roots, by necessity used the Old Greek for worship and reading—but also for religious debate

with its rabbinic counterpart. This tainted association led the Rabbis to refocus on the original

Hebrew text. The Judean Diaspora still needed a Greek translation to use, so new ones were

made, revising the Old Greek more into line with both rabbinic interpretations and the

increasingly standardized pre-Masoretic text of the Hebrew canon (see The Three Revisers

below).

Christian scribes enthusiastically continued to copy the Old Greek Psalms, and scholars

now have more than a thousand Greek Psalter manuscripts to sort through. Loukianos/Lucian

of Antioch (c. 240–312) is sometimes credited with a stylistic revision of the Old Greek1—

including the Psalms—around 300, but this has been difficult to prove or to isolate, and some

scholars dispute whether Lucian personally had anything to do with the form of the text

developing in Antioch. Nevertheless, the majority of later Greek Psalters share a text marked by

slight additions and a somewhat smoother style, and this form of the text is commonly referred

to as the Lucianic recension (L in the apparatus of Part Two). This textform is by no means

1. Lucian’s text is mentioned by Hieronymus/Jerome in his introduction to the book of Chronicles in the
Vulgate as one of three textforms used by the Christian world (Origen’s Hexaplaric recension [see below]
and an even more historically indeterminate revision by a certain Hesychius in circulation in Egypt being
the other two). See Jobes and Silva 2000, 47, 53–55.

29
monolithic; many subfamilies are identifiable, and many researchers are currently working to

untangle these developments.

Greek scribes typically mark the material of the heading as different from the body of the

Psalm, but this was done in a variety of ways over time and for different types of manuscripts.

The early papyrus Psalter 2110 (Papyrus Bodmer XXIV)1 regularly offsets the heading material

both from the preceding Psalm and from the main text of its Psalm by extra space and/or a

number of > marks. Otherwise, the single column format of the Psalms is a solid block of text,

with the ends of poetic phrases marked by : marks, not line breaks. More elaborate manuscripts,

such as the great parchment codices of the fourth and fifth centuries, are able to employ more

costly materials and techniques. In Codex Sinaiticus, for instance, the Psalms are set in

stichometric format, with each poetic phrase forming its own line of text. The text of the

headings is inset and rubricated: it is written with red ink, causing it to visually stand out from

the darker ink of the main Psalm text.2

The Three Revisers

Although numerous new and revised Greek versions appeared in Late Antiquity, the three that

were produced in the second century of the Common Era are the most renowned, and unlike

other more obscure versions, all three have a name attached to them. The foremost of these was

the translation of Akulas/Aquila, a gentile convert to Christianity who later converted to

Judaism and may have studied under Rabbi {Aqˆîba}. Around 140, he composed a translation

which would both correct the “mistranslations” in the Septuagint used by Christians and

conform to rabbinic interpretive practices of the time. As an example of the former, Aquila used

neanias in place of parthenos for {almah in Isaiah 7.14; in Psalm 2.2 he used the synonym

1. Now in the Green Collection in Oklahoma City (GC.Pap. 170), dated between the 2nd and 4th centuries.

2. The Codex may be viewed online at codexsinaiticus.org.

30
eœleimmenos instead of the Septuagint’s khristos, which now had too much of a distinctively

Christian flavor to it. As to the latter, since the rabbis would often see a great amount of

significance in the smallest word or even a spelling variation, Aquila wanted a Greek version

which retained as much of this specific information as possible, losing nothing in the translation.

As Rahlfs dryly puts it, Aquila “did not shrink from perpetrating the most appalling outrages to

the whole essence of the Greek language.”1 Although Aquila’s translation did indeed produce

some unpleasant Greek, his strict desire for lexical consistency and precision does provide a

nearly transparent view of the underlying Hebrew terms.

Less is known about Summakhos/Symmachus, the second of the Three—some claimed

he was a Judean; others that he was an Ebionite (a member of a Judean-Christian sect). He

apparently performed his composition around 170, with knowledge of both Aquila’s work and

the standard Old Greek. Despite our lack of biographical information, we can see from his text

that he was operating with a different translational theory than the mechanically rigid literalism

of Aquila. Studies of Symmachus show that, while he wanted to carefully follow the Hebrew text

as closely as he could, he also balanced this with a desire to produce a coherent text in good

quality Greek of appropriately literary style.2 Because of their balanced nature, Symmachus’

renderings could often clarify the syntax and meaning of Aquila’s translation.

Like Symmachus, we lack specific biographic details about the third Reviser, Theodotioœn.

Apparently it was a revision of some earlier translation, somewhat distinct from the original Old

Greek (scholars refer to this as the “kaige-Theodotion” version), circulating already by the first

century of the Common Era, as its readings occasionally are reflected by some of the non-

Septuagintal quotes of the Hebrew Bible given in the New Testament. Another unusual feature

of Theodotioœn is his preference for transliterating Hebrew ritual and technical terms instead of

1. Rahlfs 1979, lviii.

2. See Salvesen 1991.

31
translating them into Greek equivalents, either to maintain more of the original Semitic flavor of

the text, or (in a less complimentary light) to “punt,” since he couldn’t devise an adequate

translation.

Numerous readings of the Revisers are known from Hexaplaric fragments (see next

section) and marginal notation in the Syrohexaplaric manuscripts. These were collected by Field

in 1875; it should be noted that many of the Field’s readings are in fact retroversions made from

Syriac. These are derived from the marginal notations for the differences of the Three which are

found in certain Syrohexaplaric manuscripts (see below under The Psalms in Syriac). In spite of

the incomplete nature of the Three’s extant Psalm heading material, there is sufficient evidence

to get a good sense of their varying translation programs.

Origen’s Hexapla

In the early 3rd century, the Christian scholar OŒrigeneœs/Origen of Alexandria (184/5–253/4)

made a monumental sixfold edition of the Old Testament—the Hexapla—including the pre-

Masoretic Hebrew text, a transliterated text of the Hebrew in Greek script, the work of the Three

Revisers, and Origen’s own revision of the Old Greek.1 Here he exercised his editorial skills.

Using sigla familiar to Alexandrian text-critics, Origen marked off any portion of the Old Greek

text which was lacking in the Hebrew with obelisks; any portion existing in the Hebrew but

lacking in the Septuagint was filled in from the other translations and marked with asterisks—

thus creating his own revised Greek version. At a glance, the user of the Hexapla could see if a

text, phrase, or word had support from the Hebrew, the Septuagint, or both—keeping a

Christian controversialist from inadvertently embarrassing himself by citing a text to his

Rabbinic counterpart which he would not have recognized as a valid part of the sacred canon.

1. For the Psalms, he was even able to use additional, obscurely provenanced translations, forming an
Octapla. Due to their anonymity and even more scant remains, I have not included the few readings given
by Field 1875. See Jobes and Silva 2000, 37–56.

32
 Origen’s revision, called the Hexaplaric recension, wielded a wide albeit ambivalent

influence on the further development of the Greek version (and even into other languages, such

as the Syriac “Syrohexapla”). It was copied widely, generally displacing its predecessor, but as

the significance of the text-critical sigla (obelisks and asterisks) was quickly forgotten, they were

often dropped or ignored, inadvertently producing a conflated text. Modern scholars trying to

isolate the original text of the Old Greek version sometimes find Origen’s tampering to be an

inconvenience to their labors, as it muddied the waters of this already complicated task.

While the entire work was frankly too big to copy in its entirety (probably more than

6,000 manuscript pages in fifteen volumes), Origen’s hexaplaric Greek revision was widely

copied. Due to its enormous unportable size, it remained in Caesarea. Numerous later Christian

scholars are said to have seen and used it, including Hieronymus/Jerome. Its technical nature

and daunting size apparently were prohibitive to it ever being copied in its entirety by later

scribes.

The autograph of the Hexapla was likely destroyed where it lay in Caesarea during the

Islamic conquests of the seventh century. All we now have are fragmentary remains of copies

made of various small parts of the work, along with occasional references made by later

Christian authors to various readings which were found in the Hexapla. The standard (yet

dated) edition of the known fragments (as of 1875) is Field’s Origenis Hexaplorum. In 1894,

Giovanni Mercati found that the underwriting of a palimpsest manuscript in the Ambrosian

library at Milan contained 138 verses from a copy of the Hexapla’s Psalms, missing the first

column in Hebrew, but with the final five columns together and intact.1 Work is underway to

produce a new, updated collection of all the fragments of the Hexapla now known to us;2

1. This manuscript is now numbered Rahlfs 1098, and as the belated editio princeps—Mercati 1958—is
rare, it is fortunate that it is otherwise described (Flint 1998), including examples of the text given in
transcription (Klostermann 1896, 336-337; Swete 1914, 62-63).

2. See Scanlin 1998.

33
hopefully further discoveries will continue to shed light on this staggering sixfold edition of the

Hebrew Bible.

Due to the unfortunate secondhand nature of our evidence for the Three Revisers and

the Hexapla, it is not possible to say what types of scribal techniques might have been employed

for the Psalm headings. We must be satisfied with our evidence regarding their content, not

their style.

Christian Interpretation of the Greek Psalm Headings

In the section about the Psalms in Hebrew, we saw how rabbinic interpreters of the Psalms

(exemplified by Rashî) took the authority of the Psalm headings for granted—the headings were

an indispensable and incontestable part of the Psalter. Greek commentators held a wider range

of views, as can be seen from the theologically turbulent yet productive fourth and fifth centuries

of the Common Era. Many took the text as they received it and did their best to make positive

sense of it. The exegetical School of Alexandria frequently would search for typological or

allegorical meanings infused in the Psalms and, accordingly, the material in the Psalm headings.

This view is typified in the works of Athanasios/Athanasius of Alexandria (c. 295–373) and

Kurillos/Cyril of Alexandria (c. 375–444), Patriarchs of Alexandria who both wrote

commentaries on the book of Psalms. Athanasius’ work is one of the earliest complete

commentaries on the Psalms.1

Farther afield, the Alexandrian ideal that significance and edification could be taken from

all parts of the Psalms found similar expression. Greœgorios/Gregory of Nyssa2 (c. 335–395)

wrote a commentary specifically on the Psalms headings,3 emphasizing their importance to

1. Known by the Latin title Expositiones in Psalmos.

2. Gregory was one of the three Cappadocian Fathers, along with his older brother Basil the Great and
Gregory of Nazianzus.

3. Known by the Latin title In inscriptiones Psalmorum. See the Greek edition by Reynard 2002, the
34
unlocking the following Psalm. Foreshadowing many modern commentators, Gregory compares

the differences between the Hebrew and Greek heading inventories; he then attempts in great

detail to ascertain the meaning of the mysterious phrases found in the headings. Gregory is able

to find spiritual significance in the obscurities. As Miller puts it,

Gregory’s treatise on the superscriptions is a rich example of the possibilities

explicit or implicit in them. Indeed, while most interpreters discuss these

superscriptions in the context of commentary on the whole, Gregory reversed the

process and discussed the content of many of the psalms via an interpretation of

the superscriptions. While the focus is on the inscriptions, the whole is a major

work of Psalm interpretation that looks both at many individual psalms and also

at the Psalter as a whole.1

In his discussion of the frequent phrase eis to telos, Gregory finds this sense:

Anyone who makes a careful examination would discover, in respect to all such

phrases, that they are cheers for the athletes shouted to the combatants by the

trainer, that one might attain to the end of victory. And likewise, if some

historical information is inscribed along with the phrase, ‘unto the end’, it looks

to this same goal, namely, that we might be encouraged even more in the contests

by means of the historical examples. This is the meaning of the phrase, ‘unto the

end’. (2.2 [21])2

English translation by Heine 1995, and Dolidze 2010.

1. Miller 2010, 215–216.

2. Heine 1995, 128 (italics original).

35
For Gregory, this and other heading material are encouragements, guides on the stages of the

spiritual life.

Not all commentators shared this optimistic view of the Psalm headings. One of these

dissenters was the fourth century contemporary of Gregory, Diodoœros/Diodore of Tarsus1 (died

c. 392). In the Preface to his Commentary on the Psalms, Diodore expresses a surprisingly

skeptical view regarding the authenticity of the Psalm headings (in stark contrast to his view of

the Psalms themselves being fully inspired):

One must therefore begin from the outset by using the order found in the actual

book of Psalms, not the order of the events themselves; the psalms do not occur

in order, instead each occurring as it was found. This is demonstrated in many of

the psalms, especially from what is inscribed as a title to the third psalm, “A

psalm of David, when he fled from his son Absalom,” and in the title to the one

hundred and forty-fourth psalm, “A song to Goliath.” Now, who does not know

how more ancient is the story of Goliath than that of Absalom? The psalms have

incurred this problem from the book’s being lost in the Babylonian captivity and

found later in the time of Ezra, not however as a whole book but scattered in ones

and twos and perhaps also threes, and being assembled as they were found, not

as originally recited. Hence the titles, too, are in most cases faulty, the compilers

of the psalms mostly guessing at their intention and not citing them out of close

knowledge.2

1. Diodore was an important founding teacher of the (middle) School of Antioch. Theodore of Mopsuestia
(see below) and John Chrysostom were two of his students.

2. Hill, trans. 2005, 3–4.

36
In the body of his commentary, Diodore gives his views about the veracity of the headings. He

disparages fanciful, allegorical interpretations of obscure heading phrases as a waste of time

(since they may frequently not be correct to begin with). About the common phrase eis to

telos in the context of Psalm 13 he remarks “‘To the end’ means concerning future events; but

this is not factual, either.”1 Throughout Diodore’s commentary, we can see the Antiochene

School’s preference for historical interpretations in opposition to the Alexandrian predilection

for allegorical understandings. Diodore is quite happy to discard an apparently senseless

heading instead of trying to find some hidden meaning in it.

In the generation after Diodore, we find another figure whose views about the Psalm

headings would send ripples into further languages beyond Greek (albeit often unknown):

Diodore’s student Theodoœros/Theodore of Mopsuestia (c. 350–428). Theodore would become a

prime example of the Antiochene School’s anti-allegorical stance to the Psalms. Like his mentor,

Theodore was not interested in trying to find typological or Christological meanings in all parts

of the Psalms. A controversial theologian, Theodore would embroil himself in the seething

Christological controversies of the fourth and fifth centuries.2 Theodore’s commentary on the

Psalms, with its rationalistic focus on determining the original, historical circumstances of the

Psalms remained a minority opinion in the face of more mystical, spiritual interpretations like

those of the School of Alexandria. Others would accuse him (mostly after his death) of devaluing

the important messianic Psalms; 125 years after his death, the Second Council of Constantinople

(553) would pronounce the anathema on Theodore’s views. This posthumous downturn of

Theodore’s legacy caused many of his works to be lost to posterity; fortunately, part of his

Psalms commentary has been salvaged and was published by Devreesse in 1939. Theodore’s

officially disparaged views on the Psalms had a surprising afterlife. His ideas turn up in Psalter

1. Hill, trans. 2005, 40.

2. See Jenkins 2010, 60–62.

37
headings as far apart as a West Saxon Psalter from England and the East Syriac manuscripts of

the (Assyrian) Church of the East.1 As Ramsay explains:

In the East, just as we shall see it was in the West, the radical opinions of the

Antiochene school were preserved only by a process of modification and much

admixture with orthodox and allegorical interpretations, and by dropping

Theodore’s name to pass either anonymously or under the sanction of some

unsuspected father of the Church. So both in the East and the West we find his

views innocently repeated by writers who prided themselves on their orthodoxy

and who would doubtless have been horrorstruck had they known themselves so

deeply indebted to a work that had been anathematized by a general Council of

the Church.2

From these examples, we get a sense of the varieties of early Christian scholarly opinions

about the Greek Psalm headings. For some, they are entirely inconsequential and may be

disposed of easily; others find great import in their mysteries—keys to the locks of the the

Psalter. One Greek commentator’s trash is another Greek commentator’s treasure. The variety of

Greek opinions will influence subsequent translators and interpreters in other languages. They

set the stage for a spectrum of opinions to come.

1. See Ramsay 1912a and 1912b. For the East Syriac developments, see the section on the Psalms in Syriac
below.

2. Ramsay 1912a, 438.

38
Greek Textual Witnesses

For the Old Greek, the base text used in Part Two is that of Alfred Rahlfs’ Psalmi cum Odis (3rd

edition, 1979)1, but with some modifications. Rahlfs’ text, first published in 1931, was intended

to be a preliminary edition, but the vast quantity of the Greek Psalter material (over a thousand

manuscripts) have made a suitable, comprehensive replacement difficult to produce. Scholars

have been laboring in the sizable task of collating these psalters and categorizing them in their

manuscript families. While the full scope of the Greek Psalter tradition still awaits its unveiling,

we are already able to get a better picture of the shape of the original Old Greek translation.

Albert Pietersma has published an English translation of the Old Greek Psalms as part of the

New English Translation of the Septuagint.2 In this, he translates from a base text which differs

from Rahlfs in numerous ways to better reflect a more pristine textform. I have similarly

modified the Greek of Rahlfs to align with Pietersma’s changes. In all cases, the reading of

Rahlfs can be found in the footnotes of the apparatus. The full critical apparatus of Rahlfs is also

included, including the variant readings of the early manuscripts listed below. For the bulk of

later manuscripts subsumed under the label of the Lucianic recension (L), I have modified

Rahlfs’ notation.3 To avoid potential confusion, I use “most,” “many,” “some,” and “few” instead

of superscript “a,” “d,” “b,” and “pau.” In addition to the variants of Rahlfs’ apparatus, I have

also added the readings of the very important early papyrus Psalter 2110 (Papyrus Bodmer

XXIV) to the footnotes.

For the fragmentary texts of the Three Revisers, the 1875 edition by Field has been

utilized.

1. The same main text as the manual edition of the entire Septuagint, Rahlfs and Hanhart 2006.

2. Pietermsa and Wright, eds. 2007.

3. Rahlfs used the collation of around a hundred Psalters by Holmes and Parsons (1823) as the
representative for this majority form of later manuscipts. This sample still would only account for a tenth
of the full manuscript tradition, and thus can certainly be improved.

39
symbol other location designation date notes
A London Codex V missing Ps 49.20–
Alexandrinus 79.11
BL, Royal 1 D. V–
VIII
B Vatican Codex Vaticanus IV missing Ps 105.27–
BV, Vat. gr. 1209 137.6 (replaced XV)
R //Old Latin α Verona Verona Psalter VI Greek/Latin
(VL 300) Biblioteca Capitolare, bilingual (Greek
I (1) written with Latin
letters)
S Leipzig, Codex Sinaiticus IV online:
London, St. Universitätsbibliothe codexsinaiticus.org
Catherine’s k, Gr. 1; BL,
Monastery, St. Additional 43725;
Petersburg Neue Slg., MΓ 1;
RNB, Gr. 2, 259, 843,
and Fonds d. Ges. f.
alte Lit., Oct. 156
T Zurich Codex Turicensis VII
Zentralbibliothek, RP
1
U London Codex VII 10.2–18.6; 20.14–
Londinensis 34.6
BL, P. Inv. Nr. 37
Z London and Codex V–VIII 8–37; overwritten
Vatican Zuqninensis (Psalms IX–X
rescriptus VI)
BL, Additional 14665
and BV, Vat. syr. 162
55 Vatican BV, Regin. gr. 1 X
1098 Milan Biblioteca X hexaplaric
Ambrosiana, O. 39 fragments;
Sup. overwritten XIII/
XIV
1219 Washington Freer Gallery, Inv. IV/V
Nr. 06.273
1220 //Sahidic U Vienna ÖNB, P. Vindob. K IV–VII Greek/Sahidic
(sa 72) 9907–9971b bilingual; 3–68
1221 Vienna ÖNB, P. Vindob. G VII/ 9.33–13.5, 21.4–15,
39773 a-q VIII 24.16–25.4, 32.21–
33.9, 34.6–15
2009 New York PML, Pap. G. 6 and VII? 107.14–108.2, 12–13;
200 118.115–122, 126–
135; 135.18–140.4

40
 2013 Bonn and Universitätsbibliothe IV 30–55
Leipzig k, P. Bonn 147v and
Universitätsbibliothe
k, P. Inv. Nr. 39
2015 (+2034) //Sahidic W91 Vienna ÖNB, P. Vindob. K V/VI Greek/Sahidic
(sa 91) 9871 bilingual
2017 London, BL, Additional VII/ 64.7–65.2; 68.14–21;
Oxford, Paris 34602.1, Bodleian VIII 106.43–107.10;
Library, Ms. Gr. bibl. 129.3–137.8
d. 3 (P), and BN,
Suppl. gr. 1092
2019 London BL, P. Inv. Nr. 230 III 11.7–14.4
(recto)
2027 St. Petersburg RNB, Gr. 4 IV/V 141.7–142.3; 144.7–
13
2046 Berlin Ägyptisches IV 35.12–36.10, 14–25
Museum, P. 6747 +
6785
2050 Paris Sorbonne, Inv. 827 IV 39.15–41.5
2110 Oklahoma City Papyrus Bodmer II–IV 17.45–118.44
XXIV
Green Collection,
Pap. 170
L — Consensus of L Lucianic recension
manuscripts (HP=Holmes and
(Lucianic Parsons 1823)
recension)
(76+ of HP collated
mss.)
L(most) Rahlfs: Lᵃ — Rahlfs: Lᵃ (56–75 of
HP collated mss.)
L(many) Rahlfs: Lᵈ — Rahlfs: Lᵈ (36–55 of
HP collated mss.)
L(some) Rahlfs: Lᵇ — Rahlfs: Lᵇ (16–35 of
HP collated mss.)
L(few) Rahlfs: Lᵖᵃᵘ — Rahlfs: Lᵖᵃᵘ (2 or 3–
15 of HP collated
mss.)

41
Greek Bibliography

Primary Sources

The Codex Sinaiticus website. Hosted by the Codex Sinaiticus Project (a collaboration of the

British Library, London, Leipzig Univeristy Library, St. Catherine’s Monastery, and the

National Library of Russia, St. Petersburg). Online at codexsinaiticus.org

Field, Frederick, ed. 1875: Origenis Hexaplorum quae supersunt; sive veterum interpretum

graecorum in totum Vetus Testamentum fragmenta [2 vols]. Oxford: Clarendon.

Holmes, Robert, and James Parsons, eds. 1823. Vetus Testamentum graecum cum variis

lectionibus, vol. 3. Oxford: Clarendon.

Kasser, Rodolphe, and Michel Testuz, eds. 1967. Papyrus Bodmer XXIV: Psaumes XVII–

CXVIII. Cologny, Switzerland: Bibliotheca Bodmeriana.

Mercati, Giovanni, ed. 1958. Psalterii Hexapli reliquiae, Pars prima: Codex rescriptus

bybliothecae Ambrosianae O 39 sup. phototypice expressus et transcriptus. Vatican

City: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana.

Rahlfs, Alfred, ed. 1979. Psalmi cum Odis [3rd ed.=2nd ed. (1967); 1st ed. 1931]. Septuaginta:

Vetus Testamentum Graecum Auctoritate Academiae Scientiarum Gottingensis editum

10. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

Rahlfs, Alfred, and Robert Hanhart, eds. 2006. Septuaginta: Id est Vetus Testamentum graece

iuxta LXX interpretes [Revised ed.]. Stuttgart: Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft.

Secondary Literature

Devreesse, Robert. 1939. Le commentaire de Théodore de Mopsueste sur les Psaumes (I–

LXXX). Studi e Testi 93. Vatican City: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana.

————. 1948. Essai sur Théodore de Mopsueste. Studi e Testi 141. Vatican City: Biblioteca

Apostolica Vaticana.

42
Dolidze, Tina. 2010. “Inscr: In Inscriptiones Psalmorum.” In The Brill Dictionary of Gregory of

Nyssa. Supplements to Vigiliae Christianae 99. Lucas Francisco Mateo-Seco and Giulio

Maspero, eds., Seth Cherney, trans. (pgs. 429–431). Leiden: Brill.

Dorival, Gilles. 2012. “Titres hébreux et titres grecs des psaumes.” In Textual Research on the

Psalms and Gospels: Papers from the Tbilisi Colloquium on the Editing and History of

Biblical Manuscripts / Recherches textuelles sur les psaumes et les évangiles: Actes du

Colloque de Tbilisi, 19–20 septembre 2007. Supplements to Novum Testamentum 142.

Christian Bernard Amphoux and James Keith Elliott, eds. (pgs. 3–18). Leiden: Brill.

Flint, Peter W. 1998. “Columns I and II of the Hexapla: The Evidence of the Milan Palimpsest

(Rahlfs 1098).” In Origen’s Hexapla and Fragments. Texte und Studien zum antiken

Judentum 58. Alison Salvesen, ed. (pgs. 125–132). Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck.

Fraenkel, Detlef. 2000. “Hexapla-Probleme im Psalter.” In Der Septuaginta-Psalter und seine

Tochterübersetzungen: Symposium in Göttingen 1997. Mitteilungen des Septuaginta-

Unternehmens 24; Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen,

Philologisch-Historische Klasse, Dritte Folge 230. Anneli Aejmelaeus and Udo Quast,

eds. (pgs. 309–322). Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

————. 2004. Verzeichnis der griechischen Handschriften des Alten Testaments, vol. I, 1: Die

Überlieferung bis zum VIII. Jahrhundert. Septuaginta: Vetus Testamentum Graecum

Auctoritate Academiae Scientiarum Gottingensis editum Supplementum. Göttingen:

Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

Gauthier, Randall X. 2009. “Examining the ‘Pluses’ in the Greek Psalter: A Study of the

Septuagint Translation Qua Communication.” In Septuagint and Reception: Essays

prepared for the Association for the Study of the Septuagint in South Africa.

Supplements to Vetus Testamentum 127. Johann Cook, ed. (pgs. 45–76). Leiden: Brill.

Heine, Ronald. E, ed. 1995. Gregory of Nyssa’s Treatise on the Inscriptions of the Psalms:

43
 Introduction, Translation, and Notes. Oxford Early Christian Studies. Oxford:

Clarendon.

Hiebert, Robert J. V., ed. 2010. “Translation is Required”: The Septuagint in Retrospect and

Prospect. SBL Septuagint and Cognate Studies 56. Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature.

Hiebert, Robert J. V., Claude E. Cox, and Peter J. Gentry, eds. 2001. The Old Greek Psalter:

Studies in Honour of Albert Pietersma. Journal for the Study of the Old Testament

Supplement Series 332. Sheffield Academic Press.

Hill, Robert C. 2005. Diodore of Tarsus: Commentary on Psalms 1–51. SBL Writings from the

Greco-Roman World 9. Leiden: Brill.

Jellicoe, Sidney. 1968. The Septuagint and Modern Study. Oxford University Press.

Jenkins, Philip. 2010. Jesus Wars: How Four Patriarchs, Three Queens, and Two Emperors

Decided What Christians Would Believe for the Next 1,500 Years. New York:

HarperCollins.

Jobes, Karen H., and Moisés Silva. 2000. Invitation to the Septuagint. Grand Rapids: Baker

Academic/Carlisle, UK: Paternoster.

Klostermann, E. 1896. “Die Mailänder Fragmente der Hexapla.” Zeitschrift für die

alttestamentliche Wissenschaft 16, 334–337.

Migne, Jacques Paul, ed. 1857. [Hesychius of Jerusalem.] De titulis Psalmorum. In S.

Athanasius Alexandrinus Archiepiscopus: Operum pars tertia: Exegetica. Patrologiae

Cursus Completus, Series Graeca 27 (pgs. 591–1273). Paris: Imprimerie Catholique.

Miller, Patrick D. 2010. “Gregory of Nyssa: The Superscriptions of the Psalms.” In Genesis,

Isaiah and Psalms: A Festschrift to honour Professor John Emerton for his eightieth

birthday. Supplements to Vetus Testamentum 135. Katharine J. Dell, Graham Davies

and Yee Von Koh, eds. (pgs. 215–229). Leiden: Brill.

Parpulov, Georgi R. 2010. “Psalters and Personal Piety in Byzantium.” In The Old Testament in

44
 Byzantium. Dumbarton Oaks Byzantine Symposia and Colloquia. Paul Magdalino and

Robert Nelson, eds. (pgs. 77–105). Washington, D.C.: Dumbarton Oaks.

————. 2014. Toward a History of Byzantine Psalters ca. 850–1350 AD. Revised 2004

dissertation. Plovdiv: (unpublished?).

Pietersma, Albert. 1976. “The Greek Psalter: A Question of Methodology and Syntax.” Vetus

Testamentum 26.1, 60–69.

————. 1978. “Proto-Lucian and the Greek Psalter.” Vetus Testamentum 28.1, 66–72.

————. 1980a. “David in the Greek Psalms.” Vetus Testamentum 30.2, 213–226.

————. 1980b. “The Edited Text of P. Bodmer XXIV.” Bulletin of the American Society of

Papyrologists 17.1–2, 67–79.

————. 1990. “Ra 2110 (P. Bodmer XXIV) and the Text of the Greek Psalter.” In Studien zur

Septuaginta—Robert Hanhart zu Ehren: Aus Anlass seines 65. Geburtstages.

Mitteilungen des Septuaginta-Unternehmens der Akademie der Wissenschaften in

Göttingen 20. Detlef Fraenkel, Udo Quast, and John William Wevers, eds. (pgs. 262–

286). Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

————. 1992. “Bodmer Papyri.” The Anchor Bible Dictionary. David Noel Freedman, ed. (pgs.

1:766–1:767). New York: Doubleday.

————. 2000. “The Present State of the Critical Text of the Greek Psalter.” In Der Septuaginta-

Psalter und seine Tochterübersetzungen: Symposium in Göttingen 1997. Mitteilungen

des Septuaginta-Unternehmens 24; Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften in

Göttingen, Philologisch-Historische Klasse, Dritte Folge 230. Anneli Aejmelaeus and

Udo Quast, eds. (pgs. 12–32). Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

————. 2001a. “Exegesis and Liturgy in the Superscriptions of the Greek Psalter.” In

Proceedings of the X Congress of the International Organization for Septuagint and

Cognate Studies, Oslo, 1998. SBL Sepuagint and Cognate Studies 51. Bernard A. Taylor,

45
 ed. (pgs. 99–138). Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature.

————. 2001b. “The Place of Origin of the Old Greek Psalter.” In The World of the Aramaeans

I: Biblical Studies in Honour of Paul-Eugène Dion. Journal for the Study of the Old

Testament Supplement Series 324. P.M. Michèle Daviau, John W. Wevers, and Michael

Weigl, eds. (pgs. 252–274). Sheffield Academic Press.

————. 2003. “When Dauid Fled Abessalom: A Commentary on the Third Psalm in Greek.” In

Emanuel. Studies in Hebrew Bible, Septuagint, and Dead Sea Scrolls in Honor of

Emanuel Tov. Shalom Paul, Robert A. Kraft, Lawrence H. Schiffman, and Weston W.

Fields, eds. (pgs. 645–659). Leiden: Brill.

————. 2004. “An Ode among Psalms: A Commentary on the Fourth Greek Psalm.” In Text,

Theology and Translation: Essays in Honour of Jan de Waard. Simon Crisp and

Manuel Jinbachian, eds. (pgs. 147–161). Swindon: United Bible Societies.

————. 2005. “Septuagintal Exegesis and the Superscriptions of the Greek Psalter.” In The

Book of Psalms: Composition and Reception. Supplements to Vetus Testamentum 99;

Formation and Interpretation of Old Testament Literature 4. Peter W. Flint and Patrick

D. Miller, Jr., eds. (pgs. 443–475). Leiden: Brill.

————. 2006. “Messianism and the Greek Psalter: In Search of the Messiah.” In The

Septuagint and Messianism. Bibliotheca Ephemeridum Theologicarum Lovaniensium

195. Michael A. Knibb, ed. (pgs. 49–75). Leuven: Peeters.

Pietersma, Albert, and Benjamin G. Wright, eds. 2007. A New English Translation of the

Septuagint and the Other Greek Translations Traditionally Included under That Title

[NETS]. Oxford University Press.

Rahlfs, Alfred. 1907. Der Text des Septuaginta-Psalters. Septuaginta-Studien 2. Göttingen:

Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

46
Ramsay, Robert L. 1912a. “Theodore of Mopsuestia and St. Columban on the Psalms.”

Zeitschrift für celtische Philologie 8, 421–451.

————. 1912b. “Theodore of Mopsuestia in England and Ireland.” Zeitschrift für celtische

Philologie 8, 452–497.

Reynard, Jean, ed. 2002. Grégoire de Nysse: Sur les titres des psaumes. Sources Chrétiennes

466. Paris: Cerf.

Salvesen, Alison. 1991. Symmachus in the Pentateuch. Journal of Semitic Studies Monograph

15. Manchester University Press.

Scanlin, Harold P. 1998. “A New Edition of Origen’s Hexapla: How It Might Be Done.” In

Origen’s Hexapla and Fragments. Texte und Studien zum antiken Judentum 58. Alison

Salvesen, ed. (pgs. 439–449). Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck.

Schaper, Joachim. 2014. “The Septuagint Psalter.” In The Oxford Handbook of the Psalms.

William P. Brown, ed. (pgs. 173–184). Oxford University Press.

Septuaginta-Unternehmen der Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen, ed. 2012

(December). Offizielles Verzeichnis der Rahlfs-Sigeln. Göttingen: Septuaginta-

Unternehmen.

Swete, Henry Barclay. 1914. An Introduction to the Old Testament in Greek [2nd ed.]. Revised

by Richard Rusden Ottley. Cambridge University Press. Reprinted, 1989: Peabody,

Massachusetts: Hendrickson.

van der Kooij, Arie. 1983. “On the Place of Origin of the Old Greek of Psalms.” Vetus

Testamentum 33.1, 67–74.

Zenger, Erich, ed. 2001. Der Septuaginta-Psalter: Sprachliche und theologische Aspekte. Band

32(?). Freiburg: Herder.

47
 THE PSALMS IN LATIN

The Old Latin

With the spread of the Christian message into the western Mediterranean in the first century of

the Common Era, the need arose for the biblical texts to be translated into Latin. No specifics are

known about the translators, but it seems multiple translations were made in the second century

from existing Old Greek texts, including the Psalms. No single translation program was

responsible, and this polygenesis of the first Latin translations was uncontrolled. By necessity,

the anonymous translators in various places used whatever Greek manuscripts they happened to

have on hand. The combined results of these early efforts are known as the Vetus Latina, the

“Old Latin,” but it is important to recognize that this moniker subsumes a collection of

translations, not a unified, single version. Different forms of the Latin Psalms developed, spread,

and commingled in different Latin speaking Christian centers across Europe and North Africa

from the second century on.1

One specific form of the Old Latin Psalter rose to prominence in the churches of the

imperial capital of Rome: the Psalterium Romanum, as it was appropriately named. Because of

its local prestige, the Romanum was widely copied and would continue in limited use in services

at the Vatican down to the modern time.2

Jerome’s Psalms Translations

Due to the haphazard state of the Old Latin Bible, in 382/3, Pope Damasus commissioned the

great biblical scholar Eusebius Sophronius Hieronymus/Jerome (c. 347–420) to revise it, likely

1. See Gryson 2004 for a catalog of Old Latin Psalters.

2. A critical edition of the Psalterium Romanum, including comparisons with other Old Latin texts, was
produced by Robert Weber in 1953.

48
an assignment which began with the priorities of the Gospels and the Psalms. Jerome would

comment about the Old Latin situation in his response letter to Pope Damasus (now included as

the Preface to the Vulgate Gospels1): SI ENIM LATINIS EXEMPLARIBUS FIDES EST ADHIBENDA

RESPONDEANT QUIBUS TOT SUNT PAENE QUOT CODICES (“If in fact faith is administered by the

Latin example, they might respond by which, for there are nearly as many as manuscripts!”).

Eventually, Jerome’s revision assignment would expand into a thoroughgoing program

of translation for the entire biblical canon, with the Old Testament largely being translated from

its original language of Hebrew. The Vulgate, as the entire project became known, would

become the paramount Bible of the Roman church and western Europe. For the Psalms,

Jerome’s work actually comprised three separate versions:

1) An initial revision of the Old Latin Psalter, now lost

2) A new revision based on Origen’s hexaplaric revision: the Psalterium Gallicanum

3) A new translation of the pre-Masoretic Hebrew text: the Psalterium iuxta Hebraeos

Jerome’s first revision of the Psalms, completed in Rome around 384, is no longer extant.

Earlier scholarship sometimes identified the Psalterium Romanum as this “first draft” by

Jerome, but it is more likely that the Romanum was one of the underlying texts which Jerome

may have used in his first (lost) efforts.2

After the death of his patron Damasus in 384, Jerome fell into disfavor in Rome. He left

Italy and settled in Bethlehem by 386. This fateful relocation would allow him access to Origen’s

Hexapla, whose autograph of this massive work resided in Caesarea. The extensive text critical

notations and accordingly revised hexaplaric Greek text gave Jerome a solid foundation on

1. See Weber–Gryson (5th ed.) 2007.

2. See Goins 2014, 188.

49
which to build a new, more accurate revision of the Latin Psalter. This revision would become

known commonly as the Psalterium Gallicanum due to its widespread popularity in Gaul.1 By all

accounts, the Gallicanum was a marked improvement over the uneven Old Latin, but it was not

the end of Jerome’s efforts with the Psalms.

Access to the magnum opus of Origen in the Holy Land also granted Jerome with the

opportunity and means to further improve his facility with Hebrew. After 390, Jerome began to

translate the Hebrew Bible directly into proper Latin, bypassing the mediacy of Greek. For the

Psalms, this text is called the Psalterium iuxta Hebraeos—a Psalter “close to” the text of the

Hebrews, whose hebraica veritas—“Hebrew truth”—Jerome had come to prize above the

secondary nature of the Greek or the tertiary nature of the Old Latin. Some have questioned

whether Jerome personally acquired Hebrew expertise from native speakers, or if he primarily

relied on the comparative language work of Origen presented in the Hexapla. A combination of

the two is likely. At any rate, his new translation gives us a clear enough picture of the state of

the pre-Masoretic text in circulation in the Holy Land at the time. The Iuxta Hebraeos was

considered by Jerome to be the best and most scholarly of his renditions of the Psalms.

With all of his translations of the Psalms, Jerome generally produced conservative work.

Knowing the difficulty readers would have with excessive changes from their familiar Psalms

readings, he avoided changing the wording of the Old Latin wherever possible. If the underlying

corrected Greek or original Hebrew could support a prior reading, he rarely sought novelty.

Further Developments

Despite Jerome’s conviction that his Psalterium iuxta Hebraeos best represented the original

character of the book of Psalms, the momentum of familiarity would ensure the dominance of

his Psalterium Gallicanum. Despite the many modifications made by Jerome with the

1. modern France and its some of its surrounding countries.

50
Gallicanum, it did not represent as much of a departure from the varied Old Latin Psalms as the

Iuxta Hebraeos. The Gallicanum would gradually supersede the Old Latin texts in popularity,

but even this would take centuries, especially on the fringes of the Roman church’s sphere of

influence.

The existence of multiple contemporary Latin Psalters naturally provided opportunities

for conflation and confusion of readings, but scribes also executed synoptic Psalters, aligning

multiple Latin versions in parallel columns to aid in study and comparison. Many double

psalters exist, and even a few exquisitely executed triple psalters. Eadwine’s Triple Psalter1 from

the 12th century presents the Iuxta Hebraeos, Romanum, and Gallicanum in three aligned

columns on each page (with the Gallicanum text larger), along with Old English (for the

Romanum) and French (for the Iuxta Hebraeos) interlinear glosses.2

Scribal presentation of the Psalm headings generally resembles the patterns of Greek

Psalters, with the headings frequently set off with rubrication. Costlier manuscripts would also

make use of ornate enlarged capital letters (“initials”) for the beginning of the main text of the

Psalm.

Beginning in the 7th century, some Latin manuscripts begin to have additional headings

appended to the core material of the original heading, often with the same scribal style (such as

rubrication). These additions are prosopological and frequently Christological, usually

explaining the theological significance and/or identifying the understood speaker—the vox—of

the following Psalm (i.e., vox Christi, vox ecclesiae, etc.). These are not included in the standard

critical editions of the Latin Psalms, but they are a widespread phenomenon. Multiple systems

developed for these expanded headings—in all, six different series have been identified. The

classic edition and study of these by Pierre Salmon appeared in 1959. He enumerates these as:

1. Cambridge, Trinity College, R. 17. 1 (987).

2. Online at: http://trin-sites-pub.trin.cam.ac.uk/james/viewpage.php?index=1229.

51
 I: Series of St. Colomba (the oldest, originating in Ireland)

II: Series of St. Augustine of Canterbury

III: Series inspired by St. Jerome

IV: Series translated from Eusebius of Caesarea

V: Series inspired by Origen

VI: Series of Cassiodorus, summarized by Bede

From this list, one can see the cross-pollination of interpretations from beyond the Latin-

speaking church. Ideas from eastern Greek writers and commentators continue to influence the

treatment of the Psalms. As an example of the differences in these addenda to the Psalm

headings, the readings of the various series for Psalm 3 are:

I: UOX CHRISTI AD PATREM DE IUDEIS DICIT

II: AD PASSIONEM CHRISTI PERTINET

III: ECCLESIA CONTRA IUDEOS CETEROSQUE HERETICOS ET GENTILES INTERPELLAT

ET CHRISTUS DE RESURRECTIONE SUA DICIT

IV: PROPHETATIO DAUID DE QUIBUS PASSUS EST

V: QUOD IPSE PRO NOBIS IN MORTIS SOMNO OBDORMIAT ET RESURGAT

VI: CHRISTUS AD PATREM DE PERSECUTORIBUS SUIS LOQUITUR

INSTRUITURQUE FIDELIS POPULUS NE MORTEM FORMIDET

QUIA AUCTOR EIUS RESURGENDO SPEM EI UERAE RESURRECTIONIS EXHIBUIT1

1. See Salmon 1959 for witnesses and variants.

52
Although in this example, only Series I specifically uses the vox phrasing, it is common

throughout Series I, II, III, and VI. As can be seen, despite a few common thematic points, these

series are literarily independent of each other.1

Latin Textual Witnesses

Due to its polygenetic nature, no single critical edition of the Old Latin Psalms has been

published. As representatives of the Old Latin, I have included in Part Two the texts of Verona

Psalter (α)2 and the Psalter of St. Germain (γ)3 in Part Two. These important 6th century

Psalters reflect the varying natures of the Old Latin Psalms in northern Italy and France,

respectively. In addition, I have supplied the text of the Psalterium Romanum from Weber’s

1953 critical edition.4

The texts and critical apparatuses for the Psalterium Gallicanum and Psalterium iuxta

Hebraeos are taken from their parallel critical editions in the Biblia Sacra Vulgata.5 In the chart

below, the different Latin versions of the Psalms are distinguished by (OL) for an Old Latin text,

(Rom) for the Psalterium Romanum, (Gal) for the Psalterium Gallicanum, and (Heb) for the

Psalterium iuxta Hebraeos. Different catalogs of manuscript sigla have at times used the same

letters for distinct manuscripts containing different versions; these are distinguished in the

chart by the above notations, but since they do not overlap in the critical apparatus of Part Two,

1. The additional heading material of these series are not included in the synoptic heading edition of Part
Two, as they represent new additions, unconnected to the underlying texts of the initial Latin translations.

2. Verona, Biblioteca Capitolare, I (1), edited by Bianchini in 1740.

3. Paris, BN, Lat. 11947, edited by Sabatier in 1751.

4. The extensive critical apparatus from Weber 1953 is not included. I list the Romanum manuscripts that
contribute to Weber’s edition in the chart (not bolded as they are not individually cited in Part Two).

5. Weber–Gryson (5th ed.) 2007. These apparatuses also include the readings from the major previous
critical editions (Clementine, Roman, Harden, and de Sainte-Marie).

53
there is no chance of confusion. The notes also specify (in italics) the series of additional

headings used (according to Salmon’s classification system), if present and known.1

symbol other location designation date notes

A Florence Codex Amiatinus VIII Ps (Heb) from
(Heb) Biblioteca Medicea Northumbria; series
Laurenziana, I
Amiatino I
A VL 372 London Vespasian Psalter early Ps (Rom) perhaps
(Rom) BL, Cotton Vespasian VIII from Canterbury;
A. 1 series II
B VL 383 London Bosworth Psalter late X Ps (Rom) from
BL, Additional 37517 Canterbury
C VL 189 Cava/Monte Codex Cavensis late IX Ps (Moz+Heb) from
(Heb) Cassino Archivio della Badia 1 Spain; series III
(14)
C VL 376 Cambridge Cambridge Psalter early XI Ps (Rom) perhaps
(Rom) University Library, from Canterbury
Ff.I.23
D VL 319 Cambridge Eadwine’s late XII Ps (Heb+Rom+Gal)
Canterbury from Canterbury
Psalter
Trinity College, R. 17.
1 (987)
F VL 325 St. Petersburg Corbie Psalter late Ps (Heb+Gal+OL[δ])
RNB, F. v. I. 5 VIII from Corbie
Monastery
H Vl 420 Dublin Cathach of St. early Ps (Gal) from
(Gal) Columba VII Ireland; series I
Royal Irish Academy,
MS 12 R 33
H VL 393 Berlin Psalter of St. early Ps (Rom) from
(Rom) Salaberga VIII Northumbria; series
Staatsbibliothek, I
Hamilton 553
I VL 331 Rouen Psalter of St. X Ps (Gal+Heb) from
Ebrulf/St. Audoin Ireland
Bibliothèque
Municipale 24 (A. 41)

1. See Salmon 1959. Not all the manuscripts in the following chart are surveyed by Salmon.

54
 K VL 316 Karlsruhe Triple Psalter of early IX Ps (Gal+Rom+Heb)
Reichenau from Reichenau/
Badische Augia Dives
Landesbibliothek, Monastery; series I,
Aug. 38 II
L VL 421 Lyon and Lyon Psalter V/VI Ps (Gal/OL mix)
(Gal) Paris Bibliothèque de la from Lyon
Ville 425 (351) + BN,
N. acq. lat. 1585
L London BL, Harley 2793 early IX Ps (Heb) from Tours
(Heb)
M VL 307 Montpellier Mondsee Psalter late Ps (Rom) from
Bibliothèque de la VIII Mondsee Abbey
Faculté de Médecine
409
N VL 459 New York Lincoln/Blickling late Ps (Rom) from
Psalter VIII England; series I
PML, M. 776
P VL 398 Cava/Monte Archivio della Badia XI/XII Ps (Rom) probably
Cassino 559 from Monte Cassino

Q VL 344 Vatican BV, Urbinas lat. 585 1099– Ps (Rom) from

1105 Monte Cassino

R VL 330 Vatican Psalter of the late Ps (Gal+Heb) from

(Gal/Heb) Queen VIII northern Gaul
BV, Regin. lat. 11 (Picardie?)
R VL 354 Vatican BV, Regin. lat. 13 late XI Ps (Rom) from
(Rom) Benevento or Naples
S VL 427 St. Gallen Psalter of Wolfcoz early IX Ps (Gal) from
(Gal) Stiftsbibliothek 20 Monastery of St. Gall
S St. Gallen Stiftsbibliothek 19 late IX Ps (Heb) from
(Heb) Monastery of St. Gall
S VL 394 Stuttgart Württembergische VIII Ps (Rom) perhaps
(Rom) Landesbibliothek, from Echternach
Bibl. fol. 12a,b,c
T VL 327 Reims Psalter of Odalric XI Ps (Gal+Rom+Heb)
Bibliothèque from Reims; series I,
Municipale 15 (A. 20) II
V VL 363 Vatican Pantheon Bible early Ps (Rom) from Rome
BV, Vat. lat. 12958 XII or Umbria; series I
W Vienna Dagulf’s Golden late Ps (Gal) from
Psalter VIII Aachen; series I
ÖNB, lat. 1861

55
X VL 360 Vatican BV, Archivio di S. late XII Ps (Rom) probably
Pietro D. 156 from Monastery of
St. Mary Major,
Tivoli

Θ — Consensus of Θ VIII/IX Ps (Heb) from

mss. Orléans
(from scriptorium
of Theodulf of
Orléans)

ΘG Paris Codex early IX Ps (Heb) from

Sangermanensis Orléans
BN, Lat. 11937

ΘH London Codex VIII/IX Ps (Heb) from

Hubertianus Orléans
BL, Additional 24142

ΘK Copenhagen Codex early IX Ps (Heb) from

Carcassonensis Orléans
Kgl. Bibl., Ny Kgl.
Saml. 1
Σ Madrid Codex Toletanus X Ps (Heb) from Spain
Biblioteca Nacional,
Vitr. 13-1 (Tol. 2-1)
Φ — Consensus of Φ IX Ps (Gal)
mss.
(from exemplar of
scriptorium of
Alcuin of York)
ΦG London Codex early IX Ps (Gal) from Tours
Grandivallensis
BL, Additional 10546
ΦP Rome Codex Paulinus late IX Ps (Gal) from region
S. Paolo f. l. m. of Reims
ΦR Paris Codex Rorigonis early IX Ps (Gal) from Tours
BN, Lat. 3
ΦV Rome Codex late IX Ps (Gal) from region
Vallicellianus of Reims
Biblioteca
Vallicelliana B. 6
k Karlsruhe Badische VIII/IX Ps (Gal) overwritten
Landesbibliothek,
Aug. 112 fol. 80–89
α VL 300 Verona Verona Psalter VI Ps (OL) from
Biblioteca Capitolare, northern Italy;
I (1) Greek(=ms. R)/
Latin bilingual
(Greek written with
Latin letters) ed. G.
Bianchini 1740

56
 γ VL 303 Paris Psalter of St. VI Ps (OL) from France;
Germain ed. Sabatier 1751
BN, Lat. 11947
Rom Rome Psalterium 1953 Ps (Rom)
Romanum
Robert Weber, ed. Le
psautier romain et
les autres anciens
psautiers latins
Clementine c Rome [Vulgata (Sixto-) 1592– Ps (Gal) Weber-
Clementina] 1593 Gryson: c
Biblia Sacra
Vulgatae Editionis
Sixti Quinti iussu
recognita (et
auctoritate
Clementis Octavi
edita)
Roman r Rome [Roman edition] 1953 Ps (Gal) Weber-
Liber Psalmorum ex Gryson: r
recensione Sancti
Hieronymi.
Harden h London J. M. Harden, ed. 1922 Ps (Heb) Weber-
Psalterium iuxta Gryson: h
Hebraeos Hieronymi
de Sainte- s Rome Henri de Sainte- 1954 Ps (Heb) Weber-
Marie Marie, ed. Sancti Gryson: s
Hieronymi
Psalterium iuxta
Hebraeos.

Latin Bibliography

Primary Sources

Bianchini, Giuseppe, ed. 1740. Psalterium Duplex cum Canticis juxta Vulgatam Graecam LXX.

Seniorum, et Antiquam Latinam Italam Versionem.

Harden, J. M., ed. 1922. Psalterium iuxta Hebraeos Hieronymi. London.

[Roman edition.] 1953. Liber Psalmorum ex recensione Sancti Hieronymi. Biblia Sacra iuxta

latinam vulgatam versionem 10. Cura et studio monarchorum Abbatiae Pontificiae

Sancti Hieronymi in Urbe Ordinis Sancti Benedicti edita. Rome: Typis Polyglottis

Vaticanis.

57
Sabatier, Petrus, ed. 1751. Bibliorum Sacrorum Latinae Versiones Antiquae, seu Vetus Italica,

et Caeterae quaecunque in Codicibus Mss. & antiquorum libris reperiri potuerunt, vol.

2. Paris.

de Sainte-Marie, Henri, ed. 1954. Sancti Hieronymi Psalterium iuxta Hebraeos. Collectanea

Biblica Latina 11. Rome: Abbaye Saint-Jérôme/Vatican City: Libreria Vaticana.

Salmon, Pierre. 1959. Les ‘Tituli Psalmorum’ des manuscrits latins. Collectanea Biblica Latina

12. Rome: Abbaye Saint-Jérôme/Vatican City: Libreria Vaticana.

Tripartitum Psalterium Eadwini (The Canterbury Psalter). Hosted by the James Catalogue of

Western Manuscripts, Trinity College, Cambridge. Online at: http://trin-sites-

pub.trin.cam.ac.uk/james/viewpage.php?index=1229.

Tweedale, Michael, ed. 2005. Biblia Sacra juxta Vulgatam Clementinam: Editio Electronica.

London.

[Vulgata (Sixto-) Clementina.] 1592–1593. Biblia Sacra Vulgatae Editionis Sixti Quinti iussu

recognita (et auctoritate Clementis Octavi edita). Rome.

Weber, Robert, ed. 1953. Le psautier romain et les autres anciens psautiers latins. Collectanea

Biblica Latina 10. Rome: Abbaye Saint-Jérôme/Vatican City: Libreria Vaticana.

————, and Roger Gryson, eds. 2007. Biblia Sacra iuxta vulgatam versionem [5th ed.]

Stuttgart: Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft.

Secondary Literature

Bogaert, Pierre-Maurice. 2000. “Le psautier latin des origines au XIIe siècle. Essai d’histoire.” In

Der Septuaginta-Psalter und seine Tochterübersetzungen: Symposium in Göttingen

1997. Mitteilungen des Septuaginta-Unternehmens 24; Abhandlungen der Akademie der

Wissenschaften in Göttingen, Philologisch-Historische Klasse, Dritte Folge 230. Anneli

Aejmelaeus and Udo Quast, eds. (pgs. 51–81). Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

58
Cooper, Charles M. 1950. “Jerome’s ‘Hebrew Psalter’ and the New Latin Version.” Journal of

Biblical Literature 69.3, 233–244.

Fischer, Bonifatius. 1985. Lateinische Bibelhandschriften im frühen Mittelalter. Vetus Latina:

Aus der Geschichte der lateinischen Bibel 11. Freiburg: Herder.

Goins, Scott. 2014. “Jerome’s Psalters.” In The Oxford Handbook of the Psalms. William P.

Brown, ed. (pgs. 185–198). Oxford University Press.

Gryson, Roger. 1999. Altlateinische Handschriften/Manuscrits vieux latins: Répetoire

descriptif, Primière partie: Mss 1–275. Vetus Latina 1/2A. Freiburg: Herder.

————. 2004. Altlateinische Handschriften/Manuscrits vieux latins: Répetoire descriptif,

Deuxième partie: Mss 300–485 (Manuscrits du psautier). Vetus Latina 1/2B. Freiburg:

Herder.

McNamara, Martin J. 2000. The Psalms in the Early Irish Church. Journal for the Study of the

Old Testament Supplement Series 165. Sheffield Academic Press.

Murray, Placid. 1967. Studies in Pastoral Liturgy III. Maynooth: The Furrow Trust/Dublin: Gill

and Son.

Schulz-Flügel, Eva. 2000. “Hieronymus, Feind und Überwinder der Septuaginta?

Untersuchungen anhand der Arbeiten an den Psalmen.” In Der Septuaginta-Psalter und

seine Tochterübersetzungen: Symposium in Göttingen 1997. Mitteilungen des

Septuaginta-Unternehmens 24; Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften in

Göttingen, Philologisch-Historische Klasse, Dritte Folge 230. Anneli Aejmelaeus and

Udo Quast, eds. (pgs. 33–50). Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

van Deusen, Nancy, ed. 1999. The Place of the Psalms in the Intellectual Culture of the Middle

Ages. SUNY Series in Medieval Studies. Albany: SUNY Press.

59
Walsh, Liam G. 1967. The Christian Prayer of the Psalms according to the Tituli Psalmorum of

the Latin Manuscripts. Pars Dissertationis ad Lauream in Facultate S. Theologiae apud

Pontificiam Universitatem S. Thomae de Urbe. Dublin.

60
 THE PSALMS IN COPTIC

Overview of the Coptic Versions

Coptic is the final phase of the native Egyptian language, a member of the Afro-Asiatic

superfamily and a more distant cousin to semitic languages such as Hebrew, Aramaic, and

Arabic. It is marked by the adoption and modification of the Greek alphabet as a writing system,

breaking from millennia of traditional Egyptian writing (the complex hieroglyphic, hieratic, and

demotic writing systems). Scribes borrowed a few additional letters from demotic to more

accurately represent the sounds of the language: unlike Greek, Coptic has a “sh” sound,

affricatives like English “j” and “ch,” and a variety of grades of “h” sounds. Coptic writing could

also now effectively designate vowels, something which was largely unmarked under the older

writing systems. Over the millennia, the long, linear nature of the Nile valley created an entire

continuum of Egyptian dialects between the Delta and the First Cataract. Coptic finally allows us

to see and hear the differences—people from different ends of the Nile would likely have had

some difficulty understanding each other’s local speech.

Because of this wide spectrum of dialects, a single Coptic biblical translation would not

suffice for Christian missionary efforts along the Nile. The Psalms were translated into multiple

dialects, and we have extant full versions in three of these—Sahidic, Oxyrhynchitic, and

Bohairic—making it the best attested major book of the Coptic Old Testament. Fragments of

Fayyumic and Akhmimic versions exist as well. After the legalization of Christianity in the fourth

century, Church authority was able to focus its attention on the Sahidic dialect, a geographic

“superdialect” which could be used throughout much of Christian Egypt. Sahidic’s ascendance

slowed most literary production in other dialects. The arrival of Islam in the 7th century and the

succeeding spread of Arabic in Egypt would have a similar impact on Sahidic. At the dawn of the

second millennium, the Coptic ecclesial hierarchy was transitioning to the Bohairic dialect,

61
which was used in the monasteries of Waœdˆœ al-Nat!ruœn and the new seat of the Coptic patriarch in

the recently founded city of Cairo, the new capital of Egypt.

The Sahidic and Bohairic versions are both translations from the Greek, produced

independently of each other. The versions in other dialects are likely tertiary translations, with

the Oxyrhynchitic and Akhmimic appearing to be translated from the Sahidic, and the Fayyumic

from the Bohairic.

The Sahidic Version

The Sahidic version was probably translated from Greek by the third century. The Sahidic

evidence forms the earlier bulk of the Coptic Psalter continuum, with dozens of Psalms

manuscripts dating from the 3rd or 4th century through the 14th century. While a few of the

earliest are written on papyrus,1 and a few of the latest on paper, most were produced on

parchment. Although most are fragmentary (often quite so), none seem to have had an Odes

collections appended to the main text of the Psalms. For this study, and the establishment of the

Sahidic text in Part Two, only “biblical” (continuous) texts were used, although many lectionary,

liturgical, and even divinatory manuscripts exist. Of these, none seem to be from pandects or

larger collections of texts beyond the Psalms; all appear to have been proper Psalters.

The single greatest source of manuscripts of the Sahidic Psalms—and Sahidic literature

in general—has been the Monastery of St. Shenoute (Dayr Anbaœ Shinuœdah), located near Sohaœg

in Upper Egypt.2 Also known commonly as the White Monastery (Dayr al-Abyad), this

important monastic center was founded by Pigol in the 5th century, although the monastery

would become renowned due to his successor, Shenoute (c. 348–466). The remains of the White

1. Including the very important ms. L (BL, Oriental 5000), edited by Budge in 1898. See below.

2. For more information about this and other Egyptian monasteries, see Meinardus 1992. For a quick
survey, see Meinardus 2006, 45–48.

62
Monastery library comprise manuscripts dating from the 8th through the 12th century. Many

biblical, liturgical, and exegetical works are represented, and Anne Boud’hors estimates that in

the 11th century, the library of the White Monastery possessed no less than fifteen Psalters.1

Sadly, the already worn and fragmented manuscripts of this monastic library were frequently

dismembered and sold in pieces to European museums and libraries over the course of the 18th

and 19th centuries, greatly increasing the difficulty in reconstructing their original contents.

No critical editions exist for the very important (and early) Sahidic Psalms. Some

editions of key Sahidic manuscripts2 have been published, but these need to be synthesized with

the readings of the many unedited manuscripts into a proper critical edition. The usual lack of

internal dates in early Sahidic manuscripts requires the use of paleographic estimation;

unfortunately, Coptic paleography is currently not nearly as refined as Greek or Latin.3 Because

of this, in the list of Sahidic manuscripts below I have supplied the primary date followed by

Schüssler in his Biblia Coptica manuscript catalogs,4 but frequently with (?) appended. These

dates should be regarded as very tentative. In my own studies of these manuscripts, I have

categorized them by format, categorized by four (successive yet overlapping) phases:

1) Stichometric layout,5 classic unimodular script6

2) Stichometric layout, modified unimodular script

1. Boud’hors 2004, 33. We have around twenty from the entire span of the library’s history. I have collated
the readings from the headings of nearly a dozen of these in the apparatus of Part Two.

2. See especially Budge 1898, Rahlfs 1901, and Worrell 1916.

3. See the dated works of Stegemann 1936 and Cramer 1964.

4. Schüssler 1996–2012. He also records others’ dating estimates.

5. Text laid out in poetic lines.

6. The older uncial or majuscule style, with most letters occupying the same space (modus). The later
bimodular script has more narrow letters, occupying half the space of fuller letters.

63
 3) Stichometric layout, bimodular script

4) Paragraphed layout, bimodular script

These different styles document the development of Sahidic scribal treatment of the Psalms over

nearly a millennium. Though this is less pronounced early on, the Psalm headings are typically

marked off from the main Psalm text through a variety of techniques (often a combination of

these): some unimodular manuscripts use of the innovative, bimodular script for the headings;

some bimodular manuscripts use an angled “severe” bimodular script for the headings; the

common practice of rubrication; and lines or dashed lines framing off the heading from the

main text.

The Oxyrhynchitic Version

The Oxyrhynchitic dialect, also known as Mesokemic or (confusingly) Middle Egyptian,1 was a

dialect used the region around the ancient city of Oxyrhynchus (modern al-Bahnasa), famous for

its incredible deposits of discarded Greek and Latin papyri. The Oxyrhynchitic evidence for the

Psalms comes from one Psalter discovered in 1984 in the grave of a young girl buried near the

village of al-Mudil (about 30 miles to the north of al-Bahnasa). This nearly complete parchment

Psalter dates to the fourth or fifth century, and still retained its bindings when discovered.2 The

main text of the Psalms in in a classic unimodular script, with the headings in modified

unimodular script (marked off by dashed lines).

Barring dialectical differences, this version of the Psalms is in general very similar to the

Sahidic version—often following the same word order and sharing the same distribution of

1. This title is primarily used for the classical phase of the ancient Egyptian language (Middle Kingdom
on).

2. Edited by Gabra 1995.

64
Greek loanwords. This close affiliation is likely due to the Oxyrhynchitic being a modification of

a preexisting Sahidic version, not an independent translation from the Greek. Due to its early

date and completeness, the Oxyrhynchitic Psalm headings are included in Part Two, treated as

an extension or subset of the Sahidic version.

The Bohairic Version

The Bohairic Psalms were translated from Greek, perhaps in the fourth century. This was done

independently of the Sahidic, which can be demonstrated by their different word order, different

choices for which words to carry over from Greek, and even a different Greek base text. The

period of our extant Bohairic evidence reflects the transition of the Alexandrian patriarchate to

Cairo in 1047, with dozens of more complete manuscripts dating from the 12th through the 19th

century. A few of the earliest manuscripts are on parchment, but most of these Psalters are on

paper.

In my collations of the headings from the manuscripts, I have discovered that they divide

into two main textual families, based on both material style and internal readings: 1)

manuscripts from Waœdˆœ al-Nat!ruœn, and 2) manuscripts from elsewhere. The first family further

divides into two subcategories. Manuscripts M, Q, and V1 are on parchment and use a distinct

thick-and-thin script (sometimes called “Nitrian uncial”) for the main Psalm text, with a smaller,

thinner script used for the headings. Manuscripts L, O, P, and T are on paper and use the more

usual Bohairic script throughout. Of the manuscripts in this family, Q, T, and V are from the

Monastery of Saint Makarios (Dayr Abuœ Maqaœr), which became a patriarchal residence from the

6th century on. This prestige likely made it an important center of transmission.

The second family, comprising manuscripts from other locations in Egypt are all on

paper and bilingual, with an Arabic parallel column. These also frequently have liturgical

1. For all these designations and further manuscript details, see the Bohairic chart below.

65
divisions (doxa/kathezma) added between Psalms (before headings), and stichometric counts

appended to the Psalm headings. They further divide into two subfamilies: manuscripts G and H

(which are from Cairo), and manuscripts D, W, and X (of which W and X are from the

Monastery of Saint Antony (Dayr Anbaœ Antuœnˆœuœs).

A few later manuscripts demonstrate a stylistic modification to the usual headings (mss.

L2, L3, and S). I call these “revised headings.” In what is likely an attempt to standardize the

form of the headings, they rearrange the heading material, incorporating the number of the

Psalm into the text of the heading.1 This revised heading style was known and used by al-Ṭuḫi in

his edition of the Bohairic Psalter published in 1744—even though his main exemplars, the

Vatican Bohairic Psalters,2 do not have this innovation.

The Bohairic version of the Psalms can also lay claim to being the first part of the Coptic

Old Testament to be printed in any dialect: Theodor Petraeus published the beginning of Psalm

1 in London in 1659.3 Since he had no Coptic typeset, he used Greek as best as could be done,

along with the Arabic parallel, a transliteration of the Coptic pronunciation, and a Latin

translation. Rather dated critical editions exist for the Bohairic Psalms: Ideler (1837), Schwartze

(1843), and de Lagarde (1875). De Lagarde’s edition, unfortunately published in transliteration,

was redone by Burmester and Dévaud in 1925, utilizing a proper Coptic typeface.4

1. These late stylistic variations are not included in the apparatus of Part Two.

2. BV, Copto 5 and 7 at least (he made hand copies of them: BV, Borgia copto 120 and 61, respectively),
and perhaps BV, Copto 6 and BV, Barberiniani orientali 2.

3. Petraeus 1659 (a notice for Petraeus 1663), reprinted in Galtier 1906, 110.

4. Burmester and Dévaud 1925 is the best and most recent, and I use this as the base text for Part Two (I
expand the apparatus with readings from many more manuscripts).

66
Other Dialects

Two fragments in the Akhmimic dialect exist: an incomplete Psalm (46.3–10) on a wooden

tablet from the third century,1 and two verses from a Greek/Akhmimic bilingual (75.5–7),2

making conclusions about a full version unclear. The Akhmimic dialect was extinct by the eighth

century, but if a full version once existed, it would likely have been a modification from the

Sahidic version (like Oxyrhynchitic).

The Fayyumic evidence comes from eight fragmentary manuscripts from the 5th through

the 9th century. These give us samples from fourteen different Psalms and suggest that a full

version once existed.3 The Fayyumic version is affiliated with the Bohairic version, and it may

very well have been a modification of an early Bohairic translation.

The scant evidence for Akhmimic and Fayyumic are not included in Part Two, as they are

too meager to contribute to the investigation of the Psalm headings.

Coptic Textual Witnesses

Sahidic

As no critical edition of the Sahidic Psalter exists, I worked through the manuscript evidence to

create a working text for this study. The base text chosen was that of the nearly complete

papyrus Psalter which now resides in the British Library4 (ms. L on the chart below). This key

document was published by Budge in 1898, but his transcription contains a number of errors

and misreadings, which I have corrected from my own inspection of images of the manuscript.5

1. Crum 1934.

2. Delattre 2008b, 146–147.

3. See Boud’hors 2005.

4. BL, Oriental 5000 (sa 31; CMCL.AV).

5. Budge’s misreadings are footnoted.

67
To this I have added an apparatus giving the readings of nearly twenty fragmentary

manuscripts. Like Greek and Latin, I have used a simplified system of capital letters as sigla for

these manuscripts. The manuscripts from the White Monastery (all prefixed with a W) are

frequently scattered across multiple locations, requiring extensive codicological reconstruction.1

Other manuscript catalogs and inventories use their own notations, and I have included these as

well. The “sa” numbers correspond to the system used by Karlheinz Schüssler in his Biblia

Coptica series (1996–2012) and the capital letter system is that of Tito Orlandi’s CMCL - Corpus

dei Manoscritti Copti Letterari database.2 The notes discuss the medium of the manuscript

(papyrus/parchment/paper), format, and other information about find sites and publications.

symbol other location designation date notes

B sa 35; Berlin SMB, P. 3259 IV/V Stichometric, classic
CMCL.BC unimodular; Rahlfs
1901
D sa 80 and sa Dublin and CBL, Ms. C (Copt. VI/VII from Monastery of
81; IERE.AC Ann Arbor Ms. 815) and UML Apa Ieremias,
(Special Collections), Saqqarah; in two mss
Mich. Ms. 167 (CBL: Ps 1–50; UML:
Ps 51–151)
F sa 116 Washington Freer Gallery, Ms. 1 V? Paragraphed (small
scale), modified
unimodular; Worrell
1916; from Dayr
Nahya
L sa 31; London BL, Oriental 5000 VI/VII Papyrus;
CMCL.AV Stichometric,
modified
unimodular; Budge
1898; from Upper
Egypt; base text
M sa 62 London BL, Oriental 7561 VII Papyrus; Maspero
(35–39) 1883

1. See Schüssler’s Biblia Coptica series (1996–2012) for further information on most of these. In my
research, I have discovered a few more joins and combinations.

2. Online at http://rmcisadu.let.uniroma1.it/cgi-bin/cmcl/entrata.cgi.

68
 N sa 164 Naples Naples [BN, cass. I.B. XIV Paper; Sahidic/
19, fasc. 488, fol. Arabic bilingual
98-117]
T sa 96 Turin BN, a-IV-29 (burnt) XIV Paper; Peyron 1875
U sa 72 Vienna ÖNB, K 9907–9971b IV–VII Papyrus;
//Rahlfs 1220 Stichometric,
modified
unimodular; Greek/
Sahidic bilingual; 3–
68; from Panopolis;
Wessely 1907
V sa 51 Vienna ÖNB, K 1231–1234, III–VI Papyrus;
1236–1238 Stichometric,
modified
unimodular; 102–
125; Wessely 1907
W32 sa 32; London, Paris, BL, Oriental 8808, early X Stichometric,
MONB.IR Vatican, and (BL, BN, BV, bimodular; de
Vienna ÖNB) [61 leaves] Lagarde 1875; copied
at Toutōn in the
Fayyum
W33 sa 33 London, MONB.IT IX (?) Stichometric,
Moscow, (BL, Pushkin, BL, bimodular
Oxford, Paris, BN, BV) [20 leaves]
Vatican
W34 sa 34 Cairo, MONB.IU IX (?) Stichometric,
Moscow, (CM, Pushkin, BN, bimodular
Naples, Paris, BN, BV, ÖNB) [11
Vatican, leaves]
Vienna
W50 sa 50 Paris MONB.NH IX–X Stichometric,
(BN) [19 leaves] modified unimodular
W61 sa 61 Cairo, MONB.NI IX (??) Stichometric, classic
London, Paris, (CM, BL, BN, ÖNB) unimodular
Vienna [26 leaves]
W64 sa 64 London, MONB.NJ VI/VII Stichometric, classic
Oxford, Paris, (BL, BL, BN, Louvre, (?) unimodular; similar
Vienna ÖNB) [30+ leaves] decorations to L (see
41, especially)
W91 sa 91 Cairo, MONB.NK V/VI Stichometric,
//Rahlfs 2015 London, New (CM, BL, PML, BN, (X?) modified
York, Paris, ÖNB) [27 leaves] unimodular; Greek/
Vienna Sahidic bilingual;
W101 sa 101 Berlin, Cairo, MONB.NL XI (?) Paragraphed,
Leiden, Paris, (SBB, CM, MdA, BN, bimodular; copied at
Vienna Louvre, ÖNB) [21 Toutōn in the
leaves] Fayyum;
expanded headings
(see especially 8, 9,
44, 64, 65)

69
 W109 sa 109; Paris (BN) [19 leaves] XI (?) Stichometric, classic
MONB.NN unimodular
W138 sa 138 Paris, Vienna (BN, Louvre, ÖNB) XI (?) Stichometric,
[13 leaves] modified unimodular
WO — Oslo Schøyen Collection, IV/V Stichometric, classic
Ms. 144 [19 leaves] (?) unimodular; similar
decorations to L
WP — Paris, Vienna (BN, ÖNB) [8 leaves] VII/ Paragraphed,
VIII bimodular; Wessely
(??) 1907
sa 94 Vienna (ÖNB) VII? Papyrus; Wessely
1914
sa 110 London BL, Oriental 4844 VIII? Papyrus

Oxyrhynchitic

The Oxyrhynchitic version in Part Two is taken from the diplomatic edition of the Mudil Codex.1

symbol other location designation date notes

Cairo Mudil Codex IV/V Stichometric, classic
CM, Inv. 12488 unimodular
(=Mss. Library 6614)

Bohairic

The Bohairic version in Part Two is modified from the critical edition of Burmester–Dévaud.2 I

follow the main text of the edition, but I have collated the readings from additional Bohairic

Psalters, increasing the witnesses from four3 to twelve. Manuscripts in the chart below with

italicized sigla were used in this and earlier editions, but are horologia, which omit the text of

the headings.

1. Gabra, ed. 1995.

2. Burmester–Dévaud 1925, a re-edition of de Lagarde 1875 (de Lagarde was unable to utilize a Coptic
typesetting, so his original edition is in a difficult to use transliteration).

3. Two of Burmester–Dévaud’s six witnesses are actually horologia, which have no Psalm headings.

70
symbol other location designation date notes
B Schwartze: C; Berlin BSL, Or. quart. 157 XIV + Arabic parallel
Bosson & and (horologion?: no
Boud’hors: XVII headings); first 34
B157 fols. replaced in XVII
C Schwartze: B Berlin BSL, Or. quart. 276 XIII– + Arabic parallel
XIV (horologion: no
headings)
D Bosson & Berlin BSL, Dietz. Or. mid + Arabic parallel;
Boud’hors: BD oblongus A 37 XIV? adds stichometric
count after each
heading; textual
affinities with G, H,
W (esp.), and X
(esp.); copied by
Michael son of
Abraham of
Oxyrhynchos (likely
also copied BN,
Copte 1
[Pentateuch])
F Cairo Patriarchal Library, 1742– + Arabic parallel; no
Bible 7 1743 headings (just
yalmos nhpi #)
G Cairo Patriarchal Library, XIV + Arabic parallel;
Bible 8 adds stichometric
count after each
heading; liturgical
divisions precede
headings; textual
affinities with D, H
(esp.), W, and X
H Cairo Patriarchal Library, XVIII/ + Arabic parallel;
Bible 9 XIX stichometric
layout, changing to
more paragraphed in
Ps 33! adds
stichometric count
after each heading;
liturgical divisions
precede headings;
some pages replaced
(H2: no headings
[just yalmos #, not
cited], paragraphed
text with
replacement); textual
affinities with D, G
(esp.), W, and X

71
I Cairo Patriarchal Library, XIX adds stichometric
Bible 10 count after each
heading; noted for
mistakes (f. 2a)
K London BL, Oriental 427 XII/ + Arabic parallel
XIII? (horologion: no
headings)
L London BL, Oriental 11552 orig: arabic parallels for
XIII? headings only (added
later); some original
leaves (L); two
successive
restorations (L1,
L2); L1 and L2 have
revised headings
(not cited):
(pi)yalmos # (nte
dauid, etc.) added/
relocated to
beginning and some
material abridged
(some liturgical
divisions added)
M Bosson & Oxford BL, Huntington 121 1314 Parchment; full
Boud’hors: OH script (“Nitrian
uncial”); given to
Dayr al-Baramus in
1425 or 1625
N Oxford BL, Bernard 50 1261 mentioned by Ideler
O Bosson & Oxford BL, Marshall Or. 31 XII/ change of hand at Ps
Boud’hors: OM XIII 14; copied by
Symeon
P Bosson & Paris BN, Copte 5 XIII/ from Wadi al-Natrun
Boud’hors: P5 XIV (?); copied by
Iohannes
Q Bosson & Paris BN, Copte 4 XII/ Parchment; from
Boud’hors: P4 XIII Dayr Abu Maqar (?);
full script (“Nitrian
uncial”); a few
missing leaves
R Paris BN, Copte 12 XIII/ from Dayr Abu
XIV Maqar (?);
(horologion: no
headings)

72
S Bosson & Paris BN, Copte 3 1629 + Arabic parallel;
Boud’hors: P3 framed writing area;
revised headings
(not cited; textual
affinities to G and
H): (allhlouia)
yalmos # (nte
dauid, etc.) added/
relocated to
beginning; adds
stichometric count
after each heading;
liturgical divisions
precede headings
T Cairo, CM? 77,V, University XIII? from Dayr Abu
Cambridge, Library, Add. Maqar; 68.17–151.7
Turin 1886,13, and BN, Ro (Turin fragments);
3 cited from Rossi
1893
U Vatican BV, Barberiniani XIV Pentaglot (Eth/Syr/
orientali 2 Boh/Arb/Arm); from
Dayr Abu Maqar in
1635; utilized for al-
Ṭuḫi 1744??
V Bosson & Vatican MACA.AB XII/ Parchment; from
Boud’hors: V5
BV, Copto 5 XIII Dayr Abu Maqar;
utilized for al-Ṭuḫi
1744 (he copied it:
BV, Borgia copto
120); Vitti 1928; full
script (“Nitrian
uncial”)
W Vatican CMCL.AB 1386 + Arabic parallel;
BV, Copto 6 adds stichometric
count after each
heading; liturgical
divisions precede
headings; textual
affinities with D
(esp.), G, H, and X
(esp.); from Dayr
Anba Antunius;
utilized for al-Ṭuḫi
1744?

73
 X Vatican CMCL.AC XIII + Arabic parallel;
BV, Copto 7 stichometric
layout! adds
stichometric count
after each heading;
liturgical divisions
precede headings;
textual affinities with
D (esp.), G, H, and W
(esp.); utilized for al-
Ṭuḫi 1744 (he copied
it in 1734: BV, Borgia
copto 61); first pages
replaced (X2); from
Dayr Anba Antunius
(?)

Coptic Bibliography

Sahidic Primary Sources

Boud’hors, Anne, Chièmi Nakano, and Perla Werner. 1996. “Fragments coptes de l'Ancien

Testament au Musée du Louvre.” Le Muséon 109.1, 17–58.

Browne, Gerald M. 1975. “A Fragment of a Coptic Psalter (P. Mich. inv. 582a).” The Bulletin of

the American Society of Papyrologists 12.2, 67-69.

Budge, E. A. Wallis. 1898. pjwwme n∑neyalmos. The Earliest Known Coptic Psalter: The

Text, In the Dialect of Upper Egypt, Edited from the Unique Papyrus Codex Oriental

5000 in the British Museum. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner & Co.

Buschhausen, Helmut, Ulrike Horak, and Hermann Harrauer, eds. 1995. Der Lebenskreis der

Kopten: Dokumente, Textilien, Funde, Ausgraben. Mitteilungen aus der

Papyrussammlung der Österreichischen Nationalbibliothek [Papyrus Erzherzog Rainer],

n.s. 25. Vienna: Hollinek.

Ciasca, Agostino. 1889. Sacrorum Bibliorum fragmenta copto-sahidica Musei Borgiani. Vol. 2.

Rome: Sacra Congregatio de Propaganda Fide.

74
Crum, Walter Ewing. 1926. The Monastery of Epiphanius at Thebes, Part II: Coptic Ostraca

and Papyri edited with Translations and Commentaries by W.E. Crum; Greek Ostraca

and Papyri edited with Translations and Commentaries by H.G.E.White. New York.

de Lagarde, Paul. 1875. Psalterii Versio Memphitica: Accedunt Psalterii Thebani Fragmenta

Parhamiana, Proverbiorum Memphiticorum Fragmenta Berolinensia. Göttingen: W. F.

Kaestner.

————. 1883. Aegyptiaca. Göttingen.

Delattre, A. 2008a. “Fragment d’un psautier bilingue grec-copte. Réédition de P.Mon.Epiph. 17.”

Ricerche di egittologia e di antichità copte 10, 73-74.

————. 2008b. “Textes coptes et grecs d’Antinoé.” In Antinoupolis I a cura di Rosario

Pintaudi. Firenze 2008 (Istituto Papirologico «G. Vitelli». Scavi e materiali a cura di

Guido Bastiani – Rosario Pintaudi. Volume I), 131-162.

Elanskaya, Alla I. 1994. The Literary Coptic Manuscripts in the A.S. Pushkin State Fine Arts

Museum in Moscow. Supplements to Vigiliae Christianae 18. Leiden: Brill.

Kahle, Paul E. 1954. Bala’izah: Coptic Texts from Deir el-Bala’izah in Upper Egypt. Vol 1.

London: Oxford University Press.

Krall, Jakob. 1887. “Aus einer koptischen Klosterbibliothek.” Mittheilungen aus der Sammlung

der Papyrus Erzherzog Rainer 1.3. Vienna: Verlag der K. K. Hof- und Staatsdruckerei.

Krall, Jakob. 1897. “Aus einer koptischen Klosterbibliothek II.” In Mittheilungen aus der

Sammlung der Papyrus Erzherzog Rainer 2 & 3 (pgs. 43–73). Vienna: Verlag der K. K.

Hof- und Staatsdruckerei.

Lefort, Louis Théophile. 1938. “Coptica Lovaniensia (suite).” Le Muséon 51, 1–32.

————. 1940. Les Manuscrits coptes de l'université de Louvain, I: Textes littéraires. Louvain:

Bibliothèque de l’Université.

Lieblein, J. 1895. “Thebansk-koptisk Oversaettelse af Davids 89. og 90. Psalme.” Skrifter

75
 udgivne af Videnskabsselskabet i Christiania. 2, Hist.-filos. Kl. 5, 3–12.

Luft, Ulrich. 1976. “Bruchstücke eines saidischen Johannesevangeliums und Psalters (Berlin P

11946).” Archiv für Papyrusforschung und verwandte Gebiete 24/25:157-170.

Maspero, Gaston. 1883. “Quelques fragments inédits de la version thébaine des Livres Saints.”

Études Égyptiennes 1.3, 265-300. Paris.

Müller, Wolfgang. 1967. “Koptische Psalmentexte.” Forschungen und Berichte 8,

Archäologische Beiträge, 88-94.

Munier, Henri. 1916. Catalogue général des antiquités égyptiennes du Musée du Caire, Nos

9201–9304, Manuscrits coptes. Cairo: Institut Français d’Archéologie Orientale.

Orlandi, Tito. 1974. Koptische Papyri theologischen Inhalts. Mitteilungen aus der

Papyrussammlung der Österreichischen Nationalbibliothek [Papyrus Erzherzog Rainer],

n.s. 9. Vienna.

Peyron, Bernardino. 1875. Psalterii copto-thebani specimen quod omnium primum in lucem

prodit continens praeter decem psalmorum fragmenta integros psalmos duos et

triginta ad fidem codicis taurinensis. Turin. (Also published in 1876 in Memorie della

Reale Accademia delle Scienze di Torino, ser. 2 28:117-206.)

Pleyte, W., and P.A.A. Boeser. 1897. Manuscrits coptes du Musée d’Antiquités des Pays-Bas à

Leide. Leiden.

Rahlfs, Alfred. 1901. Die Berliner Handschrift des sahidischen Psalters. Abhandlungen der

Königlichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen, Philologisch-Historische

Klasse, Neue Folge 4.4. Berlin: Weidmannsche Buchhandlung.

Schleifer, Joel. 1914. Sahidische Bibel-Fragmente aus dem British Museum zu London, vol. III:

Psalmenfragmente. Sitzungsberichte der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften in

Wien, Philosophisch-Historische Klasse 173.5. Vienna: Alfred Hölder.

76
Till, Walter C. 1934. Koptische Pergamente theologischen Inhalts I. Mitteilungen aus der

Papyrussammlung der Nationalbibliothek in Wien, n.s. 2. Vienna: Österreichische

Staatsdruckerei.

————. 1937. “Saidische Fragmente des Alten Testaments.” Le Muséon 50, 175-237.

von Lemm, Oskar Eduardovich. 1890. “Sahidische Bibelfragmente II.” Bulletin de l’Académie

Impériale des Sciences de St.-Pétersbourg, n.s. 1 (33), 373-391.

Wessely, Carl. 1907. Sahidisch-griechische Psalmenfragmente. Sitzungsberichte der

Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien, Philosophisch-Historische Klasse

155.1. Vienna: Alfred Hölder.

————. 1909. Griechische und koptische Texte theologischen Inhalts I. Studien zur

Palaeographie und Papyruskunde 9. Leipzig.

————. 1914. Griechische und koptische Texte theologischen Inhalts IV. Studien zur

Palaeographie und Papyruskunde 15. Leipzig.

Worrell, William H. 1916. The Coptic Psalter in the Freer Collection. University of Michigan

Studies, Humanistic Series 10; The Coptic Manuscripts in the Freer Collection 1. New

York: Macmillan.

————. 1923. The Coptic Manuscripts in the Freer Collection. New York: Macmillan.

Bohairic Primary Sources (editions and full mss. only; fragments below)

al-Ṭuḫi, Rufa’il (Raphael Tuki). 1744. pi jwm n«te pi yalthrion n«te dauid. !"#! $‫ﻛﺘﺎ( 'ﺑﻮ‬

Rome: Sacra Congregatio de Propaganda Fide.

Basilius, Shaker (ßakir basilios micahl). 1990a. pjwm n«niyalmos nte dauid

piprofhths (The Book of the Psalms of David the Prophet). Cairo.

————. 1990b. pjwm nni˙wdh nte niprofhths (The Book of the Odes of the Prophets).

Cairo.

77
British and Foreign Bible Society. 1826. pi jwm n«te pi yalthrion n«te dauid. !"#! $‫ﻛﺘﺎ( 'ﺑﻮ‬

‫ﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬#" ‫ﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬# London: Richard Watts.

Burmester, Oswald Hugh Ewart, and Eugène Dévaud. 1925. Psalterii versio memphitica e

recognitione Pauli de Lagarde: Réédition avec le texte copte en caractères coptes.

Leuven: J.-B. Istas.

de Lagarde, Paul. 1875. Psalterii versio memphitica: Accedunt Psalterii thebani fragmenta

parhamiana, Proverbiorum memphiticorum fragmenta berolinensia. Göttingen: W. F.

Kaestner.

Ideler, Julius Ludwig. 1837. Psalterium Coptice: Ad Codicum Fidem Recensuit Lectionis

Varietatem et Psalmos Apocryphos Sahidica Dialecto Conscriptos ac Primum a Woidio

Editos. Berlin: Ferdinand Dümmler.

Ishaq, Emile Maher. 1991. p«jwm n«te niyalmos (Book of Psalms Coptic-Arabic in three

parts). Part 1. Psalms 1-40. Cairo.

Labib, Iqladiyus (klaudios labib). 1897. pjwm n«te niyalmos n«te dauid piprofhths

ouo˙ piouro nem ni˙wdh. ‫ﺢ‬4‫ﻟﺘﺴﺎﺑ‬# ‫ﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﻊ‬#" ‫ﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬# !"#! $‫( ﻛﺘﺎ( 'ﺑﻮ‬The Book of the Psalms of

David the Prophet and the King with the Odes). Cairo.

Schwartze, Moritz Gotthilf. 1843. Psalterium in Dialectum Copticae Linguae Memphiticam

Translatum ad Fidem Trium Codicum Ms. Regiae Bibliothecae Berolinensis inter se, et

cum Tukii et Ideleri Libris, nec non cum Graecis Alexandrini Codicis ac Vaticani,

Hebraicisque Psalmis Comparatorum. Leipzig: Johann Ambrosius Barth.

Vitti, Alfredo M. 1928. “Le varianti del Salterio boairico del Cod. Vat. Copt. 5.” Biblica 9,

341-349.

78
Oxyrhynchitic Primary Sources (fragments of Fayyumic and Akhmimic below)

Gabra, Gawdat. 1995. Der Psalter im oxyrhynchitischen (mesokemischen/mittelägyptischen)

Dialekt. Abhandlungen des Deutschen Archäologischen Instituts Kairo, Koptische Reihe

4. Heidelberg: Heidelberger Orientverlag.

Kasser, Rodolphe. 2000. L’Ensemble des Photographies de Travail Encore Impubliées du

Psautier Copte Mésokémique M4 d’Al-Moudil. Neges Ebrix 2. Yverdon-les-Bains:

Institut d’Archéologie Yverdonnoise.

Secondary Literature (including fragmentary evidence, catalogues)

al-Ṭuḫi, Rufa’il (Raphael Tuki). 1778. Rudimenta Linguae Coptae sive Aegyptiacae: ad Usum

Collegii Urbani de Propaganda Fide. Rome: Sacra Congregatio de Propaganda Fide.

Beltz, Walter. 1978. “Katalog der koptischen Handschriften der Papyrus-Sammlung der

Staatlichen Museen zu Berlin (Teil I).” Archiv für Papyrusforschung und verwandte

Gebiete 26, 57–119.

————. 1980. “Katalog der koptischen Handschriften der Papyrus-Sammlung der Staatlichen

Museen zu Berlin (Teil II).” Archiv für Papyrusforschung und verwandte Gebiete 27,

121–222.

Bosson, Nathalie. 1997. Wörterverzeichnis zu Gawdat Gabras Ausgabe des Psalters im

mesokemischen (oxyrhynchitischen/mittelägyptischen) Dialekt des Koptischen (Mudil-

Kodex). Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium 568; Subsidia 96. Leuven:

Peeters.

————, and Anne Boud’hors. 2002. “Psaume 21 (22) son attestation dans les diverses versions

dialectales coptes.” In David, Jésus et la reine Esther: Recherches sur le Psaume 21 (22

TM). Collection de la Revue des Études juives 25. Gilles Dorival, ed. (pgs. 43–100).

Leuven: Peeters.

79
————. (2008?) “Liste des témoins bibliques publiés (1997–2008).” Unpublished?

Boud’hors, Anne (Bouvarel-). 1987. Catalogue des fragments coptes I: Fragments bibliques

nouvellement identifiés. Paris: Bibliothèque Nationale.

————. 1998. Catalogue des Fragments Coptes de la Bibliothèque Nationale et Universitaire

de Strasbourg, vol. 1. Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium 571; Subsidia 99.

Leuven: Peeters.

————, and Chièmi Nakano. 2003. “Vestiges bibliques en copte fayoumique au Musée du

Louvre.” Journal of Coptic Studies 5, 17-53.

————. 2004. Pages chrétiennes d’Égypte: les manuscrits des Coptes. Paris: Bibliothèque

Nationale.

————. 2005. “Manuscripts and Literature in Fayoumic Coptic.” In Christianity and

Monasticism in the Fayoum Oasis: Essays from the 2004 International Symposium of

the Saint Mark Foundation and the Saint Shenouda the Archimandrite Coptic Society

in Honor of Martin Krause. Gawdat Gabra, ed. (pgs. 21–31). Cairo: The American

University in Cairo Press.

Budge, E. A. Wallis. 1912. Coptic Biblical Texts in the Dialect of Upper Egypt. [Coptic Texts 2]

London.

Burmester, Oswald Hugh Ewart (KHS-). 1966. “Psalm-fragments from the Monastery of Saint

Macarius in Scetis.” Studia Orientalia Christiana: Collectanea 11, 389-512.

————. 1975. Koptische Handschriften 1: Die Handschriftenfragmente der Staats- und

Universitätsbibliothek Hamburg 1: Catalogue of Coptic Manuscript Fragments from

the Monastery of Abba Pišoi in Scetis, Now in the Collection of the Staats- und

Universitätsbibliothek Hamburg. Verzeichnis der Orientalischen Handschriften in

Deutschland 21.1. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag.

Buzi, Paola. 2009. Catalogo dei manoscritti copti borgiani conservati presso la Biblioteca

80
 Nazionale “Vittorio Emanuele III” di Napoli. Atti della Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei

Memorie, ser. 9, 25.1. Rome: Scienze e lettere editore commerciale.

————, and Delio Vania Proverbio, eds. 2012. Coptic Treasures from the Vatican Library: A

Selection of Coptic, Copto-Arabic and Ethiopic Manuscripts. Studi e Testi 472. Vatican:

Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana.

Chappell, Abraham Josiah. 2012. “The Coptic Versions of the Book of Psalms.” Presentation

given July 13, 2012 at the Fourteenth St. Shenouda–UCLA Conference of Coptic Studies,

Los Angeles.

————. 2014. “The Psalters of the White Monastery.” Presentation given July, 2014 at the

Sixteenth St. Shenouda–UCLA Conference of Coptic Studies, Los Angeles.

Clapinson, Mary, and T. D. Rogers. 1991. Summary Catalogue of Post-Medieval Western

Manuscripts in the Bodleian Library Oxford: Acquisitions 1916–1975 (SC 37300–

55936), Volume I: Catalogue (SC 37300–46393). Oxford: Clarendon.

Cramer, Maria. 1964. Koptische Paläographie. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.

Crum, Walter Ewing. 1902. Catalogue général des antiquités égyptiennes du Musée du Caire

Nos 8001–8741, Coptic Monuments. Service des antiquités de l’Égypte. Cairo.

————. 1904. “Inscriptions from Shenoute’s Monastery.” The Journal of Theological Studies

5.3, 552–569.

————. 1905. Catalogue of the Coptic Manuscripts in the British Museum. London: The British

Museum.

————. 1909. Catalogue of the Coptic Manuscripts in the Collection of the John Rylands

Library Manchester. Manchester University Press.

————. 1934. “Un Psaume en Dialecte d’Akhmim.” In Mélanges Maspero II: Orient grec,

romain et byzantin. Mémoires Publiés par les Membres de l’Institut Français

81
 d’Archéologie Orientale du Caire 67.1 (pgs. 73-76) Cairo: Institut Français d’Archéologie

Orientale.

Curzon, Robert. 1849. Visits to Monasteries in the Levant. London: John Murray.

Delaporte, Louis. 1912. Catalogue sommaire des manuscrits coptes de la Bibliothèque

Nationale de Paris, Première partie: Manuscrits bohaïriques. Paris: A. Picard et Fils.

(also in Revue de l’Orient Chrétien [2nd ser. 4] 14 (1909), 417–423; [5] 15 (1910), 85–96,

133–156, 392–397; [6] 16 (1911), 85–99, 155–160, 239–248, 368–395; [7] 17 (1912),

390–394; [8] 18 (1913), 84–91)

————. 1913. “Catalogue sommaire des manuscrits coptes de la Bibliothèque Nationale:

Manuscrits sahidiques.” Revue de l’Orient Chrétien [2nd ser. 8] 18, 84–91, 390–395.

Depuydt, Leo. 1993a. Catalogue of Coptic Manuscripts In the Pierpont Morgan Library.

Corpus of Illuminated Manuscripts 4, Oriental Series 1. Leuven: Peeters.

————. 1993b. Catalogue of Coptic Manuscripts In the Pierpont Morgan Library: Album of

Photographic Plates. Corpus of Illuminated Manuscripts 5, Oriental Series 2. Leuven:

Peeters.

Elanskaya, Alla I. 1991a. “A Fayyumic Text of Psalm 118, 50-52, 62-67, 74-77 (the MS. I.1.b.637

of the Pushkin Museum of Fine Arts).” Bulletin de la Société d’Archéologie Copte 30,

25-28.

————. 1991b. Coptic Literary Texts of the Pushkin State Fine Arts Museum in Moscow. Studia

Aegyptiaca 13. Budapest.

————. 1994. The Literary Coptic Manuscripts in the A.S. Pushkin State Fine Arts Museum in

Moscow. Supplements to Vigiliae Christianae 18. Leiden: Brill.

Emmel, Stephen. 2005. “The Library of the Monastery of the Archangel Michael at Phantoou

(al-Hamuli).” In Christianity and Monasticism in the Fayoum Oasis: Essays from the

2004 International Symposium of the Saint Mark Foundation and the Saint Shenouda

82
 the Archimandrite Coptic Society in Honor of Martin Krause. Gawdat Gabra, ed. (pgs.

63–70). Cairo: The American University in Cairo Press.

————, and Cornelia Eva Römer. 2008. “The Library of the White Monastery in Upper Egypt.”

In Spätantike Bibliotheken: Leben und Lesen in den frühen Klöstern Ägyptens. Nilus:

Studien zur Kultur Ägyptens und des Vorderen Orients 14. Harald Froschauer and

Cornelia Eva Römer, eds. (pgs. 5–14). Vienna: Phoibos.

Emmenegger, Gregor. 2007. Der Text des koptischen Psalters aus al-Mudil: Ein Beitrag zur

Textgeschichte der Septuaginta und zur Textkritik koptischer Bibelhandschriften, mit

der kritischen Neuausgabe des Papyrus 37 der British Library London (U) und des

Papyrus 39 der Leipziger Universitätsbibliothek (2013). Texte und Untersuchungen zur

Geschichte der altchristlichen Literatur 159. Berlin: De Gruyter.

Erman, A. 1890. “Die Erwerbungen der ägyptischen Abtheilung der Königlichen Museen im

Jahre 1889.” Zeitschrift für ägyptische Sprache und Alterumskunde 28, 62.

Funk, Wolf-Peter. 2012. “Coptic Dialects and the Vatican Library.” In Coptic Treasures from the

Vatican Library: A Selection of Coptic, Copto-Arabic and Ethiopic Manuscripts. Studi e

Testi 472. Paola Buzi and Delio Vania Proverbio, eds. (pgs. 47–51). Vatican: Biblioteca

Apostolica Vaticana.

Galtier, Émile. 1906. “Coptica-arabica.” Bulletin de l’Institut Français d’Archéologie Orientale 5,

87-164.

Hallock, Frank H. 1933. “The Coptic Old Testament.” The American Journal of Semitic

Languages and Literatures 49.4, 325–335.

Hebbelynck, Adolphe. 1911. “Les manuscrits coptes-sahidiques du «Monastère Blanc»:

Recherches sur les fragments complémentaires de la Collection Borgia, I: Les fragments

de l’Ancien Testament.” Le Muséon 30 [n.s. 12], 91–153.

83
————. 1924. “Inventaire sommaire des manuscrits coptes de la Bibliothèque Vaticane.” In

Scritti di Storia e Paleografia, vol. 5: Biblioteca ed Archivio Vaticano Bibliotheche

Diverse. Miscellanea Francesco Ehrle 5; Studi e Testi 41 (pgs. 35–82). Vatican:

Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana.

————, and Arnold van Lantschoot. 1937. Codices Coptici Vaticani Barberiniani Borgiani

Rossiani 1: Codices Coptici Vaticani. Vatican City: Bibliotheca Vaticana.

Horn, Jürgen. 2000. “Die koptische (sahidische) Überlieferung des alttestamentlichen

Psalmenbuches – Versuch einer Gruppierung der Textzeugen für die Herstellung des

Textes.” In Der Septuaginta-Psalter und seine Tochterübersetzungen: Symposium in

Göttingen 1997. Mitteilungen des Septuaginta-Unternehmens 24; Abhandlungen der

Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen, Philologisch-Historische Klasse, Dritte

Folge 230. Anneli Aejmelaeus and Udo Quast, eds. (pgs. 97–32). Göttingen:

Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

Hyvernat, Henry. 1887. Catalogue of the Clarendon Press Sahidic fragments Deposed in the

Bodleian Library. Unpublished handwritten catalogue: Oxford, Bodleian Library,

Special Collections RR Open Shelves: Z. Cat. 2 (Prev. shelfmark: Ms. Clar. Press d.0).

————. 1896. “Étude sur les Versions Coptes de la Bible I/II.” Revue Biblique 5, 427–433,

540-569.

————. 1897. “Étude sur les Versions Coptes de la Bible III/IV/V.” Revue Biblique 6, 48–74.

————. 1935. Catalogue of the Coptic Manuscripts in the Pierpont Morgan Library.

Unpublished typescript at the Library.

Khater, Antoine, and Oswald Hugh Ewart (KHS-)Burmester. 1973. Catalogue of the Coptic and

Christian Arabic MSS. Preserved in the Library of the Church of the All-Holy Virgin

Mary known as Qasrîat ar-Rihân at Old Cairo. Bibliotheque de Manuscrits 2. Cairo:

Institut Français d’Archéologie Orientale.

84
————. 1977. Catalogue of the Coptic and Christian Arabic MSS. Preserved in the Library of

the Church of Saints Sergius and Bacchus known as Abû Sarğah at Old Cairo.

Bibliothèque de Manuscrits 3. Cairo: Institut Français d’Archéologie Orientale.

Krall, Jakob. 1887. “Aus einer koptischen Klosterbibliothek.” Mittheilungen aus der Sammlung

der Papyrus Erzherzog Rainer 1.3. Vienna: Verlag der K. K. Hof- und Staatsdruckerei.

Layton, Bentley. 1987. Catalogue of Coptic Literary Manuscripts In the British Library

Acquired Since the Year 1906. London: The British Library.

Lefort, Louis-Théophile. 1935. (?) Le Muséon 48, 234-(?).

Leroy, J. 1974. Les manuscrits coptes et coptes-arabes illustrés. Institut français d’archéologie

de Beyrouth. Bibliothèque archéologique et historique 96. Paris.

Loewe, Louis. 1840. The Origin of the Egyptian Language Proved by the Analysis of that and

the Hebrew, in an Introductory Essay. Reprinted from The Asiatic Journal, New Series

22 (No. 87, Jan–Apr, 1837), pgs. 165–175, 253–273. London.

Louis, Catherine. 2008. “The Fate of the White Monastery Library.” In Christianity and

Monasticism in Upper Egypt, Volume I: Akhmim and Sohag. Gawdat Gabra and Hany

N. Takla, eds. (pgs. 83–90). Cairo: The American University in Cairo Press.

Lucchesi, Enzo. 1981. Répertoire des manuscrits coptes (sahidiques) publiés de la Bibliothèque

nationale de Paris. Geneva: Patrick Cramer.

Macomber, William F. 1997. Final Inventory of the Microfilmed Manuscripts of the Coptic

Orthodox Patriarchate, al-Azbakīyah, Cairo: Manuscripts in Arabic and Ethiopic, April

16, 1990 [2 vols.]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press.

Mallon, Alexis. 1907. “Un Manuscrit du Psautier Copte-Bohairique.” Revue Biblique 16.4 [n.s.

4], 557-559.

Maspero, Gaston. 1892. Fragments de la Version Thébaine de l’Ancien Testament. Mémoires

Publiés par les Membres de la Mission Archéologique Française au Caire 6.1. Paris.

85
Meinardus, Otto F.A. 1992. Monks and Monasteries of the Egyptian Deserts [Revised ed.].

Cairo: The American University in Cairo Press.

————. 2006. Christians in Egypt: Orthodox, Catholic, and Protestant Communities Past and

Present. Cairo: The American University in Cairo Press.

Müller, Wolfgang. 1965. Die koptischen Handschriften der Berliner Papyrussammlung.

Koptologische Studien in der DDR, Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Martin-Luther-

Universität Halle-Wittenberg , 65–85.

Nagel, Peter. 1984a. “Griechisch-koptische Bilinguen des Alten Testaments.” In Graeco-

Coptica: Griechen und Kopten im byzantinistischen Ägypten. Wissenschaftliche

Beiträge der Martin-Luther-Universität Halle-Wittenberg 48. pgs. 231–257. Halle.

————. 1984b. “Studien zur Textüberlieferung des sahidischen Alten Testaments.” Zeitschrift

für Ägyptische Sprache und Altertumskunde 111, 138–164.

————. 1989. “Editionen koptischer Bibeltexte seit Till 1960.” Archiv für Papyrusforschung

und verwandte Gebiete 35, 43–100.

————. 1999. “Die Arbeit an den koptischen Bibeltexten 1992–1996.” In Ägypten und Nubien

in spätantiker und christlicher Zeit: Akten des 6. Internationalen

Koptologenkongresses, Münster, 20.–26. Juli 1996. Sprachen und Kulturen des

christlichen Orients 6.2. Stephen Emmel, et al., eds. Vol. 2 (pgs. 38–48). Wiesbaden:

Reichert.

————. 2000. “Der sahidische Psalter – seine Erschließung und Erforschung neunzig Jahre

nach Alfred Rahlfs’ Studien zum Text des Septuaginta-Psalters.” In Der Septuaginta-

Psalter und seine Tochterübersetzungen: Symposium in Göttingen 1997. Mitteilungen

des Septuaginta-Unternehmens 24; Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften in

Göttingen, Philologisch-Historische Klasse, Dritte Folge 230. Anneli Aejmelaeus and

Udo Quast, eds. (pgs. 82–96). Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

86
Nakano, Chièmi. 2006. “Indices d’une chronologie relative des manuscrits coptes copiés à

Toutôn (Fayoum).” Journal of Coptic Studies 8, 147–159.

Orlandi, Tito. 1993. “The Study of Biblical and Ecclesiastical Literature, 1988–1992.” In Acts of

the Fifth International Congress of Coptic Studies, Washington, 12–15 August 1992,

Volume 1: Reports on Recent Research. Tito Orlandi, ed. (pgs. 129–149). Rome: C.I.M.

————. 2002. “The Library of the Monastery of Saint Shenute at Atripe.” In Perspectives on

Panopolis: An Egyptian Town from Alexander the Great to the Arab Conquest.

Papyrologica Lugduno-Batava 31. Arno Egberts, Brian P. Muhs, and Jacques van der

Vliet, eds. (pgs. 211–231). Leiden: Brill.

————. 2013. “The Turin Coptic Papyri.” Augustinianum 53.2, 501–530.

————, ed. CMCL - Corpus dei Manoscritti Copti Letterari. http://rmcisadu.let.uniroma1.it/

cgi-bin/cmcl/entrata.cgi

Parsons, P. J. 1970. “A School - Book from the Sayce Collection.” Zeitschrift für Papyrologie und

Epigraphik 6, 133-149.

Petraeus, Theodor. 1659. Psalmus Primus Davidis Regis Filiorum Israel, In Lingua Coptica seu

Ægyptiaca, Penuria Coptici charactere Græco ob convenientiam expressus, cum Arab.-

Latin. Versione ad verbum reddita, & vera Coptitarum Pronunciatione, addita Analysi,

& Harmonia. London: Thomas Roycroft.

————. 1663. Psalterium Davidis in Lingua Coptica seu Ægyptiaca, una cum versione

Arabica, nunc primum in Latinum versum et in lucem editum. Leiden.

Prince, J. Dyneley. 1902. “Two Versions of the Coptic Psalter.” Journal of Biblical Literature

21.1, 92–99.

Proverbio, Delio Vania. 2012. “Barb. or. 2 (Psalterium pentaglottum).” In Coptic Treasures

from the Vatican Library: A Selection of Coptic, Copto-Arabic and Ethiopic

87
 Manuscripts. Studi e Testi 472. Paola Buzi and Delio Vania Proverbio, eds. (pgs. 163–

174). Vatican: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana.

Quecke, Hans. 1979. “Ein faijumisches Fragment aus Ps 90 (91) (P. Heid. Kopt. 184).” In

Festschrift Elmar Edel. Ägypten und Altes Testament 1. Manfred Görg and Edgar B.

Pusch, eds. (pgs. 332-337). Bamberg.

———. 1981. “Ein faijumisches Psalterfragment (Ps 16,4 ff.).” In Studies Presented to Hans

Jakob Polotsky, Dwight W. Young, ed. (pgs. 300-313). East Gloucester, MA: Pirtle &

Polson.

Rossi, Francesco. 1893. “Di Alcuni Manoscritti Copti che si Conservano nella Biblioteca

Nazionale di Torino.” Memorie della Reale Accademia delle Scienze di Torino, ser. 2

43:223-340.

Schenke, Hans-Martin. 1996. “Die Psalmen im mittelägyptischen Dialekt des Koptischen (der

Mudil-Codex).” Enchoria 23, 86-144. Reprinted in Hans-Martin Schenke; Gesine

Schenke, Robinson Gesa Schenke, and Uwe-Karsten Plisch, eds. 2012. Der Same Seths:

Hans-Martin Schenkes Kleine Schriften zu Gnosis, Koptologie und Neuem Testament.

Nag Hammadi and Manichaean Studies 78. Leiden: Brill.

Schmidt, Carl. 1908. Der erste Clemensbrief in altkoptischer Übersetzung. Texte und

Untersuchungen zur Geschichte der altchristlichen Literatur 32.1. Leipzig: J. C.

Hinrichs’sche Buchhandlung.

Scholtz, Christian. 1778. Grammatica Ægyptiaca Utriusque Dialecti. Charles Godfrey Woide,

ed. Oxford: Clarendon.

Schüssler, Karlheinz. Biblia Coptica: Die koptischen Bibeltexte. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.

1996. 1.2. Das sahidische Alte und Neue Testament: sa 21–48.

1998. 1.3. Das sahidische Alte und Neue Testament: sa 49–92.

2000. 1.4. Das sahidische Alte und Neue Testament: sa 93–120.

88
 2003. 3.2. Das sahidische Alte und Neue Testament: sa 521–540.

2007. 4.1. Das sahidische Alte und Neue Testament: sa 586–620.

2009. 4.2. Das sahidische Alte und Neue Testament: sa 621–672.

2010. 4.3. Das sahidische Alte und Neue Testament: sa 673–720.

2012. 2.1. Das sahidische Alte und Neue Testament: sa 121–184.

————. 2004. “Zum Stand der koptischen Bibeltexte.” In Coptic Studies on the Threshold of a

New Millennium I: Proceedings of the Seventh International Congress of Coptic

Studies, Leiden, 27 August – 2 September 2000. Orientalia Lovaniensia Analecta 133.

Mat Immerzeel and Jacques van der Vliet, eds. (pgs. 221–235). Leuven: Peeters.

Simaika, Marcus. 1942. Catalogue of the Coptic and Arabic Manuscripts in the Coptic Museum,

the Patriarchate, the Principal Churches of Cairo and Alexandria and the Monasteries

of Egypt, vol. 2.1: Catalogue of the Manuscripts in the Library of the Coptic

Patriarchate. Cairo: Government Press.

Stegemann, Viktor. 1934. Die koptischen Zaubertexte der Sammlung Papyrus Erzherzog

Rainer in Wien. Sitzungsberichte der Heidelberger Akademie der Wissenschaften,

Philosophisch-historische Klasse 1. Heidelberg: Carl Winters Universitätsbuchhandlung.

————. 1936. Koptische Paläographie. Quellen und Studien zur Geschichte und Kultur des

Altertums und des Mittelalters C.1. Heidelberg.

Störk, Lothar. 1995. Koptische Handschriften 2: Die Handschriften der Staats- und

Universitätsbibliothek Hamburg 2: Die Handschriften aus Dair Anbā Maqār.

Verzeichnis der Orientalischen Handschriften in Deutschland 21.2. Stuttgart: Franz

Steiner Verlag.

————. 2002. Koptische Handschriften 4: Die Handschriften der Staatsbibliothek zu Berlin 1:

Liturgische Handschriften 1. Verzeichnis der Orientalischen Handschriften in

Deutschland 21.4. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner Verlag.

89
Takla, Hany N. 2005. “The Library of the Monastery of St. Shenouda the Archimandrite.”

Coptica 4, 43–51.

————. 2007. An Introduction to the Coptic Old Testament (=Coptica 6). Los Angeles: Saint

Mark Foundation & Saint Shenouda Coptic Society.

————. 2008. “Biblical Manuscripts of the Monastery of St. Shenoute the Archimandrite.” In

Christianity and Monasticism in Upper Egypt, Volume I: Akhmim and Sohag. Gawdat

Gabra and Hany N. Takla, eds. (pgs. 155–167). Cairo: The American University in Cairo

Press.

Till, Walter C. 1934. Koptische Pergamente theologischen Inhalts I. Mitteilungen aus der

Papyrussammlung der Nationalbibliothek in Wien, n.s. 2. Vienna: Österreichische

Staatsdruckerei.

————. 1936. “Wiener Faijumica.” Le Muséon 49, 169-217.

————. 1940. “Papyrussammlung der Nationalbibliothek in Wien: Katalog der koptischen

Bibelbruchstücke: Die Pergamente.” Zeitschrift für die neutestamentliche Wissenschaft

und die Kunde der älteren Kirche 39, 1–57.

————. 1941. “Die Coptica der Wiener Papyrussammlung.” Zeitschrift der Deutschen

Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 95 [n.f. 20]. 165–218.

————. 1959. “Coptic Biblical Texts Published after Vaschalde’s Lists.” Bulletin of the John

Rylands Library 42.1, 220–240.

Uri, Johannes. 1787. Bibliothecæ Bodleianæ Codicum Manuscriptorum Orientalium, Videlicet

Hebraicorum, Chaldaicorum, Syriacorum, Æthiopicorum, Arabicorum, Persicorum,

Turcicorum, Copticorumque Catalogus I. Oxford: Clarendon.

van Esbroeck, Michel. 1998. “Les Versions Orientales de la Bible: Une Orientation

Bibliographique.” In The Interpretation of the Bible: The International Symposium in

90
 Slovenia. Journal for the Study of the Old Testament Supplement Series 289. Jože

Krašovec, ed. (pgs. 399–509). Sheffield Academic Press.

van Haelst, J. 1976. Catalogue des papyrus littéraires juifs et chrétiens. Université de Paris IV

Paris-Sorbonne. Série «Papyrologie». Paris.

van Lantschoot, Arnold. 1929. Recueil des colophons des manuscrits chrétiens d’Égypte I: Les

colophons coptes des manuscrits sahidiques [2 vols.]. Bibliothèque du Muséon 1.

Leuven: J.-B. Istas.

————. 1947. Codices Coptici Vaticani Barberiniani Borgiani Rossiani 2.1: Codices

Barberiniani Orientales 2 et 17, Borgiani Coptici 1-108. Vatican City: Bibliotheca

Vaticana.

Vaschalde, Arthur Adolphe. 1919. “Ce qui a été publié des versions coptes de la Bible. Premier

groupe: Textes sahidiques I: Ancien Testament.” Revue Biblique 28 [n.s. 16], 513-531.

————. 1930. “Ce qui a été publié des versions coptes de la Bible. Deuxième groupe: Textes

bohaïriques I: Ancien Testament.” Le Muséon 43, 409-431.

————. 1933. “Ce qui a été publié des versions coptes de la Bible. Troisième groupe: Textes en

Moyen Égyptien.” Le Muséon 46, 299-306.

————. 1933. “Ce qui a été publié des versions coptes de la Bible. Quatrième groupe: Textes

akhmimiques.” Le Muséon 46, 306-313.

Wessely, Carl. 1914. Griechische und koptische Texte theologischen Inhalts IV. Studien zur

Palaeographie und Papyruskunde 15. Leipzig.

Worp, K.A. 2012. A New Survey of Greek, Coptic, Demotic and Latin Tabulae Preserved from

Classical Antiquity. Version 1.0. Trismegistos Online Publications 6. Leiden/Leuven.

Zoega, Georg (Jorgen). 1810. Catalogus codicum copticorum manu scriptorum qui in museo

Borgiano velitris adservantur. Rome: Sacra Congregatio de Propaganda Fide.

91
 THE PSALMS IN SYRIAC

The Peshiṭta

Sometime in the second century of the Common Era, Aramaic speaking residents of Syria near

the city of Edessa (modern day Urfa, Turkey) translated the books of the Hebrew Bible into their

local dialect, known as Syriac. Michael Weitzman has theorized that these were non-Rabbinic

Judean expatriates who largely converted to Christianity either during or shortly after the

translation project was completed.1 The Syrian church cherishes an account of the supposed

correspondence between Abgar V, king of Edessa, and Jesus in the first century—ultimately

ending with the conversion of the city—although most historians regard this as legendary. While

the precise origins of the Peshiṭta Old Testament are still unclear, the value of this important

Syriac translation—a primary translation from Hebrew, not a secondary one through the

Greek—is finally being realized. For the Psalms, we encounter a unique scenario: either the

original Peshiṭta translators did not translate the Hebrew headings at all, or they were entirely

dropped by the time of our earliest extant manuscripts (6th century).

East and West Syrian Traditions

This vacuum created the opportunity for later scribes to reinsert new headings, and the 5th

century theological divisions between the West Syrians (the Syrian Orthodox Church) and East

Syrians (the [Assyrian] Church of the East)2 would similarly split the traditions about these new

Psalm headings. Unfortunately, the Psalms volume in the Leiden Peshiṭta edition3 does not

1. Weitzman 1999, 206–262.

2. Previous scholarship used to refer to these as “Jacobites” and “Nestorians,” respectively, but this is no
longer the preferred nomenclature.

3. Walter 1980.

92
attempt to supply any of this textual information and dispenses with the Psalm headings

entirely—even though the basis for the edition, Codex Ambrosianus (7a1), contained headings.

This specific task has been left for other scholars to investigate. The East Syrian headings are a

less complex tradition, and have proven easier to delineate.1 By contrast, the West Syrian

tradition is manifold, with numerous streams complicating research. David Taylor has led the

ongoing attempt to untangle and describe the Western Syriac headings.2

As an example of these paired traditions of headings, here are the headings of Psalm

13/12, which has a rather “plain” heading in Hebrew and Greek (‫ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬ ‫ ַל ְמנַ ֵ֗צּ ַח ִמזְ ֥מוֹר‬/ eis
to telos yalmos tw dauid):

East Syrian, from the edition of van Rooy:3

6t1, 13t3, 16t2, M428:4 !"#‫ܕ‬ ‫ *)('ܗ ܗܝ‬+,‫ ̈ܐ‬/0‫ ܕ‬12‫ܬܗ ܕܕܘ‬5"6
Petition of David because of the sin that he had committed

West Syrian headings, as cited by Taylor:5

7a1, 9a1, 10t5: 782‫!ܕ‬, 9: ‫>=< ܕܐܕܡ‬: /0 12‫ܘ‬1? !(:‫ܐ‬

Spoken by David concerning Adam’s departure from Paradise

9t3: 72!:‫ܕ‬
̇
7@A‫ܪ‬5>? C‫ ܗܘ‬7D8:‫ܘ‬ ̇ ‫ ܐܕܡ‬/0 12‫ܘ‬1? !(:‫ܐ‬
C‫ܪ ܗܘ‬F*‫ܕ‬
Spoken by David concerning Adam who was watching and waiting for the Lord’s salvation

1. See Bloemendaal 1960 and van Rooy 2005b, 2008, and 2013. van Rooy 2013 is a fine new critical
edition of the East Syrian headings.

2. See Taylor 2006.

3. van Rooy 2013, 74.

4. And other manuscripts with variants.

5. Taylor 2006, 2–3.

93
 9t2: 9(GH
̈ ̈
/I 9: ‫ܗܝ‬5G61J"6 ‫ܗܝ ܗܘܘ‬5IKI‫ ܐܬ‬1I 12‫ܘ‬1? !(:‫ܐ‬
Spoken by David when his enemies were surrounding him on all sides

13tL7154: 7DJ:
̇ 7DJ:̇ ‫ܫ‬5DO‫ܬ ܐ‬5? C‫!ܩ ܗܘ‬0
̇ ‫ܘܠ‬FM ‫ܡ‬1A 9: 'H‫ܕ‬ ̇ 1I 12‫ܘ‬1? !(:‫ܐ‬

Spoken by David when he was fleeing to Achish the king of Gath from before King Saul

16tO7: <@:‫ܕ‬
̈
7O‫ܕܪ‬50‫ ܘ‬72!:‫ ܕ‬7(I5#‫ ܘ‬7G61J"6‫ܕ‬ 7:5A
The arising of enemies and the expectation of the Lord and the aid that is from him

As is now widely recognized, the ultimate inspiration for the East Syrian Psalm headings

is the Psalms commentary of Theodore of Mopsuestia (c. 350–428).1 Despite the misfortune that

affected his legacy after the Second Council of Constaninople in 553, his ideas regarding the

Psalms remained respected at both the West and East ends of the Christian world. The

Antiochene School’s emphasis on the historical, rational circumstances for the Psalms and its

corresponding low view of the Hebrew/Greek heading material follows in lockstep with the

Peshitta’s lack of these headings. If the original translators of the Peshitta did in fact translate

the Hebrew headings into Syriac in the second century, the rise of the Antiochene attitude in the

fourth and early fifth century would be the opportune time for them to have been removed—and

replaced with Theodorean inspired headings before the division of the Syrian church.

The earliest of the West Syrian headings are based on the Psalms commentary of Daniel

of Ṣalaḥ (written c. 542).2 Taylor theorizes that the perhaps the West Syrians at first used

Theodore’s headings, only replacing them with Daniel’s work after Theodore’s posthumous

defamation in 553.3 We must await the full results of his research to fully assess the West Syrian

headings.

1. See the discussion in the Greek section previously.

2. Taylor 2006, 4–5. See also Cowe 1989.

3. Taylor 2006, 5–7.

94
The “Syrohexapla”

By the early 7th century, concern for a text more in alignment with the Greek Old Testament led

to the creation of the (so-called) Syrohexaplaric psalter (616–617), Paul of Tella’s translation

from the Greek, although for the Psalms this was apparently not based entirely on Origen’s

hexaplaric revision.1 Unlike the highly original headings of the bifurcated Peshiṭta tradition,

these Psalm headings return to the fold of the Greek tradition.

As can be seen in the chart of “Syrohexaplaric” Psalters below, many of these come from

the Syrian Monastery (Dayr al-Suryaœn) in Waœdˆœ al-Nat!ruœn, Egypt, and were either brought or

produced there. A Coptic monastery founded by the 6th century, it was transferred to Syrian

monks in the late 8th/early 9th century, during the time of Patriarch Quryaqos of Antioch (793–

817). The library of the monastery was enriched in 931/932 by the arrival of Abbot Mushe of

Nisibis, who brought with him 250 books from Baghdad.2 The monasteries in Waœdˆœ al-Nat!ruœn

were an ecumenical location shared by Coptic and Syriac monastic communities, allowing the

exchange of ideas and the sharing of scribal innovations and manuscripts. In the 14th century, a

number of elaborate, multilingual Psalters were composed at these centers. The Cambridge

polyglot Psalter3 gives the Psalms in Arabic, Syriac, Greek, and Hebrew, and may have been

brought from the Syrian Monastery. Another, taken from the Monastery of Saint Makarios (Dayr

Abuœ Maqaœr) in 1635, now resides in the Vatican Library.4 This pentaglot Psalter has the Psalms

in Ethiopic, Syriac, Bohairic, Arabic, and Armenian. These polyglot Psalters testify to the

1. See Hiebert 1989, 247–260. Hiebert argues that Paul likely revised a previous Syriac rendering of the
Greek Psalter by Philoxenus of Mabbūg (c. 440–523). A few manuscripts have an alternate revision of this
Philoxenian Psalter likely made by Paul’s contemporary, Thomas of Harkel (or a later mixture of their
revisions). Both Paul and Thomas worked on their revisions while in a monastery near Alexandria, Egypt,
perhaps with some collaboration.

2. Brock and Van Rompay 2014, xiii. See also Meinardus 1992 and 2006.

3. Cambridge, University Library, Orient. 929. Ms. E in the “Syrohexapla” chart below.

4. Vatican, BV, Barberiniani orientali 2. Ms. U in the Bohairic chart of the Coptic section.

95
continued relations between various Oriental Orthodox communities at the cultural crossroads

of Waœdˆœ al-Nat!ruœn.1

Syriac Textual Witnesses

Peshiṭta

The many Syriac Psalters listed in the Leiden Peshiṭta edition and the East Syrian headings

edition by van Rooy are combined here for the sake of completeness.2 Notes delineate whether

the manuscript is eastern or western. Again, as these headings traditions are not connected to

the original biblical headings, they are not included in Part Two.3

symbol other location designation date notes

6t1 London BL, Additional 17110 VI West Syriac ms. with
East Syriac headings;
basis for
Bloemendaal 1960
7a1 Milan Biblioteca VI/VII West Syriac ms.;
Ambrosiana, B. 21 main text is basis for
Inferiore Leiden Peshitta ed.
(headings not used)
8a1 Paris BN, Syr. 341 VII/ West Syriac ms.
VIII
18<8dt1 Manchester JRL, Rylands Syriac 1727 East Syriac ms.; copy
4 <VIII of VIII c. original
(earlier thought XIII)
8k2 Damascus National Museum, VIII West Syriac ms.;
Dept. of Byzantine fragment of Ps 106
Art, 9/10_9
8t1 St. Catherine’s Syr. 41 VIII West Syriac ms.
Monastery

1. For more information about these Egyptian monasteries, see Meinardus 1992. For a quick survey, see
Meinardus 2006, 45–48.

2. Walter 1980 and van Rooy 2013. Taylor 2006 lists a few additional manuscripts (also added).

3. For these traditions, consult van Rooy 2013 and Taylor’s forthcoming edition of the West Syrian
headings.

96
9a1 Florence Biblioteca Medicea IX West Syriac ms.;
Laurenziana, Or. 58 many unique
variants, often in
agreement with
Masoretic text
9t1 London BL, Additional 14435 IX West Syriac ms.
9t2 London BL, Additional 14436, VIII/IX West Syriac ms.
Iº
9t3 London BL, Additional 17109 873– West Syriac ms.
874
10t1 St. Petersburg RNB, N.S. 19 X West Syriac ms.;
Malkite
10t2 London BL, Additional 14433 X West Syriac ms.
10t3 London BL, Additional 14436, X West Syriac ms.
IIº
10t4 London BL, Additional 17111 927 West Syriac ms.;
from Syrian
Monastery, Egypt
10t5 London BL, Additional 17125 IX/X West Syriac ms.
10t6 Leiden University Library, X West Syriac ms.
Or. 14236
11t1 London BL, Additional 17112 XI West Syriac ms.
12a1 Cambridge University Library, XII West Syriac ms.
Oo.1.1, 2
12t1 London BL, Additional 14674, XII East Syriac ms.
Iº, fol. 1a–78b
12t2 London and BL, Additional 14674, 1189– West Syriac ms.;
Wadi Natrun Iº, fol. 79a–126b + 1190 Malkite
Syrian Monastery,
Syr. 25
12t3 // Baghdad Library of the 1126 East Syriac ms.;
Syrohexapla: Chaldean “Syrohexaplaric”
F Patriarchate 211 interlinear
12t4 Baghdad Library of the XII East Syriac ms.;
Chaldean multiple headings
Patriarchate 1113, fol.
11a–118b
12t5 Vatican BV, Borgia sir. 23 XII West Syriac ms.;
Malkite
12t7 St. Catherine’s Syr. 124 1188 West Syriac ms.;
Monastery Malkite
12t8 St. Catherine’s Syr. 260 1186 West Syriac ms.;
Monastery Malkite
12t9 Leiden University Library, XII West Syriac ms.
Or. 14237

97
 13t1 London BL, Additional 14675 XIII East Syriac ms.
13t2 London BL, Additional 14677 XIII East Syriac ms.
13t3 London BL, Additional 17219 XIII East Syriac ms.
13t4 Leiden Peshitta Institute 5 XIII East Syriac ms.
13tL7154 London BL, (?) Ms. 7154 XIII West Syriac ms.;
Taylor 2006
14t1 Florence Biblioteca Medicea 1318 West Syriac ms.;
Laurenziana, Laur. Maronite
Med. 4 [=Plut. I.12]
15t1 Vatican BV, Vat. sir. 460 XV West Syriac ms.;
Maronite
16t1 Milan Biblioteca 1513 West Syriac ms.;
Ambrosiana, G. 31 Maronite
Sup.
16t2 Jerusalem Greek Patriarchate, 1585 East Syriac ms.
Syriac 27
16t3 Munich Bavarian State 1599 East Syriac ms.
Library, Syr. 13
16t4 Rome Biblioteca Angelica, XVI West Syriac ms.
Or. 26
16t5 Vatican BV, Borgia sir. 25 XV/ West Syriac ms.
XVI
16t6 Paris BN, Syr. 25 XVI East Syriac ms.
16tO7 Oxford BL, (?) Ms. 7 XVI West Syriac ms.;
Taylor 2006
17t1 Cambridge University Library, XVI/ East Syriac ms.
Oo.1.22 XVII
17t2 London BL, Additional 7156 XVII East Syriac ms.
17t3 Paris BN, Syr. 24 XVII East Syriac ms.
17t5 Vatican BV, Vat. sir. 261 1622– West Syriac ms.
1623
M25 Birmingham University Library, XVI/ East Syriac ms.
Mingana Syriac 25 XVII
M428 Birmingham University Library, 1824 East Syriac ms.
Mingana Syriac 428
M507 Birmingham University Library, XVII East Syriac ms.
Mingana Syriac 507
Urmia Urmia 1852 East Syriac Old
Testament, repr.
1954
UrmiaPsalter Urmia 1891 East Syriac Psalter
Mosul Mosul 1886– East Syriac Bible,
1891 repr. Beirut 1951

98
“Syrohexapla”

The “Syrohexaplaric” headings in Part Two are taken from the critical edition by Hiebert.1 He

utilized ten manuscripts, dating from the 8th to the 19th century, although one (ms. D) lacks

headings and so is not relevant for this study.

symbol other location designation date notes

A Hiebert: a Milan Biblioteca VIII/IX Paul of Tella’s
Ceriani: A Ambrosiana, C. 313 revision; published
Inf. by Ceriani, base text
for Hiebert; from
Syrian Monastery,
Egypt
B Hiebert: b London BL, Additional VIII Paul of Tella’s
Ceriani: B 14434, fol. 1–79 revision; from Syrian
Monastery, Egypt
C Hiebert: c London BL, Additional VIII Paul of Tella’s
Ceriani: C 14434, fol. 80–128 revision; from Syrian
Monastery, Egypt
D Hiebert: d London BL, Additional 17257, XIII Paul of Tella’s
Ceriani: E fol. 84–94 revision; from Syrian
Monastery, Egypt;
lacks headings
E Hiebert: e Cambridge University Library, XIV polyglot (Arb/Syr/
Orient. 929 Grk/Heb) ms.; Paul
of Tella’s revision;
perhaps from Syrian
Monastery, Egypt
F Hiebert: f Baghdad Library of the 1126 Paul of Tella’s
(//Peshitta: Chaldean revision; from
12t3) Patriarchate 211 Maragāh in the
district of
Adorbaiǧan
G Hiebert: g Vatican BV, Borgia sir. 113, 1868 Paul of Tella’s
fol. 1–135 revision; from
Barṭellī; copy of
Baghdad 211
H Hiebert: h/h1 Baghdad Library of the XII and 1.5–27.6=Thomas of
Chaldean XV Harkel’s revision;
Patriarchate 1112 27.7–146.8=mix;
146.8–149.7=Paul of
Tella’s revision

1. Hiebert 1989.

99
 J Hiebert: j Paris BN, Syr. 9 XIII 1.1–27.6=Thomas of
Ceriani: D Harkel’s revision;
27.7–151.7=mix
K Hiebert: k Moscow [Publičnaja VIII polyglot (Grk/Syr/
Biblioteka S.S.S.R. Arb) ms. (mix)
im. V. I. Lenina, Gr.
432]

Syriac Bibliography

Primary Sources

C‫ܬ‬1* ‫ ܘ‬C'=2'0 7A'2‫ ܕܕ‬76'I ‫ ̄ܗ‬7R21A 76'I [Syriac Bible]. 1979. Includes
reprint of Lee 1823. United Bible Societies.

Barnes, William Emery, ed. 1904. The Peshitta Psalter according to the West Syrian Text.

Cambridge University Press.

Bloemendaal, Willem. 1960. The Headings of the Psalms in the East Syrian Church. Leiden:

Brill.

Ceriani, Antonio Maria, ed. 1874. Codex Syro-Hexaplaris Ambrosianus: Photolithographice

Editus. Monumenta Sacra et Profana ex Codicibus Praesertim Bibliothecae Ambrosianae

7. Milan: Biblioteca Ambrosiana.

————, ed. 1876. Translatio Syra Pescitto Veteris Testamenti ex Codice Ambrosiano sec. Fere

VI: Photolithographice Edita. Milan: Biblioteca Ambrosiana.

Hiebert, Robert J. V. 1989. The “Syrohexaplaric” Psalter. SBL Septuagint and Cognate Studies

27. Atlanta: Scholars Press.

Lee, Samuel, ed. 1823. C'=2'0 7=2'2‫ ܕܕ‬76'I Vetus Testamentum Syriace. 1823.
London: Richard Watts.

van Rooy, Herculaas Frederik. 2013. The East Syriac Psalm Headings: A Critical Edition. Texts

and Studies, Third Series 8. Piscataway, New Jersey: Gorgias.

100
Walter, D. M., ed. 1980. The Old Testament in Syriac according to the Peshiṭta Version, Part II

Fasc. 3: The Book of Psalms. In collaboration with Adalbert Vogel and Rifaat Y. Ebied.

Leiden: Brill.

Secondary Literature

Brock, Sebastian P. 2006. The Bible in the Syriac Tradition [2nd ed.]. Gorgias Handbooks 7.

Piscataway, New Jersey: Gorgias.

————, and Lucas Van Rompay. 2014. Catalogue of the Syriac Manuscripts and Fragments in

the Library of Deir al-Surian, Wadi al-Natrun (Egypt). Orientalia Lovaniensia Analecta

227. Leuven: Peeters.

Carbajosa, Ignacio. 2008. The Character of the Syriac Verions of Psalms: A Study of Psalms

90–150 in the Peshitta. Monographs of the Peshitta Institute Leiden 17. Translation by

Paul Stevenson of Las características de la versión siríaca de los Salmos (Sal 90–150 de

la Peshitta) (2006). Leiden: Brill.

Cowe, S. Peter. 1989. “Daniel of Ṣalaḥ as Commentator on the Psalter.” In Studia Patristica XX:

Papers presented to the Tenth International Conference on Patristic Studies held in

Oxford 1987: Critica, Classica, Orientalia, Ascetica, Liturgica. Elizabeth A. Livingstone,

ed. (pgs. 152–159). Leuven: Peeters.

Hiebert, Robert J. V. 2000. “The ‘Syrohexaplaric’ Psalter: Its Text and Textual History.” In Der

Septuaginta-Psalter und seine Tochterübersetzungen: Symposium in Göttingen 1997.

Mitteilungen des Septuaginta-Unternehmens 24; Abhandlungen der Akademie der

Wissenschaften in Göttingen, Philologisch-Historische Klasse, Dritte Folge 230. Anneli

Aejmelaeus and Udo Quast, eds. (pgs. 123–146). Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

————. 2005. “The Place of the Syriac Versions in the Textual History of the Psalter.” In The

Book of Psalms: Composition and Reception. Supplements to Vetus Testamentum 99;

101
 Formation and Interpretation of Old Testament Literature 4. Peter W. Flint and Patrick

D. Miller, Jr., eds. (pgs. 505–536). Leiden: Brill.

Jenner, Konrad D. 2000. “Syrohexaplarische und proto-syrohexaplarische Zitate in syrischen

Quellen außer den individuellen Exemplaren des syrohexaplarischen Psalters.” In Der

Septuaginta-Psalter und seine Tochterübersetzungen: Symposium in Göttingen 1997.

Mitteilungen des Septuaginta-Unternehmens 24; Abhandlungen der Akademie der

Wissenschaften in Göttingen, Philologisch-Historische Klasse, Dritte Folge 230. Anneli

Aejmelaeus and Udo Quast, eds. (pgs. 147–173). Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

Koster, Marinus D. 2003. “A New Introduction to the Peshitta of the Old Testament.” Aramaic

Studies 1.2, 211–246.

Meinardus, Otto F.A. 1992. Monks and Monasteries of the Egyptian Deserts [Revised ed.].

Cairo: The American University in Cairo Press.

————. 2006. Christians in Egypt: Orthodox, Catholic, and Protestant Communities Past and

Present. Cairo: The American University in Cairo Press.

van Rooy, Herculaas Frederik. 2005a. “The Syro-Hexaplaric Headings of the Psalms in

Manuscript 12t3.” Aramaic Studies 3.1, 109–126.

————. 2005b. “The Psalms in Early Syriac Tradition.” In The Book of Psalms: Composition

and Reception. Supplements to Vetus Testamentum 99; Formation and Interpretation of

Old Testament Literature 4. Peter W. Flint and Patrick D. Miller, Jr., eds. (pgs. 537–

550). Leiden: Brill.

————. 2008. “The Headings of the Psalms in the East Syriac Tradition Reconsidered.” Biblica

89.4, 505–525.

————. 2009. “The Enemies in the Headings of the Psalms: A Comparison of Jewish and

Christian Interpretation.” In Animosity, the Bible, and Us: Some European, North

American, and South African Perspectives. SBL Global Perspectives on Biblical

102
 Scholarship 12. John T. Fitzgerald, Fika J. van Rensburg, and Herculaas Frederik van

Rooy, eds. (pgs. 41–58). Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature.

Sokoloff, Michael. 2009. A Syriac Lexicon: A Translation from the Latin, Correction,

Expansion, and Update of C. Brockelmann’s Lexicon Syriacum. Winona Lake, Indiana:

Eisenbrauns/Piscataway, New Jersey: Gorgias.

Taylor, David G.K. 2001. “The Christology of the Syriac Psalm Commentary (AD 541/2) of

Daniel of Ṣalaḥ and the Phantasiast Controversy.” In Studia Patristica XXXV. M.F. Wiles

and E.J. Yarnold, eds. (pgs. 508–515). Leuven: Peeters.

————. 2006. “The Psalm Headings in the West Syrian Tradition.” In The Peshitta: Its Use in

Literature and Liturgy: Papers Read at the Third Peshitta Symposium. Monographs of

the Peshitta Institute Leiden 15. B. ter Haar Romeny, ed. (pgs. 365–378). Leiden, Brill.

Weitzman, Michael Perry. 1999. The Syriac Version of the Old Testament: An Introduction.

University of Cambridge Oriental Publications 56. Cambridge University Press.

103
 THE PSALMS IN TARGUMIC ARAMAIC

The Targum of Psalms

Unlike the Latin, Coptic, and Syriac versions previously described, which were primarily

Christian translations of the Psalms, the Targum of Psalms supplies us with a translation from a

Rabbinic perspective. “Targumic Aramaic” is a bit of a misnomer, for although the targumim

were composed in Aramaic, there is no single dialect they all share. Instead, over a period of

centuries, different translations were set down in various places from Palestine to Babylon.

Besides differences in regional dialects, the targumim have different philosophies of translation,

from (mostly) literal to much freer paraphrase, often including massive explanatory digressions.

The “official” targum of the Torah, Targum }Ônqelôs, was composed in a primarily Babylonian

dialect of Aramaic and follows the underlying Hebrew text fairly closely. Multiple western, freer

pentateuchal targumim were in circulation in addition to }Ônqelôs, including Targum

Yerushalmi (Pseudo-Yônatan), Targum Neofiti, and other fragmentary targumim; for the

Prophets, Targum Yônatan is unchallenged, playing a similar liturgical role to Targum }Ônqelôs

for the Torah. With the Targum of Psalms, the form of Aramaic used is Palestinian—therefore a

western dialect—and the translation tends to follow the Hebrew, albeit with occasional

explanatory insertions.

The Targum of Psalms shares some similarities with the targumim for Proverbs and Job,

yet there is no comprehensive Targum covering all the Writings (Daniel and Ezra-Nehemiah—

the two books containing Aramaic portions—have none at all). Perhaps to explain the lack of

widely accepted targumim for all the Writings, the Babylonian Talmud (Megillah 3a) supplies

this interesting anecdote:

104
 The Targum of the Prophets was said by Yônatan ben {Ûzzî}el from the mouth of

Ḥaggay, Zkaryah and Mal}akî, and the land of Yisra}el quaked [over an area of]

four hundred parsahs1 by four hundred parsahs.

A supernatural Voice2 went out and said, “Who is this that has revealed

my secrets to humans?”

Yônatan ben {Ûzzî}el stood on his feet and said: “It is I who have revealed

your secrets to humans. It is revealed and known before you that I have not done

it for my own glory or for the glory of my father’s house, but for your glory I have

done it, that division will not increase in Yisra}el.”

And he also wanted to reveal the Targum of the Writings—a supernatural

Voice went out and said, “Enough!”

What was the reason? Because the term of the Anointed One is in it.

This enigmatic celestial censorship probably refers specifically to the book of Daniel, but

nevertheless the documents of the Writings—such as the Psalms—were the last to receive

written translations. Unlike the Torah and the Prophets, which were regularly read in weekly

services, the Writings had less of a liturgical urgency for targumic renderings.

All the targumim are difficult to date precisely due to the lateness of extant manuscripts

and a general lack of information about their production, and the Targum of Psalms is no

exception. Few historical references can be found in the Psalms text, but the rendering of Psalm

108.11 may provide a clue:

1. Persian miles, “parasangs.”

2. bat qôl, literally “daughter of voice.”

105
 ‫וכדון דחבית מן אוביל יתי עד כרכא דרומי רשׁיעא‬
‫מן דברני עד קושׁ>ט<נטינא דאדום‬
But now that I have sinned, who has brought me to the wicked city of Rome?

Who has led me to Constantinople, which is Edom?1

The combined references to these two cities would point to a time when both were prominent,

thus perhaps the Targum appeared between the 4th and 6th centuries.2 Even so, it did not

become widely known or cited for centuries (as the quoted passage from the Talmud would

witness). The first clear quotation from the Targum of the Psalms comes form the 11th century

Arukh of Rabbi Nathan ben Yehiel of Rome (1035–1110).3 With the better part of a millennium

separating the origin of the Targum from its earliest extant manuscripts (see below), conclusions

about the origin and development of its text must remain provisional.

As stated, the Targum of Psalms falls under the more controlled style of Targum, keeping

the focus on the Hebrew text underlying it. With the Psalms not being part of the standard

weekly reading cycles, the text is likely designed primarily for study. Some of the the cryptic

phrases of the Psalm headings evoke some expansion and explanation by the translator, but

these rarely are more than a few words longer than the original Hebrew. The Targumist

generally resists significant digressions and keeps the focus on the primary text at hand. Scribal

treatment of the heading text is the same as that of the Masoretes: this material is equal in

importance and identical in presentation to the main text of the Psalm.

1. Stec 2004, 200. Stec italicizes explanatory additions without underlying Hebrew text.

2. Stec 2004, 1–2.

3. Stec 2014, 162.

106
Targumic Aramaic Textual Witnesses

The Targum of Psalms is known from from twenty (mostly) complete copies, dating from the

13th through the 16th century; this is supplemented by ten fragmentary manuscripts.1 Most of

these Targum manuscripts are bilingual: they also contain the Hebrew text (and often other

supplementary texts, such as commentaries). They can be further divided into Ashkenazi and

Sephardi manuscripts, although ms. N (Nuremberg Solg. 7.2, 1291), the apparent basis for the

Targum text printed in Bomberg’s Second Rabbinic Bible (1525), occupies a sort of middle

ground between the two. The text given in Part Two is that of de Lagarde,2 which had been in

turn based on Bomberg. I have modified this by adding an apparatus with variants from

additional manuscripts, listed in bold in the following chart.3

symbol other location designation date notes

C t814; Cambridge University Library, 1347 Ashkenazi ms.
Kennicott 92 Ee.5.9
M t816; Madrid Biblioteca de la 1517 Sephardi ms.; ed.
Edwards: VA Universidad, Villa- Díez Merino,
Amil 5 (Complutense supplemented by S
116-Z-40) (Salamanca M-2) for
missing Pss 69–73
N t1r; Kennicott Nuremberg Stadtbibliothek, 1291 Ashkenazi (base)/
198 Solger 6. 2to Sephardi (margins)
ms.; basis for
Bomberg
P t800; De- Parma Biblioteca Palatina, XIII/ Ashkenazi ms.;
Rossi 31; Stec: Parm. 3231 XIV missing Pss 1–5
pm
S t703s Salamanca Biblioteca de la XVI Sephardi ms.
Universidad, M-2 (supplement to M in
Díez Merino ed.)

1. Stec 2004, 21. See Smelik 2003.

2. de Lagarde 1873.

3. Especially from Stec 2004. Many of these manuscripts have not yet been collated.

107
 P17 t6a; De-Rossi Paris BN, Hébreu 17 XIII/ Ashkenazi ms.
Ext. 1 XIV revision dated to
1512; basis for Stec’s
translation
P110 t690/820/926 Paris BN, Hébreu 110 1455– Sephardi ms.
? 1456
V t2i; Kennicott Vatican BV, Urbinati Ebr. 1 1294 Ashkenazi ms.
228
W t155; De-Rossi Wrocław Biblioteka 1237– Ashkenazi ms.; base
Ext. 129 (Breslau) Uniwersytecka, 1238 text for White and
M.1106 Edwards
t5a; Kennicott Berlin Staatsbibliothek, Or. XIV/XV Ashkenazi ms.
150 fol. 4
t189; Florence Biblioteca Medicea 1397 Ashkenazi ms. (?)
Kennicott 166 Laurenziana, Plut.
III.1
t7i; De-Rossi Genoa Biblioteca Civica 1438 Ashkenazi ms. (?)
Ext. 23 Berio, B. H. 7
t702 London School of Jewish 1486 Sephardi ms.
Studies, Montefiore
Library, H. 116
t818; Paris BN, Hébreu 114 1470– Ashkenazi ms.;
Kennicott 312 1480 related to W
t801; De-Rossi Parma Biblioteca Palatina, XIII/ Ashkenazi ms.
732 Parm. 3095 XIV missing 1.1–7.5 and
119.132–150.6
t700i; De- Parma Biblioteca Palatina, XIII Ashkenazi ms.
Rossi 737 Parm. 3189
t812; De-Rossi Parma Biblioteca Palatina, XIII/ Ashkenazi ms.
32 Parm. 3232 XIV
t701i; Rome Biblioteca Angelica, 1323– Ashkenazi ms.
Kennicott 240 Or. 72 1326
t817 San Lorenzo Real Biblioteca del 1476 Sephardi ms.
Escorial, G-1-5
t3i; Kennicott Vatican BV, Barberiniani 1297 Ashkenazi ms.
471 orientali 164
Bomberg Stec: B Venice Daniel Bomberg, 1525 Based on N
printer. Jacob ben (Nuremberg Solg.
Hayyim, ed. 7.2) apparently
Second Rabbinic
Bible
de Lagarde Stec: Lg Leipzig Paul de Lagarde, ed. 1873 Based on Bomberg
Hagiographa edition, with
Chaldaice corrections

108
Targumic Aramaic Bibliography

Primary Sources

The Comprehensive Aramaic Lexicon. <http://cal1.cn.huc.edu>

Díez Merino, Luis. 1982. Targum de Salmos. Edición Príncipe del Ms. Villa-Amil n. 5 de Alfonso

de Zamora. Bibliotheca Hispana Biblica 6; Biblia Poliglota Complutense: Tradicíon

sefardí de la Biblia Aramea 4.1. Madrid: Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas,

Instituto “Francisco Suárez.”

de Lagarde, Paul, ed. 1873. Hagiographa Chaldaice. Leipzig: Teubner. Reprinted 1967,

Osnabrück: O. Zeller.

White, Emanuel. 1988. A Critical Edition of the Targum of the Psalms: A Computer Generated

Text of Books I and II. Unpublished dissertation. Montreal: McGill University.

Secondary Literature

Bernstein, Moshe J. 2005. “A Jewish Reading of Psalms: Some Observations on the Method of

the Aramaic Targum.” In The Book of Psalms: Composition and Reception. Supplements

to Vetus Testamentum 99; Formation and Interpretation of Old Testament Literature 4.

Peter W. Flint and Patrick D. Miller, Jr., eds. (pgs. 476–504). Leiden: Brill.

Cook, Edward M. 2001. The Psalms Targum: An English Translation. NTCS: The Newsletter

for Targumic and Cognate Studies. <http://targum.info/targumic-texts/targum-

psalms/>

Edwards, Timothy. 2014. Exegesis in the Targum of Psalms: The Old, the New, and the

Rewritten. Gorgias Dissertations (Biblical Studies) 28. Piscataway, New Jersey: Gorgias.

Flesher, Paul V. M., and Bruce Chilton. 2011. The Targums: A Critical Introduction. Studies in

the Aramaic Interpretation of Scripture 12. Leiden: Brill.

109
McNamara, Martin. 2010. Targum and Testament Revisited: Aramaic Paraphrases of the

Hebrew Bible: A Light on the New Testament [2nd ed.]. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans.

Smelik, Willem F. 2003. “Extant Manuscripts of the Targum to Psalms: An Eclectic List.”

University College London. <http://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/1373/1/PSALMS.pdf>

Stec, David M. 2004. The Targum of Psalms: Translated, with a Critical Introduction,

Apparatus, and Notes. The Aramaic Bible 16. Collegeville, Minnesota: Liturgical Press.

————. 2014. “The Aramaic Psalter.” In The Oxford Handbook of the Psalms. William P.

Brown, ed. (pgs. 161–172). Oxford University Press.

van Staalduine-Sulman, Eveline. 2011, revised March 2014. “Standard List of Sigla for Targum

Manuscripts.” Targum Institute. <targum.nl>

110
 Part Two:

The Psalm Headings

in the Early Versions

111
 EXPLANATION OF FORMAT

Layout of Texts

The texts of the Psalm headings are laid out on facing pages,1 Psalm by Psalm.2 The left page

begins with the original Hebrew language in the form of the Masoretic Text.3 It is then followed

by the primary translations which were made from Hebrew, in the order of their appearance:

First, the Old Greek, then the texts of the Three Revisers (when extant), Jerome’s Psalterium

iuxta Hebraeos, and lastly the Targum of Psalms. The Old Greek is a modification of Rahlfs’

text,4 following the modifications proposed by Pietersma.5 The headings of ms. 2110 (Papyrus

Bodmer XXIV) were collated and their variant readings added to the apparatus.6 The Revisers’

texts are taken from Field’s collection.7 The Iuxta Hebraeos comes from the Biblia Sacra

Vulgata critical edition.8 The Targum text is modified from de Lagarde’s edition,9 incorporating

variant readings from additional manuscripts.10

The right page gives the readings of the secondary translations—those translated from

the Greek (“the daughters of the Septuagint”)—again, roughly in the order of their appearance:

1. Please note that if this text is read digitally (as a .pdf file), it should ideally be viewed in a two page
spread mode (odd numbered pages on the right side).

2. Where the numbering of the Psalms diverges in the traditions, the Hebrew number precedes the Greek
number, separated by a slash (11/10).

3. Following BHS, Elliger and Rudolph, eds., fifth edition 1997.

4. Rahlfs 1979, with the same text in Rahlfs–Hanhart 2006.

5. Pietersma and Wright, eds. 2007. Pietersma was responsible for the Psalms.

6. cf. Kasser and Testuz, eds. 1967. I have checked this against recent high resolution color images of the
manuscript, with gratitude to the Green Collection and Dr. Josephine Dru, Curator of Papyri.

7. Field 1875. Α=Akulas/Aquila, Σ=Summakhos/Symmachus, Θ=Theodotiōn.

8. Weber–Gryson (5th ed.) 2007.

9. de Lagarde 1873.

10. Especially from Stec 2004.

112
Old Latin, Jerome’s Psalterium Gallicanum, the Coptic versions (Sahidic, Oxyrhynchitic,1 and

Bohairic), and finally the so-called “Syrohexapla.” The Old Latin versions are represented by the

important 6th century manuscripts α (the Verona Psalter)2 and γ (the Psalter of St. Germain)3

alongside the Psalterium Romanum (Rom) from Weber’s edition.4 Due to their polygenetic

nature, these are not combined into a single text with variants, but given in parallel except

where they coincide completely. The Gallicanum comes from the Biblia Sacra Vulgata edition.5

No proper critical edition yet exists for the Sahidic Coptic version, so the nearly complete

papyrus ms. L6 was used as a base text for this preliminary edition, with over 18 fragmentary

Sahidic Psalters collated against it. The Oxyrhynchitic version is taken from the diplomatic

edition of the Mudil Codex.7 The Bohairic version is modified from the critical edition of

Burmester–Dévaud.8 I follow the main text of the edition, but I have collated the readings from

additional Bohairic Psalters, increasing the witnesses from four9 to twelve. The “Syrohexaplaric”

headings are taken from the critical edition by Hiebert.10

The Masoretic Hebrew has both vocalization and cantillation marks, but the other texts

are given in an uncluttered state, closer to their original form and without the later accretion of

1. Probably a modification of the Sahidic, so properly a tertiary translation.

2. Verona, Biblioteca Capitolare, I (1), edited by Bianchini in 1740.

3. Paris, BN, Lat. 11947, edited by Sabatier in 1751.

4. Weber 1953.

5. Weber–Gryson (5th ed.) 2007.

6. London, BL, Oriental 5000, edited by Budge in 1898. Due to numerous misreadings in Budge’s edition,
I have consulted images of the actual manuscript and noted these in the footnotes.

7. Gabra, ed. 1995.

8. Burmester–Dévaud 1925, a re-edition of de Lagarde 1875 (de Lagarde was unable to utilize a Coptic
typesetting, so his original edition is in a difficult to use transliteration).

9. Two of Burmester–Dévaud’s six witnesses are actually horologia, which have no Psalm headings.

10. Hiebert 1989.

113
punctuation or accent marks. The font used for both Hebrew and Targumic Aramaic is SBL

Hebrew (designed for the Society of Biblical Literature), which I have chosen for its excellent

readability (in spite of its modernity). All other fonts share both clarity and temporal

appropriateness for first millennium biblical texts. Greek and Coptic texts are presented in the

Sylvanus font (designed for the Accordance program), an uncial style similar to the great Greek

codices of the 4th and 5th centuries. Readers only familiar with modern Greek fonts may find

this peculiar, but such a style is both un-anachronistic and also fits with later Greek usage, which

often uses an older uncial style for headings and titles. The shared style between Greek and

Coptic also recalls their common script origin and allows for easier comparison of the many

Greek loanwords into the Coptic versions. For the Latin texts, the font is one of my own making,

modeled after the 5th century New Testament manuscript Codex Bezae. Syriac texts are given in

the Estrangelo Talada font (designed for Beth Mardutho), based on a 7th century style.

Variants from the main text are cited in footnotes:

Additions of a word or phrase are marked by an unattached superscript number in the

main text at the point of insertion. The footnote is then begun with a “+,” followed by

the text of the addition and the symbols of its supporting witnesses.

Omissions are marked by a superscript number attached at the end of a word, with the

footnotes begun in one of two ways: if the omission involves only that single word of

the main text, the word is not repeated; if the omission is two or more words long,

the phrase in question is repeated, immediately followed by a closing bracket (]).

After this, a “>” is given, followed by the witnesses for the omission.

Alterations are similarly marked by a superscript number attached at the end of a word,

with the footnotes begun in one of two ways: if the variant unit involves only that

single word of the main text, the word is not repeated; if the unit is two or more

114
 words long, the phrase in question is repeated, immediately followed by a closing

bracket (]). After this, the text of the alteration is given, followed by its supporting

witnesses.

Successive variants in the same unit are separated by semicolons (;). This critical apparatus is

therefore negative—witnesses are usually only cited for readings different from the main text.

For intact, complete manuscripts, their absence from a list of witnesses for a variant can usually

be taken as their support for the main text’s reading, but caution should be taken with this

assumption. The symbols for the witnesses are listed in the first column of the charts of each

language’s witnesses in Part One; these charts also contain further information about the

location, designation, and date for all cited witnesses.

Translations

Parallel English translations are provided for all the main texts of the Psalm headings. The

translations tend to be on the more “literal” style—attempting to show not just what the versions

say, but also how they say it grammatically. While the renderings are sensible,1 I have not

striven for smooth (or familiar) English style at the expense of precision (for instance, by

simplifying cognate accusative phrases: “praying a prayer,” etc.). I have attempted to maintain a

sense of semantic equilibrium, translating frequent words with common English terms, and

more obscure, rare ones with similarly uncommon English.

I have likewise avoided traditional, reflex translations for the vocabulary of the Psalm

headings, choosing clarity over familiarity. A key example of this is my consistent translation of

the main “Psalm” word itself: Hebrew mizmôr. Instead of its traditional rendering, I have used

1. This is, of course, partly a matter of opinion. Frequently the language of the headings is opaque, so I
attempt to maintain this ambiguity in the English translations.

115
“music”—i.e., (a piece of) music, something played on musical instruments.1 The rendering

“psalm” comes from the Greek translation psalmos (which, incidentally, also means “music,”

especially that which is played on stringed instruments), which was then loaned into Latin

(psalmus) and finally into English. I have avoided the anachronism of translating a Hebrew

word with a transliteration of its subsequent Greek translation.

Proper names of people, places, and gentilics are rendered in precise transliterations, not

their traditional English forms—thus (for Hebrew) “Daœwid” instead of “David,” “Šaœ}ûl” instead

of “Saul,” etc. Gentilics are consistently suffixed with “-ian.”

Prepositions, key indicators of the relationships between terms in the Psalm headings,

have been translated as consistently as possible. While many would have a broad range of

contextually viable options for translation, the use of a constrained selection of translations

allows the reader a more transparent sense of their actual distribution throughout the headings.

Special note should be made for the ubiquitous Hebrew preposition le∑-. As its varied renderings

in the early versions attest, this common preposition is capable of being understood in multiple

ways. Its general semantic range in verbal clauses is “to” or “for,” and presents little difficulty.

Ambiguities arise with its use in the nonverbal clauses throughout the headings: I have

translated it by “for” when attached to titles (thus “for the leader”), but “connected to” when

attached to a personal name (thus “connected to Daœwid”). Frequently (with both ancient and

modern translations), this construction is glossed as a genitive, implying possession/

authorship—“of David”—but this obscures the possibility that this construction could have a

dedicatory function.2 This potential usage is also reflected in those early versions which employ

1. Compare Goldingay 2006, 592, and his choice of “composition” for this term throughout his
commentary.

2. See Goldingay 2006, 26–27.

116
dative constructions instead of genitives. Throughout the versions, I have used “connected to

(personal name)” for these “ambiguous datives.”

Italics are used in the English translations in three ways. They are used, first of all, in

those few places where I have transliterated Hebrew words that I feel to be indeterminate. In

these cases, a range of commonly proposed translation options is footnoted. This has not been

done frequently; despite the variety of interpretations manifest in the Early Versions, I have

usually been able to find a likely translation for the original Hebrew headings. Italics are also

used for ancient transliterations, such as Greek Alleœlouia for Hebrew Hal§lû Yaœh. Similarly, I

have italicized English words where the underlying original is a loanword carried over from its

own base text instead of being translated into a completely native term (such as Greek psalmos

into Latin as psalmus). This is fairly common in the secondary translations.

Following the ancient languages—which originally had little or none—punctuation is not

used, as it would frequently add an extra level of interpretation. Instead, the phrase level

divisions of each heading (as I understand them) are separated by slightly larger spaces between

words, easier to ignore if so desired. In many places, the segmentation of phrases is ambiguous,

as demonstrated by the differing interpretations in the versions.

117
 PSALM 1

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
————

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

————

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

————

118
 PSALM 1

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid
γ Rom: ————

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
————

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

————

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

————

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

————1

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
————

1. epjwk ebol piyalmos n«te dauid pi˙ouit D; yalmos" tou dauid V; yalmos tw
dauid piyalmos a∑ G H X2; yalmos to dauid yalmos a∑ W
119
 PSALM 2

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
————1

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

————

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

————

1. yalmos tw dauid Rs
120
 PSALM 2

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α Rom: PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid
γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS DAUID1
Music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh n∑daueid
The song of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

twdh n«te daueid
The song of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

————2

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
————

1. PSALMUS DAUID] > Clementine

2. †profhtia eqbe pcristos D G H; †profhtia eqbe pcristos nem ouqw˙em n«te
nieqnos P Q (apparently); †profhtia eqbe nim«kau˙ n«te pcristos V; yalmos b∑ n«dauid
†profhtia eqbe pcristos W
121
 PSALM 3

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִו֑ד‬
‫ְ֝בּ ָב ְר ֗חוֹ ִמ ְפּ ֵנ֤י ׀ ַא ְב ָשׁ ֬לוֹם ְבּנֽ וֹ‬
Music connected to Daœwid
in his running away from the face of }Abšaœlôm his son

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
yalmos1 tw dauid
opote2 apedidrasken apo proswpou abessalwm tou uiou autou3
Music connected to Dauid
when he was running away from the face of Abessaloœm his son

The Three [Field]

Σ: wdh . . .
Song . . .

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM DAUID
CUM FUGERET A FACIE ABESSALON4 FILII SUI
Song of Dauid
when he was running away from the face of Abessalon his son

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫תושׁבחתא לדוד‬
‫ קדם אבשׁלום בריה‬5‫במיערקיה מן‬
Praise connected to Daœwid
in his running away from before }Abšaœlôm his son

1. > A
2. ote 55 L(few)
3. + en th erhmw L(few)
4. ABSALON I Σ A K Θ S Harden
5. > C P17
122
 PSALM 3

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α Rom: PSALMUS DAUID
CUM FUGERET A FACIE ABESSALON FILII SUI
Music of Dauid
when he was running away from the face of Abessalon his son
γ: PSALMUS DAUID
CUM FUGIT A FACIE ABESSALON FILI SUI
Music of Dauid
when he is running away from the face of Abessalon his son

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS DAUID
CUM FUGERET A FACIE ABESSALON1 FILII SUI
Music of Dauid
when he was running away from the face of Abessalon his son

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid
n∑tereƒpwt2 ˙htƒ∑ n∑abesalwm3 peƒßhre
The music of Daueid
when he ran away before Abesaloœm his son

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

[peyalmos] n«daueid
n«tereƒpot ˙[h]tƒ n«abessalwm peƒßhre
The music of Daueid
when he ran away before Abessaloœm his son

1. ABSALON W S K; ABSALOM Clementine

2. n∑tareƒpwt U
3. n∑abessalwm U
123
PSALM 3 (cont.)

124
 PSALM 3 (cont.)

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos1 n«te dauid
eƒfht ebol vat˙h m«p˙o n«abessalwm2 peƒßhri3
The music of Dauid
as he is running away before the face of Abessaloœm his son

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
5
12‫ ܕܕܘ‬4S‫ܪ‬5:T:
̇ ‫'ܝ‬:‫ܐ‬
<J2‫ ܕ‬S!6 7‫ܡ‬5JR6‫ ܕܐ‬7,‫!ܨܘ‬, ‫ܡ‬1A 9: C‫ ܗܘ‬6‫!ܩ‬0‫ܕ‬
Music of Daœwîd
when he was running away from before the face of }Abšaœlôm his son

1. epjwk m«piyalmos Q
2. n«abesalwm Q
3. piyalmos n«te dauid eƒfht ebol vat˙h m«p˙o n«abessalwm peƒßhri] > O P
4. S!:‫ܙܘ‬ Amg Bmg Fmg (apparently) Gmg (F and G assign reading to Summakhos)
5. 12‫ܘ‬1? H J
̇ ̇ ̄
6. ‫!ܩ‬0‫'ܝ ܕ‬:‫!ܩ ]ܐ‬0 1I F (G)
7. ‫ܡ‬5JR(6‫ ܕܐ‬F (H) J
125
 PSALM 4

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּ ַח ִבּנְ גִ ינ֗ וֹת ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
For the leader with strings music connected to Daœœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos en yalmois wdh 1
tw2 dauid
For the end among musics song connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw en yalmois melwdhma tw dauid
For the conqueror among musics tune connected to Dauid
Σ: epinikios dia yalthriwn wdh tw dauid
Of conquest through stringed instruments song connected to Dauid
Θ: eis to nikos en umnois yalmos tw dauid
For the conquest among acclamations music connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI IN PSALMIS CANTICUM3 DAUID
For the conqueror among musics song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ תושׁבחתא לדויד‬4‫לשׁבחא על נגינתא‬
For the praiser on the strings praise connected to Daœwîd

1. en yalmois wdh] en umnois yalmos 55 L(many); yalmos wdhs R L(few); yalmos A

L(few)
2. tou R; tw doulw kuriou L(few)
3. CANTICI F Ɵ
4. ‫ חנגיתא‬Bomberg
126
 PSALM 4

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PSALMUS CANTICUM DAUID
For the end music song of Dauid
γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS CANTICI IPSI DAUID
For the end music of a song connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM PSALMUS CANTICI DAUID
For the end music of a song of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM IN CARMINIBUS PSALMUS DAUID1
For the end among verses music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol 2
peyalmos 3
n∑daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal peyalmos n«twdh n«daueid
For the end the music of the song of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol4 ven ˙an˙ws5 piyalmos n«te dauid6
For the end among songs the music of Dauid

1. IN
CARMINIBUS PSALMUS DAUID] CARMINIBUS PSALMUS DAUID F; IN HYMNIS
CANTICUM HUIC DAUID R; PSALMUS CANTICI DAUID W K; PSALMUS DAUID CANTICUM I
2. + ˙n∑ nesmou T
3. + n∑twdh T
4. > M V Q (apparently)
5. ven ˙an˙ws] vni˙an˙ws W (apparently)
6. epjwk ebol ven ˙an˙ws piyalmos n«te dauid] > O P
127
PSALM 4 (cont.)

128
 PSALM 4 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 17W?5R6
At the end music connected to Daœwîd

1.
̈
C'XGM'6 7W?5R? H J
129
 PSALM 5

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬2‫־הנְּ ִח ֗ילוֹת‬
ַ 1‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּ ַח ֶ ֽאל‬
For the leader to the flutes music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos uper ths klhronomoushs yalmos tw dauid
For the end over she who inherits music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw apo klhrodosiwn yalmos tou dauid
For the conqueror from allottings music of Dauid
Σ: wdh tou dauid epinikios uper klhrouciwn
Song of Dauid of conquest over allotments

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI PRO HEREDITATIBUS CANTICUM DAUID
For the conqueror for inheritances song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ חינגין תושׁבחתא לדוד‬3‫לשׁבחא על‬
For the praiser on pipes praise connected to Daœwid

1.‫ ַעל‬a few mss. (BHS)

2. ‫ הנחלות‬two mss. (BHS)
3. > C
130
 PSALM 5

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM QUAE HAEREDITATE ACCEPIT PSALMUS DAUID
For the end she who received inheritance music of Dauid
γ: IN FINEM PRO HIS QUI HAEREDITABUNT PSALMUS DAUID
For the end for those who will inherit music of Dauid
Rom: IN FINEM PRO EA QUAE HEREDITATEM CONSEQUITUR PSALMUS DAUID
For the end for she who attains inheritance music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PRO EA QUAE HEREDITATEM CONSEQUITUR PSALMUS DAUID
For the end for she who attains inheritance music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol ˙a tetnaklhronomei1 peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end concerning she who is going to inherit the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

[e\]pjok e\bal n«teklhronomia peyalmos n«daueid
For the end of the inheritance the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk2 ebol3 ejen qh eqnaer4 klhronomin piyalmos5 n«te dauid6
For the end over she who is going to inherit the music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̇ ‫ ̇ܗܝ‬YJ* C'XGM'6
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: C‫!ܬ‬2‫ܕ‬ ̈ 7W?5R?
For the end in praises on account of she who inherits music connected to Daœwîd

1. tetnaklhronomia T
2. pjwk W X
3. >M V Q
4. qh eqnaer] nh etnaer D; nh eqnaer G H (headings of Pss 4 and 5 transposed) Q W X
5. yalmos G H (headings of Pss 4 and 5 transposed) W X
6. epjwk ebol ejen qh eqnaer klhronomin piyalmos n«te dauid] > O P
131
 PSALM 6

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ל־ה ְשּׁ ִמ ִ֗ינית ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
ַ ‫ַל ְמנַ ֵצּ ַ֣ח ִ ֭בּנְ גִ ינוֹת ַ ֽע‬
For the leader with strings on the eighth music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos en umnois1 uper ths ogdohs yalmos tw dauid
For the end among acclamations over the eighth music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw en yalmois epi ths ogdohs melwdhma tw dauid
For the conqueror among musics on the eighth tune connected to Dauid
Σ: epinikios dia yalthriwn peri ths ogdohs wdh tw dauid
Of conquest through stringed instruments about the eighth song connected to Dauid
Θ: eis to nikos en umnois . . . yalmos tw dauid
For the conquest among acclamations . . . music connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI IN PSALMIS SUPER OCTAUA CANTICUM DAUID
For the conqueror among musics over the eighth song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא בנגינתא על כנרא דתמניא נימיא תושׁבחתא לדוד‬
For the praiser with the strings on the lyre of eight strings praise connected to Daœwid

1. en umnois] > A L(few)

132
 PSALM 6

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM IPSI DAUID
For the end connected to Dauid himself
γ: IN FINEM PRO CARMINIBUS PRO DIE OCTAUA PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end for verses for the eighth day music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM IN HYMNIS PRO OCTAUA PSALMUS DAUID
For the end among acclamations for the eighth music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM IN CARMINIBUS1 PRO OCTAUA2 PSALMUS3 DAUID4
For the end among verses for the eighth music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol ˙n∑ nesmou ˙a pme˙ßmoun peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end among the praises concerning the eighth the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

[e\]pjok e\bal n«nesmoue\ ˙a pme˙ h peyalmos n«daueid
For the end of the praises concerning the eighth the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol5 ven ˙an˙ws ejen6 pima˙ßmhn7 piyalmos n«te8 dauid910
For the end among songs over the eighth the music of Dauid

1. HYMNIS R I
2. IN CARMINIBUS PRO OCTAUA] PRO OCTAUA IN CARMINIBUS W
3. > I W
4. PRO OCTAUA PSALMUS DAUID] PSALMUS DAUID PRO OCTAUA K Clementine
5. > M V
6. ven ˙an˙ws ejen] ejen ˙an˙ws ven D G H W X
7. pima˙ h∑ D G H M P V W X
8. n« W X
9. piyalmos n«te dauid] > P
10. epjwk ebol ven ˙an˙ws ejen pima˙ßmhn piyalmos n«te dauid] > O
133
PSALM 6 (cont.)

134
 PSALM 6 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̈
12‫ܘ‬1? 2S‫ܪ‬5:T: C‫ܬ‬5(@(:‫ ܬ‬YJ* 1C'XGM'6 7W?5R?
For the end in praises on account of the eighth music connected to Daœwîd

1.C‫(!ܬ‬:‫ ܙ‬7(@(:‫ ܬ‬7:52 /0 C'*5GM‫ ܕܬ‬F

2. > F
135
 PSALM 7

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫יהו֑ה‬
ָ ‫ר־שׁר ַל‬ ֥ ָ ‫ִשׁגָּ י֗ וֹן ְל ָ ֫דִ ֥וד ֲא ֶשׁ‬
‫ן־יְמ ִינֽי‬
ִ ‫י־כוּשׁ ֶבּ‬ ֝֗ ‫ל־דּ ְב ֵר‬ִ ‫ַע‬
SÁiggaœyo®n1 connected to Daœwid which he sang to YHWH
on the words of Kûš a Benyemînian

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
yalmos tw dauid on hsen tw kuriw
uper twn logwn cousi uiou iemeni
Music connected to Dauid which he sang to the Master
over the words of Khousi son of Iemeni

The Three [Field]

Α: agnohma tw dauid os hse tw kuriw
peri twn logwn cousi uiou iemenei
Unknowing connected to Dauid which he sang to the Master
about the words of Khousi son of Iemenei
Σ Θ: uper agnoias tou dauid os hse tw kuriw
peri twn logwn cousi uiou iemenei
Over the unknowing of Dauid which he sang to the Master
about the words of Khousi son of Iemenei

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

PRO IGNORATIONE DAUID QUOD CECINIT DOMINO
SUPER UERBIS AETHIOPIS FILII IEMINI2
For the unknowing of Dauid that he sounded to the Master
over the words of an Aethiopian son of Iemini

1. Uncertain: a staggering work? a lament?

2. GEMINI C I Σ A K Θ L Harden
136
 PSALM 7

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID QUEM CANTAUIT DOMINO
PRO UERBIS CUSI FILI IEMINI
Music connected to Dauid himself which he sang to the Master
for the words of Cusi son of Iemini
γ Rom: PSALMUS DAUID QUEM CANTAUIT DOMINO
PRO UERBIS CHUSI FILII EMINI
Music of Dauid which he sang to the Master
for the words of Chusi son of Emini

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS DAUID QUEM CANTAUIT DOMINO
PRO UERBIS CHUSI FILII IEMINI
Music of Dauid which he sang to the Master
for the words of Chusi son of Iemini

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid pentaƒjooƒ epjoeis1
˙a n∑ßaje n∑cousei pßhre n∑i¨emenei
The music of Daueid which he said to the Master
concerning the words of Khousei the son of Iemenei

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok2 e\bal m«peyalmos n«daueid etaƒjaƒ epj∑s∑
e\tbe n«nseje n«cousi pßhre n«iemni
For the end of the music of Daueid which he said to the Master
about the words of Khousi the son of Iemni

1. pentaƒjooƒ epjoeis] > T

2. ms. apparently reads e\pjwk
137
 PSALM 7 (cont.)

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ לדוד די שׁבח קדם יהוה‬1‫תירגמא דאודיתא‬
‫ על תברא דשׁאול בר קישׁ דמן שׁבט בנימן‬2‫מטול די אמר שׁירתא‬
Interpretation of acknowledgment connected to Daœwid which he praised before YHWH
because he said the song on the breaking of Šaœ}ûl son of Qîš from the tribe of Binyaœmîn

1.‫ דאוריתא‬M
2. ‫ )מטול דאמר שׁירתא( ]מטול די אמר שׁירתא‬M (bracketed); > P
138
 PSALM 7 (cont.)

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te dauid et aƒ˙ws1 m«moƒ m«p#ois2
eqbe nensaji3 n«te4 cousi pßhri n«iemeni56
The music of Daueid which he sang to the Master
about the words of Khousi the son of Iemeni

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
72!W? 7!:‫ܕܙ‬̇ 7@2‫ ܐ‬12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T:
9
+@W2‫!ܗ ܕ‬6 8+M5*‫ ܕ‬7J:̈ YJ*
Music connected to Daœwîd which he performed to the Master
on account of the words of H¸ûšî son of Yemenî

1. aƒqw˙em D
2. n«je p#ois D; ep#ois G H M W X
3. nisaji M V
4. n« D G H W X
5. pßhri n«iemeni] > P
6. piyalmos n«te dauid et aƒ˙ws m«moƒ m«p#ois eqbe nensaji n«te cousi pßhri
n«iemeni] > O
7.
̇ 7@2‫!ܗ ܐ‬:‫ܕܙ‬
!:‫ܕܙ‬ ̇ ‫?<ܘ‬
]
̇ H (J)
8. +M5I‫ ܕ‬F
9. +@(W2‫ ܕ‬H
139
 PSALM 8

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ל־הגִּ ִ֗תּית ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
ַ ‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּ ַח ַ ֽע‬
For the leader on the gittˆ®t1 music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos uper twn lhnwn yalmos tw dauid
For the end over the winepresses music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw uper ths getqitidos melwdhma tw dauid
For the conqueror over the Getthian (fem.) tune connected to Dauid
Σ: epinikios uper twn lhnwn wdh tw dauid
Of conquest over the winepresses song connected to Dauid
Θ: eis to nikos uper ths getqitidos yalmos tw dauid
For the conquest over the Getthian (fem.) music connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI PRO TORCULARIBUS CANTICUM DAUID
For the conqueror for the winepresses song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ מגת תושׁבחתא לדוד‬2‫לשׁבחא על כינורא דאייתי‬
For the praiser on the lyre that he brought from Gat praise connected to Daœwid

1. Uncertain: an instrument from Gat (a “Gathian lyre”)? a woman from Gat? winepresses (reading as
‫?)גתות‬
2. ‫ דאתית‬M P110
140
 PSALM 8

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PRO TORCULARIBUS PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end for the winepresses music connected to Dauid himself
γ: IN FINEM PRO LACIS TORCULARIBUS PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end for the vat of the winepresses music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM PRO TORCULARIBUS PSALMUS DAUID
For the end for the winepresses music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PRO TORCULARIBUS PSALMUS DAUID
For the end for the winepresses music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

1
epjwk ebol ˙a ne˙rwt peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end concerning the winepresses the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

pjok e\bal ˙a ne˙rot peyalmos n«daueid
The end concerning the winepresses the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol2 ejen ni˙rwt piyalmos n«te dauid
For the end over the winepresses the music of Daueid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 5C‫ܬ‬Z[": 4YJ* 37W?5R6
At the end on account of the winepresses music connected to Daœwîd

1. + . . . m∑ptw˙m∑ n∑en˙eqnos W101

2. epjwk ebol] pjwk O; epjwk Q
3. 7@*[O \?5R? 7W?5R?
F; HJ
4. /): F
5. C‫"[ܪܬ‬: F H
141
 PSALM 9–10/9

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ ַל ֵ֗בּן ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬1‫ַ ֭ל ְמנַ ֵצּ ַח ַע ְל ֥מוּת‬
For the leader {almu®t labbeœn2 music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos uper twn krufiwn tou uiou3 yalmos tw dauid
For the end over the hidden things of the son music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw neaniothtos tou uiou melwdhma tou dauid
For the conqueror of the youth of the son tune of Dauid
Σ: epinikion peri tou qanatou tou uiou asma tou dauid
Conquest song about the death of the son lay of Dauid
Θ: tw nikopoiw uper akmhs tou uiou yalmos tw dauid
For the conqueror over the high point of the son music connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI PRO MORTE FILII CANTICUM DAUID
For the conqueror for the death of the son song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ די נפק מביני משׁירייתא תושׁבחתא לדוד‬5 ‫ לשׁבחא על מיתותא דגברא‬4
For the praiser on the death of the man who went out from between the camps praise
connected to Daœwid

1.‫על־מות‬ many mss. (BHS)

2. Uncertain: see versions below
3. tou uiou] > R L(few)
4. + ‫ לשׁבחא על בסימות מלפונין על ידא דבן תושׁבחתא לדוד תרגום אחר‬M (P110
w/variants)
5. + ‫ פולמירכא‬C P P17 P110; ‫ פולי מדבן‬M; > Bomberg de Lagarde
142
 PSALM 9–10/9

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: ————
γ: IN FINEM PROPTER OCCULTA FILII PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end because of the hidden things of the son music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM PRO OCCULTIS FILII PSALMUS DAUID
For the end for the hidden things of the son music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PRO OCCULTIS FILII PSALMUS DAUID
For the end for the hidden things of the son music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

1
epjwk ebol ˙a neqhp2 m∑pßhre peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end concerning the hidden things of the son the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal n«net˙hpt m«pßhre peyalmos n«daueid
For the end of the hidden things of the son the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol3 piyalmos4 n«te5 dauid eqbe nh et˙hp n«te pßhri
For the end the music of Dauid about the hidden things of the son

1. + pmou m∑pecristos mn∑ tanastasis . . . mn∑ tkaqerhsis nenjaje . . . W101

2. Budge incorrectly reads nethp
3. > M O P Q V
4. m«piyalmos G M O P Q
5. n« P
143
PSALM 9–10/9 (cont.)

144
 PSALM 9–10/9 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
4 ̈
12‫ܘ‬1? 3S‫ܪ‬5:T: S!6‫ ܕ‬2C'(R): YJ* 17W?5R6
At the end on account of the hidden things of the son music connected to Daœwîd

1.7W?5R? F H J
̈ ̈
2. C'(R): YJ*] ‫('ܗ‬R): /): F
3. SZ5:T: B H
4. + ‫ܬܗ‬5: /0‫ ܘ‬S!6‫ܬܗ ܕ‬5O'W(J0 /): F
145
 PSALM 11/10

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ ְל ָ ֫דִ ֥וד‬1 ‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֗צּ ַח‬
For the leader connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos yalmos tw dauid2
For the end music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw tou dauid
For the conqueror of Dauid
Σ: epinikios tou dauid
Of conquest of Dauid
Θ: tw nikopoiw yalmos tw dauid
For the conqueror music connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI DAUID
For the conqueror of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ לדוד‬3‫תושׁבחתא‬
praise connected to Daœwid

1. + ‫ִמזְ מוֹר‬
two mss. (BHS)
2. yalmos tw dauid] tw dauid yalmos B 1221
3. ‫ לשׁבחא‬M
146
 PSALM 11/10

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

pjok e\bal m«peyalmos n«daueid
The end of the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol1 piyalmos2 n«te3 dauid4
For the end the music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? 6S‫ܪ‬5:T: 57W?5R6
At the end music connected to Daœwîd

1. > P Q
2. m«piyalmos M P Q V
3. n« D
4. epjwk ebol piyalmos n«te dauid] > O
7W?5R?
5. FHJ
6. > H
147
 PSALM 12/11

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ל־ה ְשּׁ ִמ ִ֗ינית ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
ַ ‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּ ַח ַ ֽע‬
For the leader on the eighth music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos uper ths ogdohs yalmos tw dauid1
For the end over the eighth music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw uper ths ogdohs melwdhma tw dauid
For the conqueror over the eighth tune connected to Dauid
Σ: epinikios wdh tw dauid . . .
Of conquest song connected to Dauid . . .
Θ: eis to telos uper ths ogdohs yalmos tw dauid
For the end over the eighth music connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI PRO OCTAUA CANTICUM DAUID
For the conqueror for the eighth song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ תושׁבחתא לדויד‬2‫לשׁבחא על כינורא דתמניא נימי‬
For the praiser on the lyre of eight strings praise connected to Daœwîd

1. uper ths ogdohs yalmos tw dauid] yalmos tw dauid uper ths ogdohs A
2. > P110
148
 PSALM 12/11

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PRO OCTABO PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end for the eighth music connected to Dauid himself
γ: IN FINEM PRO OCTAUO DIE PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end for the eighth day music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM PRO OCTAUA DIE PSALMUS DAUID
For the end for the eighth day music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PRO OCTAUA1 PSALMUS DAUID
For the end for the eighth music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol ˙a pme˙ßmoun peyalmos2 n∑daueid
For the end concerning the eighth the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

pjok e\bal ˙a pme˙ßmoun peyalmos n«daueid
The end concerning the eighth the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol3 ejen4 pima˙ßmhn56 7

For the end over the eighth

1. OCTAUA DIE I; OCTAUO K; OCTAUO DIE L

2. L reads pey, Budge incorrectly reads pe†
3. epjwk ebol] epjwk ebol m«piyalmos n«te dauid G; epjwk m«piyalmos n«te
dauid M V W X; epjwk m«piyalmos n«dauid P; piyalmos n«te dauid Q
4. eqbe G M Q V W X; > P
5. pima˙ h∑ D G M P Q V W X
6. epjwk ebol ejen pima˙ßmhn] > O
7. + nem ouprofhtia eqbe pjini m«pcristos D
149
PSALM 12/11 (cont.)

150
 PSALM 12/11 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
3
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 27(@(:‫ ܬ‬YJ* 17W?5R6
At the end on account of the eighth music connected to Daœwîd

1.7W?5R? J; 7@*[O‫ ܕ‬7W?5R? SZ5:T: F; 12‫ܘ‬1? 7W?5R? H

2. 7(@(:‫ ܬ‬YJ*] C‫ܬ‬5(@(:‫ ܬ‬/): F
3. 12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T:] > F H
151
 PSALM 13/12

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֗צּ ַח ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
For the leader music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos yalmos tw dauid
For the end music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw yalmos tw dauid
For the conqueror music connected to Dauid
Σ: epinikios wdh tou dauid
Of conquest song of Dauid
Θ: eis nikos yalmos tw dauid
For conquest music connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI CANTICUM DAUID
For the conqueror song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא תושׁבחתא לדוד‬
For the praiser praise connected to Daœwid

152
 PSALM 13/12

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal peyalmos n«daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol piyalmos1 n«te dauid2
For the end the music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
4
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 37W?5R6
At the end music connected to Daœwîd

1. ebol piyalmos] m«piyalmos D G M P Q V W X

2. epjwk ebol piyalmos n«te dauid] > O
3. 7W?5R? 7@*[O‫ ܕ‬7W?5R?
H J; F
4. + C'()* ‫'ܪ‬6 C‫'ܪܕܦ ܗܘ‬: ‫ܡ‬5JR(6‫ ܐ‬9: 1I F
153
 PSALM 14/13

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ ְל ָ ֫דִ ֥וד‬1 ‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֗צּ ַח‬
For the leader connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos yalmos tw dauid2
For the end music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw yalmos tw dauid
For the conqueror music connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI DAUID
For the conqueror of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

4
‫ דוד‬3 ‫לשׁבחא ברוח נבואה על‬
For the praiser in a spirit of foretelling on Daœwid

1. + ‫ִמזְ מוֹר‬
a few mss. (BHS)
2. yalmos tw dauid] tw dauid yalmos S 2019 L(some)
3. +‫ יד‬M P110
4. ‫ > ]לשׁבחא ברוח נבואה על דוד‬C
154
 PSALM 14/13

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal m«peyalmos n«daueid
For the end of the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol1 piyalmos2 n«te dauid3
For the end the music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 47W?5R6
At the end music connected to Daœwîd

1. > M P Q V W X
2. m«piyalmos D G M P Q V W X
3. epjwk ebol piyalmos n«te dauid] > O
7W?5R? 7@*[O‫ ܕ‬7W?5R?
4. J; F
155
 PSALM 15/14

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִמזְ ֗מוֹר ְל ָ ֫דִ ֥וד‬
Music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
1
yalmos tw dauid
Music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Σ: wdh tou dauid
Song of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM DAUID
Song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫תושׁבחתא לדוד‬
Praise connected to Daœwid

1. + eis to telos L(most)

156
 PSALM 15/14

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
Music connected to Dauid himself
γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid
The music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos n«daueid
The music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos1 n«te dauid2
The music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
4
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 37W?5R6
At the end music connected to Daœwîd

1. epjwk m«piyalmos P
2. piyalmos n«te dauid] > O
3. 7W?5R? J
4. 12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 7W?5R6] 7W?5R? S‫ܪ‬5:T: F
157
 PSALM 16/15

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִמ ְכ ָ ֥תּם ְל ָדִו֑ד‬
Engraving connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
sthlografia tw dauid
Standing stone writing connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tou tapeinofronos kai aplou tou dauid
Of lowly and simple Dauid
Σ: (tou) tapeinofronos kai tou amwmou dauid
Of lowly and blameless Dauid
Θ: sthlografia tw dauid
Standing stone writing connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

HUMILIS ET SIMPLICIS DAUID
Of lowly and simple Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ תריצא לדוד‬1‫גליפא‬
Upright engraving connected to Daœwid

1. ‫ גליינא‬C
158
 PSALM 16/15

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: TITULI INSCRIPTIO IPSI DAUID
Writing upon a notice connected to Dauid himself

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
TITULI INSCRIPTIO IPSI DAUID
Writing upon a notice connected to Dauid himself

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

testhlografia n∑daueid
The standing stone writing of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

testhlografia n«daueid
The standing stone writing of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†stulografia1 n«te dauid
The standing stone writing of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? C'W(A
̣ ‫ܬ‬5G2'I
Writing of a standing stone connected to Daœwîd

1. †st?lografua M
159
 PSALM 17/16

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ְתּ ִפ ֗ ָלּה ְל ָ ֫דִ ֥וד‬
Prayer connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
proseuch tw1 dauid
Prayer connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α Σ: tou dauid
Of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

ORATIO DAUID
Speech of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫צלותא לדוד‬
Prayer connected to Daœwid

1. tou A B S U L(some)(sil) Rahlfs; > R

160
 PSALM 17/16

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: ORATIO IPSI DAUID
Speech connected to Dauid himself
γ: IN FINEM ORATIO IPSI DAUID
For the end speech connected to Dauid himself
Rom: ORATIO DAUID
Speech of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
1
ORATIO DAUID
Speech of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peßlhl n∑daueid
The prayer of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

teproseuch n«daueid
The prayer of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†proseuch n«te dauid
The prayer of Daueid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
2
12‫ܘ‬1? C‫ܬ‬5?‫ܨ‬
Prayer connected to Daœwîd

1. + IN FINEM F S
2. 12‫ ܕܕܘ‬C
161
 PSALM 18/17

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫הוה ְל ָ ֫דִ ֥וד‬֗ ָ ְ‫ַל ְמנַ ֵצּ ַ֤ח ׀ ְל ֶ ֥ע ֶבד י‬
‫ירה ַה ֑זּ ֹאת‬ ֣ ָ ‫ת־דּ ְב ֵרי ַה ִשּׁ‬ ֭ ִ ‫יהוה ֶא‬ ֗ ָ ‫ֲא ֶ ֤שׁר ִדּ ֶ֨בּר ׀ ַל‬
‫א ָ֗יְביו‬
ֹ ֝ ‫אוֹתוֹ ִמ ַ ֥כּף ָכּל־‬ ֥ ‫הוה‬ ֘ ָ ְ‫ְבּי֤ וֹם ִ ֽה ִצּיל־י‬
‫אמר‬ַ֡ ֹ ‫ ָשׁ ֽאוּל וַ יּ‬1‫וּמ ַיּ֥ד‬ ִ
For the leader connected to YHWH’s slave Daœwid
who spoke to YHWH the words of this song
in the day YHWH rescued him from the palm of all his enemies
and from the hand of Šaœ}ûl and he said

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos tw paidi kuriou tw dauid
a elalhsen tw kuriw tous logous ths wdhs tauths
2

en hmera h errusato auton 3

kurios ek ceiros pantwn twn ecqrwn autou
kai ek ceiros saoul kai eipen
For the end connected to the Master’s child (servant) Dauid
who spoke to the Master the words of this song
in the day in which the Master rescued him out of the hand of all his enemies
and out of the hand of Saoul and he said

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw tw doulw kuriou tw dauid . . .
For the conqueror connected to the Master’s slave Dauid . . .
Σ: epinikion tou doulou kuriou tou dauid . . .
Conquest song of the Master’s slave Dauid . . .

‫וּמ ַכּף‬
1. ִ many mss. (BHS)
2. > U
3. + o L(some)
162
 PSALM 18/17

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PUERO DOMINI IPSI DAUID
QUAE LOCUTUS EST DOMINO UERBA CANTICI HUIUS
IN DIE QUA ERUIT EUM DOMINUS DE MANU OMNIUM INIMICORUM EIUS
ET DE MANU SAUL ET DIXIT
For the end connected to the Master’s child (servant) Dauid himself
who spoke to the Master the words of this song
in the day in which the Master pulled him up from the hand of all his enemies
and from the hand of Saul and he said
γ: IN FINEM PRO PUERO DOMINI DAUID
QUAE LOCUTUS EST AD DOMINUM UERBA CANTICI HUIUS
IN DIE QUA ERIPUIT EUM DOMINUS DE MANU OMNIUM INIMICORUM EIUS
ET DE MANU SAUL ET DIXIT
For the end for the Master’s child (servant) Dauid
who spoke to the Master the words of this song
in the day in which the Master plucked him up from the hand of all his enemies
and from the hand of Saul and he said
Rom: IN FINEM PUERO DOMINI DAUID
QUAE LOCUTUS EST DOMINO UERBA CANTICI HUIUS
IN DIE QUA ERIPUIT EUM DOMINUS DE MANU OMNIUM INIMICORUM EIUS
ET DE MANU SAUL ET DIXIT
For the end connected to the Master’s child (servant) Dauid
who spoke to the Master the words of this song
in the day in which the Master plucked him up from the hand of all his enemies
and from the hand of Saul and he said

163
 PSALM 18/17 (cont.)

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI SERUO DOMINI DAUID
QUAE LOCUTUS EST DOMINO UERBA CANTICI HUIUS
IN DIE QUA LIBERAUIT EUM DOMINUS DE MANU OMNIUM INIMICORUM SUORUM
ET DE MANU SAUL ET AIT1
For the conqueror connected to the Master’s slave Dauid
who spoke to the Master the words of this song
in the day in which the Master freed him from the hand of all his enemies
and from the hand of Saul and he says

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא על נסיא דאיתרחישׁו לעבדא דיהוה לדוד‬
‫דשׁבח בנבואה קדם יהוה ית פתגמי שׁירתא הדא‬
2
‫על כל יומיא דשׁזביה יהוה מן אידא דכל בעלי־דבבוי‬
‫ומחרבא דשׁאול ואמר‬
For the praiser on the signs that occurred to YHWH’s slave Daœwid
who praised in foretelling before YHWH the words of this song
on all the days that YHWH rescued him from the hand of all his enemies
and from the sword of Šaœ}ûl and he said

1. DIXIT C Σ S
2. ‫]דשׁזביה יהוה מן אידא דכל בעלי־דבבוי‬ ‫ דשׁזיב ייי יתיה מן ידא דבעלי־דבבוי‬M
164
 PSALM 18/17 (cont.)

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PUERO DOMINI DAUID
1
QUAE LOCUTUS EST DOMINO UERBA CANTICI HUIUS
IN DIE QUA ERIPUIT EUM DOMINUS DE MANU OMNIUM INIMICORUM EIUS
ET DE MANU SAUL ET DIXIT2
For the end connected to the Master’s child (servant) Dauid
who spoke to the Master the words of this song
in the day in which the Master plucked him up from the hand of all his enemies
and from the hand of Saul and he said

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol n∑daueid p˙m∑˙al m∑pjoeis
n∑ßaje n∑tei¨wdh entaƒjoou3 epjoeis
˙m∑4 pe˙oou enta pjoeis na˙meƒ ebol ˙itn∑ neƒjaje throu
auw ebol ˙itn∑ saoul pejaƒ je
For the end of Daueid the Master’s slave
the words of this song which he spoke to the Master
in the day which the Master rescued him away from all his enemies
and away from Saoul he said that

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal n«daueid p˙el m«pj∑s∑
n«seje n«tei¨wdh e\qaƒjau e\pj∑s∑
m«pe˙au e\qa pj∑s∑ ne˙emƒ e\bal ˙i¨ten neƒjajhou throu
auw e\bal ˙i¨ten sa˙oul auw pejeƒ
For the end of Daueid the Master’s slave
the words of this song which he spoke to the Master
in the day when the Master rescued him away from all his enemies
and away from Sahoul and he said

1. QUI I Clementine
2. ET DIXIT] > I W S
3. n∑taƒjoou W32 (and n∑ta for enta below)
4. m∑ W64
165
PSALM 18/17 (cont.)

166
 PSALM 18/17 (cont.)

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol m«palou1 m«p#ois dauid
nh2 etaƒsaji m«mwou3 nem p#ois n«nisaji4 n«te tai˙wdh5 qai
ven pie˙oou etaƒna˙meƒ n«je p#ois ebol ven nenjij n«neƒjaji6 throu
nem ebol ven nenjij7 n«saoul ouo˙ pejaƒ8
For the end of the Master’s child (servant) Dauid
those which he spoke with the Master of the words of this song
in the day when he (namely) the Master rescued him out of the hands of all his enemies
and out of the hands of Saoul and he said

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
9
12‫ ܕܘ‬72!:‫ܗ ܕ‬1G"?
̣ 7W?5R6
̈
S‫ ܗܕ‬C'*5GM‫ ܕܬ‬7J: 72!W? /J:‫ ܕ‬109(J2‫ܐ‬
̈ ‫<ܘܢ‬JI‫ ܕ‬S12‫ ܐ‬9: 72!: 11<A!,‫ ̇ܗܘ ܕ‬7:5(6
<J2‫ ܕ‬7G61J"6 ̣
!:‫ܘܐ‬
̣ ‫ܘܠ‬FM‫ܗ ܕ‬12‫ܐ‬
̣ 9:‫ܘ‬
At the end connected to the Master’s slave Daœwîd
those which he spoke to the Master the words of this praise
in that day which the Master delivered him from the hand of all his enemies
and from the hand of Šaœ}ûl and he said

1. m«pialou H
2. n«nisaji M P V; nisaji D1 G H W X; saji D2
3. nemwou M
4. nisaji D G H M P Q V W X
5. taiwdh D G H P Q W X
6. nenjij n«neƒjaji] neƒ˙oj˙ej Q
7. njij D
8. ouo˙ pejaƒ] ouo˙ pejaƒ je O; > P
9. 7W?5R? HJ
10. 9(J2‫ ܐ‬12‫ ]ܕܘ‬9(?‫ ܗ‬12‫ܘ‬1? H J
11. <2[,‫ ܕ‬H J
167
 PSALM 19/18

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֗צּ ַח ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
For the leader music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos yalmos tw dauid
For the end music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw melwdhma tw dauid
For the conqueror tune connected to Dauid
Σ: epinikios wdh tou dauid
Of conquest song of Dauid
Θ: eis to nikos yalmos tw dauid
For the conquest music connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI CANTICUM DAUID
For the conqueror song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא תושׁבחתא לדוד‬
For the praiser praise connected to Daœwid

168
 PSALM 19/18

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α Rom: IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid
γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

pjok e\bal m«peyalmos n«d[aueid]
The end of the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol1 piyalmos2 n«te dauid3
For the end the music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 47W?5R6
At the end music connected to Daœwîd

1. > G M O P Q V W X
2. m«piyalmos D G H M O P Q V W X
3. n«te dauid] > D
4.7W?5R? FHJ
169
 PSALM 20/19

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֗צּ ַח ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
For the leader music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos yalmos tw dauid
For the end music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw melwdhma tw dauid
For the conqueror tune connected to Dauid
Σ: epinikios wdh tou dauid
Of conquest song of Dauid
Θ: eis to nikos yalmos tw dauid
For the conquest music connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI CANTICUM DAUID
For the conqueror song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא תושׁבחתא לדוד‬
For the praiser praise connected to Daœwid

170
 PSALM 20/19

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal peyalmos n«daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol piyalmos1 n«te dauid
For the end the music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
3
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 27W?5R6
At the end music connected to Daœwîd

1. epjwk ebol piyalmos] epjwk m«piyalmos D M O P V W X; epjwk eb m«piyalmos

G; epjwk ebol m«piyalmos H; piyalmos Q
7W?5R?
2. FHJ
3. > F
171
 PSALM 21/20

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֗צּ ַח ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
For the leader music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos yalmos tw dauid
For the end music connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI CANTICUM DAUID
For the conqueror song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא תושׁבחתא לדוד‬
For the praiser praise connected to Daœwid

172
 PSALM 21/20

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal m«peyalmos n«daueid
For the end of the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol piyalmos1 n«te dauid
For the end the music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? 3S‫ܪ‬5:T: 27W?5R6
At the end music connected to Daœwîd

1. epjwk ebol piyalmos] epjwk ebol m«piyalmos D G H; epjwk m«piyalmos M O

P V W X; piyalmos Q
7W?5R?
2. 7@*[O‫ ܕ‬7W?5R?
H J; F
3. > H J
173
 PSALM 22/21

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ל־אֶיּ ֶ֥לת ַה ַ֗שּׁ ַחר ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
ַ ‫ַ ֭ל ְמנַ ֵצּ ַח ַע‬
For the leader on the doe of the dawn music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos uper ths antilhmyews ths ewqinhs yalmos tw dauid1
For the end over the dawn assistance music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw uper ths elafou ths orqrinhs melwdhma tw dauid
For the conqueror over the morning doe tune connected to Dauid
Σ: epinikios uper ths bohqeias ths orqrinhs wdh tou dauid
Of conquest over the morning help song of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI PRO2 CERUO MATUTINO CANTICUM DAUID
For the conqueror for the morning stag song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ תושׁבחתא לדוד‬3‫לשׁבחא על תקוף קורבן תדירא דקריצתא‬
For the praiser on the strength of the continual sacrifice of the dawn praise connected
to Daœwid

1. yalmos tw dauid] > A

2. > C
3. > C Porig
174
 PSALM 22/21

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: IN FINEM PRO SUSCEPTIONE MATUTINA PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end for the morning undertaking music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM PRO ADSUMPTIONE MATUTINA PSALMUS DAUID
For the end for the morning reception music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PRO ADSUMPTIONE1 MATUTINA PSALMUS DAUID
For the end for the morning reception music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol ˙a p†tootƒ∑ m∑pnau n∑˙tooue peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end concerning the assistance of the dawntime the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal ˙a p†tatƒ m«pneu n«ßorp peyalmos n«daueid
For the end concerning the assistance of the morningtime the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol va p†totƒ2 m«fnau3 n«ßwrp piyalmos n«te dauid4
For the end concerning the assistance of the morningtime the music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
7
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 6C'2!,‫ ̇ܨ‬C‫ܬ‬5@"(8: YJ* 57W?5R6
At the end on account of the morning alliance music connected to Daœwîd

1. SUSCEPTIONE I Clementine
2. va p†totƒ] m«p†totƒ Q; va pi†totƒ W (apparently)
3. fnau W X
4. piyalmos n«te dauid] > P
5. 7W?5R? 7@*[O‫ ܕ‬7W?5R?
H J; F
6. C'2!,‫ ̇ܨ‬C‫ܬ‬5@"(8: YJ*] > F
7. > F
175
 PSALM 23/22

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִו֑ד‬
Music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
yalmos tw dauid 1

Music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: melwdhma tw dauid
Tune connected to Dauid
Σ: wdh tw dauid
Song connected to Dauid
Θ: yalmos tw dauid
Music connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM DAUID
Song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫תושׁבחתא לדוד‬
Praise connected to Daœwid

1. + <th>s mias sabbatou (sic) 1219

176
 PSALM 23/22

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
Music connected to Dauid himself
γ Rom: PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid
The music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos n«daueid
The music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te dauid
The music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T:
Music connected to Daœwîd

177
 PSALM 24/23

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ְל ָד ִ ֗וד ִ֫מזְ ֥מוֹר‬
Connected to Daœwid music

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
yalmos tw dauid 12

Music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw dauid melwdhma
Connected to Dauid tune
Σ: tw dauid wdh
Connected to Dauid song

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

DAUID CANTICUM3
Of Dauid song

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לדוד תושׁבחתא‬
Connected to Daœwid praise

1. + ths mias A B Rahlfs; mias L(few); th mia U; eis mian 55 L(few)

2. + sabbatwn B Rahlfs; twn sabbatwn Rc U L(some); sabbatou A L(many)(sil)
3. DAUID CANTICUM] CANTICUM DAUID I Σ A K S L Harden
178
 PSALM 24/23

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID PRIMA SABBATI
Music connected to Dauid himself at the first of the week
γ: PSALMUS DAUID PRIMA DIE SABBATI
Music of Dauid at the first day of the week
Rom: PSALMUS DAUID PRIMA SABBATI
Music of Dauid at the first of the week

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS DAUID PRIMA SABBATI1
Music of Dauid at the first of the week

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid n∑soua n∑n∑sabbaton2
The music of Daueid of the first day of the week(s)

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos n«daueid n«soue m«psabbaton
The music of Daueid of the first day of the week

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te3 dauid m«fouai4 n«te5 nisabbaton6
The music of Dauid of the first of the week(s)

1. PSALMUS DAUID PRIMA SABBATI] PSALMUS DAUID W; PRIMA SABBATI PSALMUS

DAUID Clementine
2. m∑psabbaton T W32 (apparently)
3. n« P; n«ta V
4. ven fouai D G O Q W X; ven foua H
5. n« O P
6. nisababton X
179
PSALM 24/23 (cont.)

180
 PSALM 24/23 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
1 ̈
7GR61*‫ܕ‬ 12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T:
Music connected to Daœwîd of the first of the week(s)

1.
̈ 1*‫ ܕ‬J; 7GR6 1* /0 F
7GR6
181
 PSALM 25/24

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ְל ָד ִ ֡וד‬
Connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
1
yalmos tw dauid
Music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α Σ: tou dauid
Of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

DAUID
Of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לדוד‬
Connected to Daœwid

1. + eis to telos R U L(few)

182
 PSALM 25/24

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
1
PSALMUS2 DAUID
Music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

[e\pjo]k e\bal peyalmos n«daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te dauid3
The music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T:
Music connected to Daœwîd

1. + IN FINEM I L W Clementine
2. > S; DIAPSALMA (as heading, transposed from end of previous Psalm) F K Φ
3. piyalmos n«te dauid] > D
183
 PSALM 26/25

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ְל ָד ִ ֨וד ׀‬
Connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
tw1 dauid2
Connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

DAUID
Of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לדוד‬
Connected to Daœwid

1. tou A B S Rahlfs
2. tw dauid] yalmos tw dauid Rc U 1221 2110 L(many); tw dauid yalmos L(some)
184
 PSALM 26/25

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IPSI DAUID
Connected to Dauid himself
γ Rom: PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
1
PSALMUS2 DAUID3
Music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid
The music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos e\daueid
The music connected to Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

fa dauid
The one of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܕܕܘ‬
Of Daœwîd

1. + IN FINEM K Clementine
2. > R
3. PSALMUS DAUID] DAUID PSALMUS Φ
185
 PSALM 27/26

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ְל ָד ִ ֨וד ׀‬
Connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
1
tw2 dauid [pro tou crisqhnai]3
Connected to Dauid [before being anointed]

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

DAUID
Of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לדוד‬
Connected to Daœwid

1. + yalmos U L
2. tou B S Rahlfs
3. pro tou crisqhnai] B S (using ligature for -nai, subsequently misunderstood) 2110 (apparently)
Rahlfs (without brackets); pro tou crisqh A R* 55 1219 1220
186
 PSALM 27/26

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IPSI DAUID PRIUSQUAM EGREDERETUR
Connected to Dauid himself before he was going out
γ: PSALMUS DAUID PRIUSQUAM UNGUERETUR
Music of Dauid before he was being smeared
Rom: PSALMUS DAUID PRIUSQUAM LINIRETUR
Music of Dauid before he was being anointed

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
1
DAUID PRIUSQUAM LINIRETUR2
Of Dauid before he was being anointed

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid empatouta˙sƒ∑3
The music of Daueid having not yet been anointed

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos pa daueid ˙aqh n«sete˙sƒ
The music the one of Daueid before he is being anointed

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

fa dauid m«patouqa˙sƒ4
The one of Dauid having not yet been anointed

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
`R:'O‫ܕ‬
̣ ‫ܡ‬1A 512‫ܕܕܘ‬
Of Daœwîd before he is anointed

1. + PSALMUS I L W Clementine
2. UNGUERETUR I W
3. m∑patouta˙sƒ∑ T W32
4. m«pantouqa˙sƒ O
5.12‫ܘ‬1? F
187
 PSALM 28/27

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ְל ָד ִ ֡וד‬
Connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
tw1 dauid2
Connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

DAUID
Of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לדוד‬
Connected to Daœwid

1. tou A B R S Rahlfs
2. tw dauid] yalmos tw dauid U L(most); tw dauid yalmos L(few)
188
 PSALM 28/27

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: IPSI DAUID
Connected to Dauid himself

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
HUIC1 DAUID
Connected to this Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

2
peyalmos n∑daueid
The music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos n«daueid
The music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te dauid
The music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܕܕܘ‬
Of Daœwîd

1. PSALMUS L; IN FINEM PSALMUS I; PSALMUS IPSI Clementine

2. + epjwk ebol W32
189
 PSALM 29/28

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִמזְ ֗מוֹר ְל ָ ֫דִ ֥וד‬
Music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
yalmos tw dauid 1

Music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: melwdhma tou dauid
Tune of Dauid
Σ: wdh . . .
Song . . .

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM DAUID
Song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫תושׁבחתא לדוד‬
Praise connected to Daœwid

1. + exodiou skhnhs (of the outgoing tent) A B R S Rahlfs; exodou skhnhs (of the going
out of the tent) U 2110 L(most)
190
 PSALM 29/28

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID CONSUMMATIONIS TABERNACULI
Music connected to Dauid himself of the completion of the tent
γ: PSALMUS DAUID CONSUMMATIO TABERNACULI
Music of Dauid the completion of the tent
Rom: PSALMUS DAUID IN CONSUMMATIONE TABERNACULI
Music of Dauid at the completion of the tent

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS DAUID IN CONSUMMATIONE TABERNACULI
Music of Dauid at the completion of the tent

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid ebol ˙n∑ te˙ih n∑teskhnh1
The music of Daueid out of the way of the tent

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos n«daueid e\bal ˙n te˙i¨h n«teskhnh
The music of Daueid out of the way of the tent

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos2 n«te3 dauid ebol4 ven fmwit n«te5 †skhnh6
The music of Dauid out of the way of the tent

1. n∑teskunh W32
2. piyalmas X
3. n« P
4. > Q
5. n« P
6. †skunh G H O P W X
191
PSALM 29/28 (cont.)

192
 PSALM 29/28 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
1
7@DR:‫ܕ‬
̣ 7@=>:‫ ܕ‬12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T:
Music connected to Daœwîd of the going out of the tent

1. 7@=>: F; > J
193
 PSALM 30/29

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫יר־חנֻ ַ ֖כּת ַה ַבּ֣יִ ת ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
ֲ ‫ִמזְ ֡מוֹר ִשׁ‬
(The) music (of) the song of the dedication of the house connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
1
yalmos wdhs2 3
tou egkainismou tou oikou4 5
tw dauid6
Music of a song of the dedication of the house connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: melwdhma asmatos . . .
Tune of a lay . . .
Σ: asma wdhs uper egkainismou tou oikou tou dauid
Lay of a song over dedication of the house of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

PSALMUS CANTICI PRO DEDICATIONE DOMUS DAUID
Music of a song for the dedication of the house of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

8
‫ שׁירתא על חנוכת בית מקדשׁא לדוד‬7‫תושׁבחת‬
Praise of a song on the dedication of the house of the holy place connected to Daœwid

1. + eis to telos B R U 55 1220 L(many)(sil) Rahlfs

2. yalmos wdhs] > R
3. + uper R L(some)
4. tou oikou] oikou U; > 55
5. + eis to telos L(some); yalmos 1219
6. tw dauid] tou dauid B T L(some)(sil); dauid R U L(some); tou qeou L(few); > 55 L(few)
7.‫ תושׁבחתא‬P17; ‫ שׁבח‬M P110; ‫ כדתושׁבחת‬C; ‫ כדתושׁבחא‬P
8. > P
194
 PSALM 30/29

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS CANTICI DEDICATIONIS DOMUS DAUID
For the end music of a song of the dedication of the house of Dauid
Rom: PSALMUS CANTICI IN DEDICATIONE DOMUS DAUID
Music of a song at the dedication of the house of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS CANTICI IN DEDICATIONE DOMUS DAUID
Music of a song at the dedication of the house of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol1 peyalmos n∑twdh m∑pji aeik2 m∑phi¨ n∑daueid
For the end the music of the song of the consecration of the house of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos n«twdh m«pji aeik mphi¨ n«daueid
The music of the song of the consecration of the house of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te †wdh3 n«te piaik n«te4 phi n«dauid
The music of the song of the consecration of the house of Daueid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
6 ̇
12‫ܘ‬1? C'(6‫ ܕ‬5C‫ܕܬ‬5*‫ܕ‬ C'*5GM‫ ܕܬ‬S‫ܪ‬5:T:
Music of praise of the renewal of the house connected to Daœwîd

1. epjwk ebol] > B (apparently)

2. oeik W32
3. †˙wdh O
4. m« P
5. C‫ܕܬ‬5* /0 F
6. 12‫ ܕܕܘ‬F
195
 PSALM 31/30

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֗צּ ַח ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
For the leader music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos1 yalmos tw dauid 2

For the end music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw . . .
For the conqueror . . .
Σ: epinikion asma tou dauid
Conquest song lay of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI CANTICUM DAUID
For the conqueror song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא תושׁבחתא לדוד‬
For the praiser praise connected to Daœwid

1. eis to telos] > 1219 L(few)

2. + ekstasews A B 2110 Rahlfs
196
 PSALM 31/30

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID EXTASIS
For the end music connected to Dauid himself a shock
γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID 1
For the end music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol m∑peyalmos2 n∑daueid n∑te p∑pwßs∑
For the end the music of Daueid of the shock

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal peyalm[os n«dau]eid e\tbe pouoßs
For the end the music of Daueid about shock

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol3 piyalmos4 n«te dauid n«te pitwmt
For the end the music of Dauid of the shock

1. + PRO EXTASI Clementine

2. peyalmos B F (apparently) W32
3. epjwk ebol] epjwk O Q; > M P V
4. m«piyalmos D G H O Q W X
197
PSALM 31/30 (cont.)

198
 PSALM 31/30 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
2
C‫ܬ‬5O‫'ܬܘܗ‬:‫ ܕ‬12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 17W?5R6
At the end music connected to Daœwîd of shock

1.7@*[O‫ ܕ‬7W?5M F
2. ‫ܘܢ‬T>* C‫ܬ‬5O‫'ܬܘܗ‬:‫( ܕ‬sic) E; C‫ܬ‬5@O‫'ܗܘ‬:‫ ܕ‬H J
199
 PSALM 32/31

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ְל ָד ִ ֗וד ַ֫מ ְשׂ ִ ֥כּיל‬
Connected to Daœwid comprehender

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
tw dauid sunesews1
Connected to Dauid of comprehension

The Three [Field]

Α: tou dauid episthmonos
Of Dauid of an understanding one

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

DAUID ERUDITI
Of Dauid of an educated one

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ אמר דוד‬2‫לדוד שׁכלא טבא‬
Connected to Daœwid good comprehension Daœwid said

1. tw dauid sunesews] sunesews tw dauid B; yalmos tw dauid A L(few);

yalmos tw dauid sunesews L(many); yalmos (wdhs) tw dauid eis sunesin
L(few)
2. > M
200
 PSALM 32/31

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IPSI DAUID INTELLEGENTIAE
Connected to Dauid himself of comprehending
γ: INTELLECTUS IPSI DAUID
Of comprehension connected to Dauid himself
Rom: HUIC DAUID INTELLECTUS
Connected to this Dauid of comprehension

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
HUIC1 DAUID INTELLECTUS
Connected to this Dauid of comprehension

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

pa tmn∑trm∑n∑˙ht n∑daueid
The one of the comprehension of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

pa tmentremen˙ht n«daueid
The one of the comprehension of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

pika† n«te dauid
The comprehension of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
3
C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D#‫ ܕ‬212‫ܘ‬1?
Connected to Daœwîd of comprehension

1. IPSI W Clementine; > I L

2. S‫ܪ‬5:T: C
3. C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D#‫(' ܕ‬I‫ ܐܘ‬7JI5# /0 F
201
 PSALM 33/32

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

————1

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
2
tw dauid 3

Connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

————4

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

————

‫לדויד שיר מזמור‬

1. Qumran: 4QPsq
2. + yalmos A L
3. + anepigrafos par ebraiois L
4. PSALMUS DAUID F; CANTICUM DAUID L; DAUID ERUDITI Σ
202
 PSALM 33/32

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IPSI DAUID
Connected to Dauid himself
γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

edaueid
Connected to Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

pa daueid
The one of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

fa dauid
The one of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
1
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T:
72KG0 ‫ܬ‬5? 7WM‫ܕ?(' ?< ܪܘ‬
Music connected to Daœwîd
which has no overwriting at the {Ebraœians

1. > F
203
 PSALM 34/33

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

c‫ימ ֶל‬
֑ ֶ ‫ת־ט ְעמוֹ ִל ְפ ֵנ֣י ֲא ִב‬ ֭ ַ ‫נּוֹתוֹ ֶא‬ ֣ ‫ְל ָד ִ ֗וד ְבּ ַשׁ‬
c‫ֽ֝וַ יְ גָ ֲר ֵ֗שׁהוּ וַ יֵּ ַ ֽל‬
Connected to Daœwid in his changing his sense before }Abîmelek
and he threw him out and he went

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
1
tw dauid opote2 hlloiwsen to proswpon3 autou enantion4 abimelec5
kai apelusen auton kai aphlqen
Connected to Dauid when he changed his face before Abimelekh
and he released him and he went away

The Three [Field]

Α: tou dauid ote hlloiwse to geuma autou eis proswpon abimelec
kai exebalen auton kai aphlqen
Of Dauid when he changed his taste to the face of Abimelekh
and he threw him out and he went away
Σ: tou dauid opote metemorfwse ton tropon ton eautou emprosqen
abimelec
kai ekbalwn auton aphllagh
Of Dauid when he changed the form of his own manner in front of Abimelekh
and throwing him out he moved away

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

DAUID QUANDO COMMUTAUIT OS SUUM CORAM ABIMELECH
ET EIECIT EUM ET ABIIT
Of Dauid when he exchanged his mouth before Abimelech
and he threw him out and he went away

1. + yalmos U R 1221 2013 (apparently) L(most)

2. ote L(few)
3. to proswpon] thn oyin U 1221
4. apenanti U 1221 2013
5. acimelec U 1221 2013
204
 PSALM 34/33

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID QUANDO COMMUTAUIT UULTUM SUUM CORAM ABIMELECH
ET DIMISIT EUM ET ABIIT
Music connected to Dauid himself when he exchanged his face before Abimelech
and he let him go and he went away
γ Rom: PSALMUS DAUID CUM INMUTAUIT UULTUM SUUM CORAM AMELECH
ET DIMISIT EUM ET ABIIT
Music of Dauid when he changed his face before Amelech
and he let him go and he went away

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
1
DAUID2 CUM INMUTAUIT3 UULTUM SUUM CORAM ABIMELECH
ET DIMISIT EUM ET ABIIT
Of Dauid when he changed his face before Abimelech
and he let him go and he went away

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid n∑tereƒßibe m∑peƒ˙o m∑pemto ebol n∑acimelec
aƒkaaƒ ebol4 aƒbwk
The music of Daueid when he changed his face in the presence of Akhimelekh
he released/forgave him he went

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos n«daueid n«tereƒßibe m«peƒ˙a m«pemta e\bal n«abeimelec
auw ˙aƒapoloi m«maƒ auw ˙aƒße neƒ
The music of Daueid when he changed his face in the presence of Abeimelekh
and he released him and he went

1. + IN FINEM I L W
2. DAUIDI Clementine
3. CUM INMUTAUIT] CUM MUTAUIT L; COMMOTAUIT I; CUM COMMOTAUIT W
4. > F (apparently)
205
 PSALM 34/33 (cont.)

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לדוד כד שׁני ית מדעיה קדם אבימלך‬
‫ופטריה ואזל‬
Connected to Daœwid when he changed his intellect before }Abîmelek
and he released him and he went

206
 PSALM 34/33 (cont.)

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te dauid ˙ote etaƒßwbt1 m«peƒ˙o m«pemqo n«abimelec
2
aƒcaƒ ebol aƒße naƒ
The music of Dauid when he changed his face in the presence of Abimelekh
he released/forgave him he went

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̇ ‫'ܝ‬:‫ ܐ‬12‫ܘ‬1?
bJW(6‫ܡ ܐ‬1A 3<J2‫ ܕ‬7,‫!ܨܘ‬, +@aM‫ܕ‬
‫ܘܐܙܠ‬ 4 ̇
‫!ܗ‬WM‫ܘ‬
̣
Connected to Daœwîd when he changed his face before }Abîmelek
and he released him and he went

1. etaħobt G H P
2. + ouo˙ Q
3. <J2‫ ܕ‬7,‫!ܨܘ‬, <,‫!ܨܘ‬, F
]
4. ‫ܪܗ‬1M‫ ܘ‬F H J
207
 PSALM 35/34

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ְל ָד ִ ֨וד ׀‬
Connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
tw1 dauid2
Connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α Σ: tou dauid
Of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

DAUID
Of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לדוד‬
Connected to Daœwid

1. tou U 2013
2. tw dauid] yalmos tw dauid A L; tw dauid yalmos Rc L(few)
208
 PSALM 35/34

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IPSI DAUID
Connected to Dauid himself
γ: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
Music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: HUIC DAUID
Connected to this Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
HUIC1 DAUID
Connected to this Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

pa daueid
The one of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

[pa d]aueid
The one of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

fa dauid
The one of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1?
Connected to Daœwîd

1. IPSI I L Clementine
209
 PSALM 36/35

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫הוה ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
֬ ָ ְ‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֬צּ ַח ׀ ְל ֶ ֽע ֶבד־י‬
For the leader connected to YHWH’s slave Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos tw doulw1 kuriou2 tw dauid 3

For the end connected to the Master’s slave Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw . . .
For the conqueror . . .

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

PRO UICTORIA SERUI DOMINI DAUID
For the conquest of the Master’s slave Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא לעבדא דיהוה לדוד‬
For the praiser connected to YHWH’s slave Daœwid

1. paidi L(few)
2. tw doulw kuriou] > A L(few)
3. + yalmos A
210
 PSALM 36/35

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM SERUO DOMINI IPSI DAUID
For the end connected to the Master’s slave Dauid himself
γ: IN FINEM PRO SERUO DOMINI PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end for the Master’s slave music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM SERUO DOMINI DAUID
For the end connected to the Master’s slave Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM SERUO1 DOMINI DAUID2
For the end connected to the Master’s slave Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol n∑daueid p˙m∑˙al m∑pjoeis
For the end of Daueid the Master’s slave

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal pa daueid p˙el m«pj∑s∑
For the end the one of Daueid the Master’s slave

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol3 m«palou m«p#ois piyalmos n«te dauid
For the end of the Master’s child (servant) the music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
4
12‫ܘ‬1? 72!:‫ܗ ܕ‬1G"?
̣ 7W?5R6
At the end connected to the Master’s slave Daœwîd

1. PUERO R
2. IPSI DAUID Clementine; PSALMUS DAUID I L; DAUID PSALMUS W
3. > O P Q
4.12‫ܘ‬1? 72!:‫ܗ ܕ‬1G"?
̣ 7W?5R6] 72!:‫ܗ ܕ‬1G0 12‫ܘ‬1? 7@*[O‫ ܕ‬7W?5R? F
211
 PSALM 37/36

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ְל ָד ִ ֨וד ׀‬
Connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
tw1 dauid2
Connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

DAUID
Of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לדוד‬
Connected to Daœwid

1. tou B S 55 L(few) Rahlfs

2. tw dauid] yalmos tw dauid 2046 L; eis to telos yalmos tw dauid A; tw
dauid yalmos L(few)
212
 PSALM 37/36

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α Rom: IPSI DAUID
Connected to Dauid himself
γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
1
IPSI DAUID
Connected to Dauid himself

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

n∑daueid
Of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

pa daueid
The one of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

fa dauid
The one of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
2
12‫ܕܕܘ‬
Of Daœwîd

1. + PSALMUS Clementine
2. 12‫ܘ‬1? F
213
 PSALM 38/37

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִמזְ ֖מוֹר ְל ָדִו֣ד ְל ַהזְ ִ ֽכּיר‬
Music connected to Daœwid to remind

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
yalmos tw dauid eis anamnhsin 1

Music connected to Dauid for a remembrance

The Three [Field]

Α: melwdhma tou dauid . . .
Tune of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM DAUID IN COMMEMORATIONE23
Song of Dauid at the reminding

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

5
‫ על ישׂראל‬4‫תושׁבחתא לדוד צריר לבונתא דכרנא טבא‬
Praise connected to Daœwid a handful of frankincense a good remembrance on Yiséraœ}eœl

1. + peri sabbatou B S 2110 Rahlfs; peri tou sabbatou A L(some); tou sabbatou R L(few)
2. COMMEMORATIONEM R L
3. CANTICUM DAUID IN COMMEMORATIONE] DAUID IN COMMEMORATIONE CANTICUM
CΣ
4. > C P P17
5. ‫]על ישׂראל‬ ‫ לישׂראל‬M; > C
214
 PSALM 38/37

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID IN RECORDATIONEM SABBATI
Music of Dauid himself for a recalling of the restday
γ: PSALMUS DAUID IN COMMEMMORATIONE SABBATI
Music of Dauid at the reminding of the restday
Rom: PSALMUS DAUID IN REMEMORATIONE DE SABBATO
Music of Dauid at the remembrance about the restday

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS DAUID IN REMEMORATIONEM1 DE2 SABBATO
Music of Dauid for a remembrance about the restday

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid eur∑ pmeeue etbe psabbaton3
The music of Daueid for a remembrance about the restday

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos n«daueid euer pmhouh e\tbe n«sabbaton
The music of Daueid for a remembrance about the restday(s)

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te4 dauid eumeui eqbe pisabbaton
The music of Daueid for a remembrance about the restday

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
6 ̈ 5C‫ܬ‬5O‫"<ܕ‬W? 12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T:
7GM‫ܕ‬
Music connected to Daœwîd for the consideration of the restday(s)

1. REMEMORATIONE W S K Φ; COMMEMORATIONEM F (apparently) I

2. DIE F K Φ; DIEI H; > W
3. Budge incorrectly reads pasabbaton
4. n« P
[C‫ܬ‬5O‫<]ܕ‬0'W?
5. F
6. word marked with obeli] without obeli C F H J
215
 PSALM 39/38

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬1‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּ ַח ִל ִידיתוּן‬
For the leader connected to Yedîtûn (read: Yedûtûn) music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos tw2 idiqoun3 wdh4 tw dauid
For the end connected to Idithoun song connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw uper idiqoun melwdhma tou dauid
For the conqueror over Idithoun tune of Dauid
Σ: epinikios uper idiqoun wdh tou dauid
Of conquest over Idithoun song of Dauid
Θ: eis to nikos uper idiqoun wdh tw dauid
For the conquest over Idithoun song connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

PRO UICTORIA IDITHUN CANTICUM DAUID
For the conquest of Idithun song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ דידותון תושׁבחתא לדוד‬5‫לשׁבחא על מטרת בית מוקדשׁא על פומיה‬
For the praiser on the guarding of the house of the holy place on the mouth of Yedûtûn
praise connected to Daœwid

1. ‫ידוּתוּן‬
֗ ‫ִ ֽל‬
Qerēy; also many mss. (BHS)
2. uper 55 L(few); > L(few)
3. idiqoum A R 2013 L
4. yalmos 55 L(some)
5. ‫ פומא‬M
216
 PSALM 39/38

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PRO IDITUM CANTICUM DAUID
For the end for Iditum song of Dauid
γ Rom: IN FINEM EDITHUN CANTICUM DAUID
For the end of Edithun song of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM 1 IDITHUN CANTICUM DAUID2
For the end of Idithun song of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol n∑i¨diqoun3 twdh4 n∑daueid
For the end of Idithoun the song of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal n«i¨diqoun twdh n«daueid
For the end of Idithoun the song of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol5 ejen idiqoun6 †˙wdh7 n«te dauid8
For the end over Idithoun the song of Dauid

1. + PRO F H W K; IPSI Clementine

2. CANTICUM DAUID] PSALMUS H W
3. ˙a i¨diqoun B (apparently)
4. n∑twdh W32
5. > O Q
6. ejen idiqoun] ejen nidiqoun D O P Q; ejen diqoun G H W X; jen idiqoun V; je
pidiqoun M
7. †wdh Q; piyalmos M O P V
8. n«te dauid] > P
217
PSALM 39/38 (cont.)

218
 PSALM 39/38 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? C'*5GM‫ ܬ‬2‫'ܘܡ‬212F? 17W?5R6
At the end connected to }Îdîtûm praise connected to Daœwîd

1.7@*[O‫ ܕ‬7W?5R? F
2. ‫'ܘܡ‬21(? E F; ‫ܘܬܘܢ‬1(? E
txt mg

219
 PSALM 40/39

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַ֝ל ְמנַ ֵ֗צּ ַח ְל ָדִ ֥וד ִמזְ ֽמוֹר‬
For the leader connected to Daœwid music

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos tw dauid yalmos1
For the end connected to Dauid music

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw . . .
For the conqueror . . .
Σ: epinikios wdh tou dauid
Of conquest song of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

PRO UICTORIA DAUID CANTICUM
For the conquest of Dauid song

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא לדוד תושׁבחתא‬
For the praiser connected to Daœwid praise

1. tw dauid yalmos] yalmos tw dauid A 2013 2015 2110 L(many); tw dauid 55

220
 PSALM 40/39

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM IPSI DAUID PSALMUS
For the end connected to Dauid himself music
γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM DAUID PSALMUS1
For the end of Dauid music

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal peyalmos n«daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol piyalmos2 n«te dauid
For the end the music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
3
S‫ܪ‬5:T: 12‫ܘ‬1? 7W?5R6
At the end connected to Daœwîd music

1. DAUID PSALMUS] PSALMUS DAUID R I W K; PSALMUS IPSI DAUID Clementine

2. ebol piyalmos] m«piyalmos D M O P Q V; ebol m«piyalmos G H W X
S‫ܪ‬5:T: 12‫ܘ‬1? 7W?5R6 12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 7@*[O‫ ܕ‬7W?5R?
3. ] F
221
 PSALM 41/40

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֗צּ ַח ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
For the leader music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos yalmos tw dauid1
For the end music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw melwdhma tw dauid
For the conqueror tune connected to Dauid
Σ: epinikios wdh tw dauid
Of conquest song connected to Dauid
Θ: eis to nikos yalmos tw dauid
For the conquest music connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

PRO UICTORIA CANTICUM DAUID
For the conquest song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא תושׁבחתא לדוד‬
For the praiser praise connected to Daœwid

1. eis to telos yalmos tw dauid] yalmos tw dauid 55 L(few); eis to telos

yalmos sunesews tois uiois kore 2013; eis to telos eis sunesin tois uiois
kore 2110 (apparently); tw dauid eis to telos yalmos eis sunesin tois uiois
kore 2050
222
 PSALM 41/40

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PSALMUS 1 DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol peyalmos2 n∑daueid3
For the end the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal peyalmos edaueid
For the end the music connected to Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol piyalmos4 n«te dauid
For the end the music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 57W?5R6
At the end music connected to Daœwîd

1. + IPSI Clementine
2. m∑peyalmos M
3. epjwk ebol peyalmos n∑daueid] . . . -rm∑n∑˙ht n∑n∑ßhre n∑kore B
4. ebol piyalmos] m«piyalmos D M O P Q V W X; ebol m«piyalmos G H
7@*[O‫ ܕ‬7W?5R?
5. F
223
 PSALM 42/41

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֗צּ ַח ַמ ְשׂ ִ ֥כּיל ִל ְבנֵ י־ ֽקֹ ַרח‬
For the leader comprehender connected to the sons of Qorah!

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos eis sunesin tois uiois kore1 2

For the end for comprehension connected to the sons of Kore

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw episthmonos twn uiwn kore
For the conqueror of an understanding one of the sons of Kore
Σ: . . . twn uiwn kore
. . . of the sons of Kore

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

PRO UICTORIA DOCTISSIMI FILIORUM CORE
For the conquest of the most taught of the sons of Kore

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ על ידיהון דבני קרח‬3 ‫לשׁבחא בשׂכלא טבא‬
For the praiser in good comprehension on the hands of the sons of Qorah!

1. eis to telos eis sunesin tois uiois kore] eis to telos yalmos tw dauid
eis sunesin tois uiois kore 2050; kore yalmos L(few); (eis to telos) yalmos tw
dauid L(few)
2. + yalmos R T L(some); yalmos tw dauid A L(few)
3. + ‫ תושׁבחא‬P
224
 PSALM 42/41

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM INTELLECTUS FILIIS CHORE PSALMUS
For the end comprehension connected to the sons of Chore music
1
γ Rom: IN FINEM INTELLECTUS FILIIS CORE
For the end comprehension connected to the sons of Core

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM IN INTELLECTUM2 FILIIS CORE
For the end for comprehension connected to the sons of Core

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol n∑tmn∑trm∑n∑˙ht3 n∑n∑ßhre n∑kore
For the end of the comprehension of the sons of Kore

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal m«peyalmos n«tmentremen˙ht n«n«ßhre n«kore
For the end of the music of the comprehension of the sons of Kore

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol4 euka† n«te nenßhri n«kore piyalmos5
For the end for a comprehension of the sons of Kore the music

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
S‫ܪ‬5:T: 76 ̈ C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D8? 7W?5R6
‫ܪܚ‬5A‫ ܕ‬7(@G?
At the end for comprehension connected to the sons of Qôrah! music

1. ms. γ reads CORAE

2. IN INTELLECTUM] INTELLECTUM R L Φ; INTELLECTUS F H I W S K Clementine
3. etmn∑trm∑n∑˙ht B; eumn∑trm∑n∑˙ht W32
4. > O Q
5. > P
6. ‫ܪܐܚ‬5A‫ܕ‬ E
7. 7‫@(ـ‬
̈ ‫ ـ‬C‫ܬ‬5‫ـ‬O'‫?ـ‬5‫ـ‬D8?
‫ـ ـ‬G? ‫ ـ ـ‬7‫ـ‬W?‫ ـ‬5‫ـ‬R6 ̈ ‫ ـ ـ‬C‫ܬ‬5‫ـ‬O'‫?ـ‬5‫ـ‬D#
‫ܪܚ ] ـ‬5‫ـ‬A +‫@ـ‬G? ‫ ܕ ـ‬7‫*@ـ‬
‫ـ[ ـ‬O‫ ܕ‬7‫ـ‬W?‫ ـ‬5‫ـ‬R?‫ـ‬
‫ܪܚ‬5A‫ ܕ‬F
225
 PSALM 43/42

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

————1

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
2
yalmos tw dauid3 4

Music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Θ: yalmos tw dauid
Music connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

————5

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

————

‫ְל ָדוִ ד‬
1. + a few mss. (BHS)
2. + eis to telos sunesews tois uiois kore A
3. yalmos tw dauid] tw dauid yalmos S 1219 2013 L(few)
4. + anepigrafos par ebraiois R L(most)
5. PSALMUS DAUID F Σ; DAUID L
226
 PSALM 43/42

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
1
PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid
The music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos pa daueid
The music the one of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te dauid
The music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
S‫ܪ‬5:T: 12‫ܘ‬1?
Connected to Daœwîd music

1. + IN FINEM I
227
 PSALM 44/43

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֬צּ ַח ִל ְבנֵ י־ ֬קֹ ַרח ַמ ְשׂ ִ ֽכּיל‬
For the leader connected to the sons of Qorah! comprehender

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
1
eis to telos tois uiois kore eis sunesin2 3

For the end connected to the sons of Kore for comprehension

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw twn uiwn kore episthmhs
For the conqueror of the sons of Kore of unstanding
Σ: epinikios twn uiwn kore sunesis
Of conquest of the sons of Kore comprehension

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

PRO UICTORIA FILIORUM CORE ERUDITIONIS
For the conquest of the sons of Core of education

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ על ידיהון דבני קרח שׂכלא טבא‬4‫לשׁבחא לדוד‬
For the praiser connected to Daœwid on the hands of the sons of Qorah! good
comprehension

1. + yalmos 2110
2. tois uiois kore eis sunesin] tois uiois kore eis sunesin yalmos B R L(many)(sil)
Rahlfs; eis sunesin tois uiois kore yalmos 55 L(few); tois uiois kore yalmos eis
sunesin 2013; tois uiois kore yalmos A L(few)
3. + tw dauid L(few)
4. > C M P P17 P110
228
 PSALM 44/43

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM FILIIS CHORE INTELLECTUM
For the end connected to the sons of Chore . . . comprehension
γ: IN FINEM PRO FILIIS CORAE PSALMUS IN INTELLECTUM
For the end for the sons of Corae music for comprehension
Rom: IN FINEM FILIIS CORE AD INTELLECTUM
For the end connected to the sons of Core to comprehension

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM FILIIS CORE AD INTELLECTUM
For the end connected to the sons of Core to comprehension

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol n∑n∑ßhre n∑kore peyalmos n∑tmn∑trm∑n∑˙ht1
For the end of the sons of Kore the music of the comprehension

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal n«tmentremen˙ht n«n«ßhre n«kore peyalm[os]
For the end of the comprehension of the sons of Kore the music

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol2 n«te3 nenßhri n«kore piyalmos4 euka†5
For the end of the sons of Kore the music for a comprehension

1. etmn∑trm∑n∑˙ht F
2. > O Q
3. ejen M O Q V
4. > M P V
5. > G H
229
PSALM 44/43 (cont.)

230
 PSALM 44/43 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̈ 7W?5R6
S‫ܪ‬5:T: 1C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D8? ‫ܪܚ‬5A‫ ܕ‬7(@G?
At the end connected to the sons of Qôrah! for comprehension music

‫ܪܚ‬5‫ـ‬A‫ ܕ‬7‫ـ@ـ(ـ‬G̈ ‫ ?ـ‬7‫ـ‬W‫?ـ‬5‫ـ‬R‫ـ‬6] C‫ܬ‬5‫ـ‬O'‫?ـ‬5‫ـ‬D‫ـ‬#‫ܪܚ ܕ‬5‫ـ‬A +‫ـ@ـ‬6̈ ‫ ܕ‬7‫ـ[*ـ@ـ‬O‫ ܕ‬7‫ـ‬W‫?ـ‬5‫ـ‬R‫?ـ‬

1.
C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D8? F
231
 PSALM 45/44

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵצּ ַ֣ח ַעל־ ֭שׁ ֹ ַשׁנִּ ים ִל ְבנֵ י־ ֑קֹ ַרח‬
1
‫ַ֝מ ְשׂ ִ֗כּיל ִ ֣שׁיר יְ ִדי ֽד ֹת‬
For the leader on lilies connected to the sons of Qorah!
comprehender song of romances

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos uper2 twn alloiwqhsomenwn tois uiois kore
eis sunesin wdh34 uper tou agaphtou5
For the end over those that will be changed connected to the sons of Kore
for comprehension song over the loved one

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw epi tois krinois twn uiwn kore
episthmonos asma prosfilias
For the conqueror on the lilies of the sons of Kore
of an understanding one lay of affection
Σ: epinikion uper twn anqwn twn uiwn kore
sunesews asma eis ton agaphton
Conquest song over the flowers of the sons of Kore
of comprehension lay for the loved one
Θ: eis to nikos uper twn krinwn . . .
. . . tois hgaphmenois
For the conquest over the lilies . . .
. . . for the loved ones

‫יְ ִד ֻידת יְ ִדידוּת‬

1. or a few mss. (BHS)
2. peri 2013
3. > R L(few)
4. eis to telos uper twn alloiwqhsomenwn tois uiois kore eis sunesin
wdh] tou dauid A
5. hgaphmenou 2013
232
 PSALM 45/44

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PRO HIS QUAE COMMUTABUNTUR FILIIS CORE
IN INTELLECTUM PRO DILECTO
For the end for those that will be exchanged connected to the sons of Core
for comprehension for the loved one
γ: IN FINEM PRO HIS QUAE COMMUTABUNTUR FILIIS CORAE
INTELLECTUM CANTICUM PRO DELICTO
For the end for those that will be exchanged connected to the sons of Corae
. . . comprehension song for the wrong
Rom: IN FINEM PRO HIS QUI COMMUTABUNTUR FILIIS CORE
AD INTELLECTUM CANTICUM PRO DILECTO
For the end for those that will be exchanged connected to the sons of Core
to comprehension song for the loved one

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PRO HIS1 QUI2 COMMUTABUNTUR FILIIS CORE
AD INTELLECTUM CANTICUM PRO DILECTO
For the end for those that will be exchanged connected to the sons of Core
to comprehension song for the loved one

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

3
epjwk ebol etbe4 netnaßibe n∑n∑ßhre5 n∑kore
eumn∑trm∑n∑˙ht6 twdh ˙a pmerit
For the end about the ones who are going to change of the sons of Kore
for a comprehension the song concerning the loved one

1. IIS Clementine
2. QUAE R F
3. + pouwn˙∑ ebol m∑pecristos mn∑ teƒmhter W101
4. ete B; n∑ F
5. n∑n∑ßhßhre W32
6. n∑mn∑trm∑n∑˙ht W109
233
 PSALM 45/44 (cont.)

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI PRO LILIIS1 FILIORUM CORE
ERUDITIONIS CANTICUM AMANTISSIMI
For the conqueror for the lilies of the sons of Core
of education song of the most loved one

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ על ידהון דבני קרח‬2‫לשׁבחא על יתבי סנהדרין דמשׁה דאיתאמר בנבואה‬
‫שׂיכלא טבא ותושׁבחתא ואודאתא‬
For the praiser on the sitting ones of the sanhedrîn of Mošeh which was said in
foretelling on the hands of the sons of Qorah!
good comprehension and praise and acknowledgment

1. FILIIS F C Σ L
2. ‫ ברוח נבואה‬C; ‫ ברוח קודשׁא‬P17 W
234
 PSALM 45/44 (cont.)

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal e\tbe netneßibe n«n«ßhre n«kore
eumentremen˙ht twdh e\tbe pmenrit
For the end about the ones who are going to change of the sons of Kore
for a comprehension the song about the loved one

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol1 ejen nh etounaßobtou2
euka† n«te3 nenßhri4 n«kore †wdh5 eqbe pimenrit
For the end over the ones who are going to be changed
for a comprehension of the sons of Kore the song about the loved one

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̇
̈ 9(>J*'R:‫ܕ‬
‫ܪܚ‬5A‫ ܕ‬7(@G? 6
‫ܢ‬5O‫ ̇ܗ‬YJ* 7W?5R6
7G(G* YJ* C'*5GM‫ ܬ‬C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D86
At the end on account of those who are changing connected to the sons of Qôrah!
in comprehension praise on account of the loved one

1. > Q
2. etaußobtou M O P V
3. n« Q
4. nenßh H
5. †˙wdh M O
9(?‫ܗ‬
6. C
235
 PSALM 46/45

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ ִ ֽשׁיר‬1‫ל־ע ָל ֥מוֹת‬
ֲ ‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּ ַח ִל ְבנֵ י־ ֑קֹ ַרח ַ ֽע‬
For the leader connected to the sons of Qorah! on young women song

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos uper twn uiwn kore uper twn krufiwn2 yalmos3 4

For the end over the sons of Kore over the hidden things music

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw twn uiwn kore epi neaniothtwn melwdhma
For the conqueror of the sons of Kore on young women tune
Σ: epinikion twn uiwn kore uper twn aiwniwn wdh
Conquest song of the sons of Kore over the forever ones song

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI FILIORUM CORE PRO IUUENTUTIBUS CANTICUM
For the conqueror of the sons of Core for young women song

‫ַע ְלמוּת‬
1. a few mss. (BHS)
2. eis to telos uper twn uiwn kore uper twn krufiwn] eis to telos tois
uiois kore uper twn krufiwn 55 1098mg L(some); eis to telos uper twn krufiwn
tois uiois kore S L(few); tou dauid A
3. > L(few)
4. + tw dauid 2013 2110 L(few)
236
 PSALM 46/45

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PRO FILIIS CHORE PRO OCCULTES PSALMUS
For the end for the sons of Chore for the hidden things music
1
γ Rom: IN FINEM PRO FILIIS CORE PRO ARCANIS PSALMUS
For the end for the sons of Core for the secrets music

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PRO2 FILIIS CORE PRO ARCANIS PSALMUS 3
For the end for the sons of Core for the secrets music

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol ˙a n∑ßhre n∑kore ˙a neqhp peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end concerning the sons of Kore concerning the hidden things the music of
Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal ˙a n«ßhre n«kore ˙a net˙hpt peyalmos n«daueid
For the end concerning the sons of Kore concerning the hidden things the music of
Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol ejen nenßhri4 n«kore eqbe nh et˙hp 5
piyalmos n«te6 dauid7
For the end over the sons of Kore about the hidden things the music of Dauid

1. ms. γ reads CORAE

2. > F H W Φ Clementine
3. + DAUID F Φ
4. epjwk ebol ejen nenßhri] ßhri H
5. + n«te Q
6. n« M V
7. eqbe nh et˙hp piyalmos n«te dauid] > P
237
 PSALM 46/45 (cont.)

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

1
‫לשׁבחא על ידיהון דבני קרח ברוח נבואה‬
‫ אשׁתזבו ואמרו שׁירתא‬3‫ אבוהון מנהון והינון‬2‫בזמן דאתכסי‬
4

For the praiser on the hands of the sons of Qorah! in a spirit of foretelling
at the time that their father was concealed from them yet they were rescued and said
the song

1.‫ לבני קרח על ידיהון איתאמר בנבואה ]על ידיהון דבני קרח ברוח נבואה‬M P110
2. ‫ דאסתכי‬C
3. ‫]אבוהון מנהון והינון‬ ‫ מנהון אבוהון ואינון‬M
4. ‫ אמרו‬C P P17
238
 PSALM 46/45 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
43
SZ5:T: 2C'(R ̇ YJ* ‫ܪܚ‬5A‫ ܕ‬7(@6̈ YJ* 17W?5R6
̈ ):
At the end on account of the sons of Qôrah! on account of the hidden things musics

1.7@*[O‫ ܕ‬7W?5R? F
̈ ̇
2. C'(R): E
3. S‫ܪ‬5:T: C E H J
̈ ̇ ̈
4. SZ5:T: C'(R): YJ*] C'(eI /): S‫ܪ‬5:T: F
239
 PSALM 47/46

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֬צּ ַח ׀ ִל ְבנֵ י־ ֬קֹ ַרח ִמזְ ֽמוֹר‬
For the leader connected to the sons of Qorah! music

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos1 uper twn uiwn kore2 yalmos3 4

For the end over the sons of Kore music

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw twn uiwn kore melwdhma
For the conqueror of the sons of Kore tune
Σ: . . . wdhs twn uiwn kore asma
. . . of a song of the sons of Kore lay

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI5 FILIORUM CORE CANTICUM
For the conqueror of the sons of Core song

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא על ידיהון דבני קרח תושׁבחתא‬
For the praiser on the hands of the sons of Qorah! praise

1. eis to telos] > R L(few)

2. uper twn uiwn kore] tois uiois kore R L(few); > A
3. > L(few)
4. + tw dauid A R 2013 L(few)
5. UICTORIA Θ S; UICTORIAM R
240
 PSALM 47/46

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: FILIIS CHORE PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
Connected to the sons of Chore music connected to Dauid himself
1
γ Rom: IN FINEM PRO FILIIS CORE PSALMUS
For the end for the sons of Core music

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PRO FILIIS CORE PSALMUS2
For the end for the sons of Core music

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol ˙a n∑ßhre n∑kore peyalmos
For the end concerning the sons of Kore the music

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal ˙a n«ßhre n«kore peyalmos
For the end concerning the sons of Kore the music

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol3 piyalmos4 n«te5 nenßhri6 n«kore7
For the end the music of the sons of Kore

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
S‫ܪ‬5:T: ‫ܪܚ‬5A‫ ܕ‬7(@6̈ YJ* 87W?5R6
At the end on account of the sons of Qôrah! music

1. ms. γ reads CORAE

2. IN FINEM PRO FILIIS CORE PSALMUS] > H
3. > D O P Q W X
4. m«piyalmos D G H M O P Q V W X
5. ven M O V; n« Q
6. nenu∑s∑ G
7. n«te nenßhri n«kore] > H
8.7@*[O‫ ܕ‬7W?5R? F
241
 PSALM 48/47

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִ ֥שׁיר ִ֝מזְ מוֹר ִל ְבנֵ י־ ֽקֹ ַרח‬
Song (of) music connected to the sons of Qorah!

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
yalmos wdhs1 tois uiois kore [deutera sabbatou]23
Music of a song connected to the sons of Kore [for the second of the week]

The Three [Field]

Σ: asma yalmwn twn uiwn kore
Lay of musics of the sons of Kore

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM PSALMI4 FILIORUM CORE
Song of music of the sons of Core

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ על ידהון דבני קרח‬5‫שׁירתא ותושׁבחתא‬
Song and praise on the hands of the sons of Qorah!

1. yalmos wdhs] yalmos 2013; wdh yalmou S T L(few)

2. deutera sabbatou] A B S Rahlfs (without brackets); deuteras sabbatou 55 L(few);
deutera sabbatwn 2013 2110; > L(few)
3. yalmos wdhs tois uiois kore [deutera sabbatou]] eis to telos yalmos tw
dauid A
4. PSALMUS R C S
5. ‫]שׁירתא ותושׁבחתא‬ ‫ שׁיר תושׁבחתא‬M
242
 PSALM 48/47

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
1
α Rom: PSALMUS CANTICI FILIIS CORE SECUNDA SABBATI
Music of a song connected to the sons of Core at the second of the week
γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS CANTICI FILIIS CORAE SECUNDA SABBATI
For the end music of a song connected to the sons of Corae at the second of the week

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM PSALMI2 FILIIS CORE SECUNDA SABBATI
Song of music connected to the sons of Core at the second of the week

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh3 peyalmos n∑n∑ßhre n∑kore n∑sousnau n∑n∑sabbaton
The song the music of the sons of Kore of the second day of the week(s)

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos n«n«ßhre n«kore n«sousneu m«psabbaton
The music of the sons of Kore of the second day of the week

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te †wdh4 n«te nenßhri n«kore m«psnau5 m«psabbaton6
The music of the song of the sons of Kore of the second of the week

1. ms. α reads CORAE

2. CANTICUM PSALMI] PSALMUS CANTICI H (apparently) I W Clementine
3. > B (apparently)
4. †˙wdh M O V
5. m«pb∑ D G H M O P Q V W X
6. n«te nisabbaton M V; n«nisabbaton O P Q; n«sabbaton W
243
PSALM 48/47 (cont.)

244
 PSALM 48/47 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
3 ̈ 1S‫ܪ‬5:T:‫ ܕ‬C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
C'GM‫ ܕ‬92‫'ܪ‬6 2‫ܪܚ‬5A‫ ܕ‬7(@G?
Praise of music connected to the sons of Qôrah! at the second of the week

1.SZ5:T:‫ ܕ‬C
̈ ̈
2. ‫ܪܚ‬5A‫ ܕ‬7(@G?] ‫ܪܚ‬5A +@G? F
3. C'GM‫ ܕ‬92‫'ܪ‬6 marked with obeli] without obeli H J; 7GR6 1* /0 (without obeli) F
245
 PSALM 49/48

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֬צּ ַח ׀ ִל ְבנֵ י־ ֬קֹ ַרח ִמזְ ֽמוֹר‬
For the leader connected to the sons of Qorah! music

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos tois uiois kore1 yalmos2 3

For the end connected to the sons of Kore music

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw twn uiwn kore melwdhma
For the conqueror of the sons of Kore tune
Σ: epinikios twn uiwn kore wdh
Of conquest of the sons of Kore song
Θ: eis to nikos . . .
For the conquest . . .

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI4 FILIORUM CORE PSALMUS
For the conqueror of the sons of Core music

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא על ידהון דבני קרח תושׁבחתא‬
For the praiser on the hands of the sons of Qorah! praise

1. eis to telos tois uiois kore] > A

2. > L(few) T
3. + tw dauid A L(few)
4. > C Σ
246
 PSALM 49/48

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
1
α γ Rom: IN FINEM FILIIS CORE PSALMUS
For the end connected to the sons of Core music

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM FILIIS CORE PSALMUS
For the end connected to the sons of Core music

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol n∑n∑ßhre n∑kore peyalmos
For the end of the sons of Kore the music

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal n«n«ßhre n«kore peyalmos
For the end of the sons of Kore the music

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol2 piyalmos3 n«te nenßhri n«kore
For the end the music of the sons of Kore

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̈ 7W?5R6
S‫ܪ‬5:T: ‫ܪܚ‬5A‫ ܕ‬7(@G?
At the end connected to the sons of Qôrah! music

1. ms. α reads CHORE; ms. γ reads CORAE

2. > M O P Q V W X
3. m«piyalmos D G H M O P Q V W X
247
 PSALM 50/49

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִמזְ ֗מוֹר ְל ָ֫א ָ ֥סף‬
Music connected to }AŒsaœp

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
1
yalmos tw asaf2
Music connected to Asaph

The Three [Field]

Α Θ: . . . asaf
. . . Asaph
Σ: asma tou asaf
Lay of Asaph

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM ASAPH
Song of Asaph

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫תושׁבחתא על ידוי דאסף‬
Praise on the hands of }AŒsaœp

1. + eis to telos A
2. dauid A R L(some)
248
 PSALM 50/49

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
Music connected to Dauid himself
γ Rom: PSALMUS ASAPH
Music of Asaph

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS ASAPH1
Music of Asaph

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑asaf
The music of Asaph

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos n«asaf
The music of Asaph

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos2 n«te asaf
The music of Asaph

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
3
Y#‫ ܕܐ‬S‫ܪ‬5:T:
Music of }AŒsaœp

1. PSALMUS ASAPH] IN FINEM FILIIS CHORE PSALMUS W; IN FINEM . . . . . H

2. pika† P V
Y#F?
3. F
249
 PSALM 51/50

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֗צּ ַח ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
‫ת־שׁ ַבע‬
ֽ ָ ‫ל־בּ‬
ַ ‫ר־בּא ֶא‬ ָ֝֗ ‫בוֹא־א ָליו נָ ָ ֣תן ַהנָּ ִ ֑ביא ַ ֽכּ ֲא ֶשׁ‬
ֵ֭ ‫ְ ֽבּ‬
For the leader music connected to Daœwid
in Naœtaœn the foreteller’s coming to him when he came to Bat-šeba{

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos1 yalmos tw dauid
en tw elqein2 pros auton naqan ton3 profhthn hnika eishlqen pros4
bhrsabee5 6

For the end music connected to Dauid

in Nathan the foreteller’s coming to him when he came in to Beœrsabee

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw melwdhma tou dauid
. . . beqsabeq
For the conqueror tune of Dauid
. . . Bethsabeth
Σ: . . . bhrsabee
. . . Beœrsabee
Θ: . . . beqsabeq
. . . Bethsabeth

1. eis to telos] > L(many)

2. eiselqein L(some)
3. naqan ton] qanaton 2110
4. eishlqen pros] eishlqe tri 2110
5. bhqsabee R; beeasabeq 2110
6. + thn gunaika/tou ouriou L(most); also + tou cettaiou L(few)
250
 PSALM 51/50

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
CUM UENIT AD EUM NATAN PROPHETA QUIA INTRAUIT AD UERSABEE
For the end music connected to Dauid himself
when Natan the foreteller came to him because he went in to Uersabee
γ: IN FINEM INTELLECTUS IPSI DAUID
CUM UENIT AD EUM NATHAM PROPHETA CUM INTRAUIT AD BERSABEE
For the end of comprehension connected to Dauid himself
when Natham the foreteller came to him when he went in to Bersabee
Rom: IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
CUM UENIT AD EUM NATHAN PROPHETA QUANDO INTRAUIT AD BERSABEE
For the end music of Dauid
when Nathan the foreteller came to him since he went in to Bersabee

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
CUM UENIT AD EUM NATHAN PROPHETA QUANDO1 INTRAUIT AD BETHSABEE2
For the end music of Dauid
when Nathan the foreteller came to him since he went in to Bethsabee

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol peyalmos n∑daueid
˙m∑ ptre naqan peprofhths ei naƒ n∑tereƒbwk4 e˙oun ßa bhrsabee5
3

For the end the music of Daueid

while Nathan the foreteller was coming to him when he went in to Beœrsabee

1. CUM I W
2. BERSABE I
3. Budge incorrectly reads petre
4. n∑tareƒbwk U
5. bersabee W32; bersabe W34
251
 PSALM 51/50 (cont.)

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI CANTICUM DAUID
CUM UENISSET AD EUM NATHAN PROPHETA QUANDO INGRESSUS EST AD BETHSABEE
For the conqueror song of Dauid
when Nathan the foreteller had come to him since he went in to Bethsabee

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא תושׁבחתא לדוד‬
‫כד אתא לותיה נתן נבייא כד שׁמישׁ עם בת שׁבע‬
For the praiser praise connected to Daœwid
when Naœtaœn the foreteller came at him when he “served” with Bat-šeba{

252
 PSALM 51/50 (cont.)

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal peyalmos e\daueid
˙m ptre naqan ßh e\˙oun e\retƒ peprofhths e\qaƒßh e\˙oun ßa bhrsabee\
For the end the music connected to Daueid
while Nathan was going to his foot (the foreteller) when he went in to Beœrsabee

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol piyalmos1 n«te dauid
etaƒi ˙aroƒ n«je naqan piprofhths etaƒße naƒ2 evoun ˙a bersabee3
For the end the music of Dauid
when he (namely) Nathan the foreteller came to him when he went in to Bersabee

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 47W?5R6
7
fGM‫!ܬ‬6 6‫ܬ‬5? /0‫ܕ‬ 5
̣ ‫'ܝ‬:‫ ܐ‬7(GO ‫'ܢ‬O ‫ܬܗ‬5? C‫ܐܬ‬
̣ 1I
At the end music connected to Daœwîd
when Naœtaœn the foreteller came at him when he came in at Ba(r)t-šeba{

1. epjwk ebol piyalmos] epjwk m«piyalmos D O Q W X; epjwk ebol m«piyalmos

G H; piyalmos M P V
2. > O
3. barsabee M; bersabe O; bhrsabee P V
7@*[O‫ ܕ‬7W?5R?
4. F
5. > F
6. ‫ܬ‬5? /0‫ܕ‬
̣ ‫'ܝ‬:‫ ܐ‬/): ] F
7. fGM ‫!ܬ‬6 E H J
253
 PSALM 52/51

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֗צּ ַח ַמ ְשׂ ִ ֥כּיל ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
‫אמר ֑לוֹ‬
ֶ ֹ ‫ֹמי וַ יַּ ֵגּ֪ד ְל ָ֫שׁ ֥אוּל וַ ֥יּ‬
֮ ִ ‫דּוֹאג ָה ֲאד‬֣ ֵ ‫ְבּ ֤בוֹא ׀‬
c‫ימ ֶל‬
ֽ ֶ ‫ל־בּית ֲא ִח‬ ֥ ֵ ‫ָ ֥בּא ָ ֝ד ִ ֗וד ֶא‬
For the leader comprehender connected to Daœwid
in Dô}eœg the }A„doœmian’s coming and he told Šaœ}ûl and he said to him
Daœwid came to the house of }A„h!îmelek

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos sunesews1 tw dauid
en tw elqein2 dwhk3 ton idoumaion kai anaggeilai4 tw5 saoul kai eipein6
autw7
hlqen8 dauid eis ton oikon abimelec9
For the end of comprehension connected to Dauid
in Doœeœk the Idoumaian’s coming and telling Saoul and saying to him
Dauid came to the house of Abimelekh

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw episthmonos dauid
. . . aeimelec
For the conqueror of an understanding one (of) Dauid
. . . Aeimelekh
Σ Θ: . . . acimelec
. . . Akhimelekh

1. yalmos R L(few)
2. eiselqein L(few)
3. d[h]wk 2110
4. aggeilai 2013
5. > L(few)
6. eipen R 2013
7. > R 55 L(few)
8. aphlqen L(few)
9. acimelec 2013; tou acimelek 2110
254
 PSALM 52/51

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
CUM UENIT DOEC IDUMAEUS ET ADNUNCIAUIT SAUL ET DIXIT
UENIT DAUID IN DOMUM ABIMELECH
For the end music connected to Dauid himself
when Doec the Idumaean came and told Saul and said
Dauid came to the house of Abimelech
γ: IN FINEM INTELLECTUS DAUID
CUM UENIT AD EUM DOEC IDUMAEUS ET ADNUNTIAUIT SAUL ET DIXIT EI
UENIT DAUID IN DOMUM ABIMELECH
For the end of comprehension of Dauid
when Doec the Idumaean came to him and told Saul and said to him
Dauid came to the house of Abimelech
Rom: IN FINEM INTELLECTUS DAUID
CUM UENIT DOEC IDUMEUS ET ADNUNTIAUIT SAUL ET DIXIT
UENIT DAUID IN DOMUM ABIMELECH
For the end of comprehension of Dauid
when Doec the Idumean came and told Saul and said
Dauid came to the house of Abimelech

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM INTELLECTUS DAUID
CUM UENIT DOEC IDUMEUS ET ADNUNTIAUIT SAUL1 ET DIXIT2
UENIT DAUID IN DOMO3 ACHIMELECH4
For the end of comprehension of Dauid
when Doec the Idumean came and told Saul and said
Dauid came in the house of Achimelech

1. ADNUNTIAUIT SAUL] NUNCIAUIT SAULI Clementine

2. ET DIXIT] ET DICIT W; ET DICIT EI L; ET DIXIT EI R Φ; ET DIXIT ILLI I; > Clementine
3. DOMUM F I L S Φ Clementine
4. ABIMELECH F I W S K
255
 PSALM 52/51 (cont.)

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI AB ERUDITO DAUID
CUM UENISSET DOEC IDUMEUS ET ADNUNTIASSET SAUL1 DICENS EI2
UENIT DAUID IN DOMUM3 ACHIMELECH4
For the conqueror from an educated one of Dauid
when Doec the Idumean had come and had told Saul saying to him
Dauid came to the house of Achimelech

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ שׂכלא טבא על ידוי דדוד‬5‫לשׁבחא על‬
‫כד אתי דואג אדומאה ותני לשׁאול ואמר ליה‬
‫אתא דוד לבית אחימלך‬
For the praiser on good comprehension on the hands of Daœwid
when Dô}eœg the }A„dômian comes and he repeated to Šaœ}ûl and he said to him
Daœwid came to the house of }A„h!îmelek

1. SAULI C Σ Θ
2. > R F Σ
3. DOMO R C L
4. ABIMELECH C Σ S
5. > C P P17
256
 PSALM 52/51 (cont.)

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol n∑tmn∑trm∑n∑˙ht n∑daueid
˙m∑ ptre dwhk pidoumaios1 ei nƒ∑joos n∑saoul je
a daueid ei ephi¨ n∑acimelec
For the end of the comprehension of Daueid
while Doœeœk the Idoumaian was coming and said to Saoul that
Daueid came to the house of Akhimelekh

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal n«tmentremen˙ht n«daueid
˙m ptre dwhk pidoumaios ei nƒjas n«saoul je
˙a daueid ei e\phei n«abeimelec
For the end of the comprehension of Daueid
while Doœeœk the Idoumaian was coming and said to Saoul that
Daueid came to the house of Abeimelekh

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol2 euka† n«te3 dauid
ven pjinqreƒi n«je dwhk4 pi˙udoumeos5 etame saoul6 7
je
a dauid i ephi n«abimelec 8

For the end for a comprehension of Dauid

in his (namely) Doœeœk the Hudoumean’s coming to tell Saoul that
Dauid came to the house of Abimelekh

1. Budge incorrectly reads pidouaios

2. > O
3. n« G H P
4. wdek M; diwk O; wdhk P V
5. pihdoumeos D G H W X; piudoumeos M
6. samouhl V
7. + ouo˙ ejos naƒ G O Q W X; ouo˙ ejws naƒ H
8. a dauid i ephi n«abimelec] is dauid chp ven phi n«abimelec D; is dauid chp
˙aron M V; is dauid ch ˙aron P
257
PSALM 52/51 (cont.)

258
 PSALM 52/51 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
1
12‫ܘ‬1? C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D#‫ ܕ‬7W?5R6
<? !:‫ܘܐ‬
̣ ‫ܘܠ‬FR? ‫ ܘܐܘܕܥ‬7(:‫ ܕܘܐܓ ܐܕܘ‬C‫ܐܬ‬
̣ 1I
2
bJW(6‫('ܗ ܕܐ‬G? 12‫ ܕܘ‬C‫ܐܬ‬
̣
At the end of comprehension connected to Daœwîd
when Dô}eœg the }Adômian came and he made known to Šaœ}ûl and he said to him
Daœwîd came to the house of }Abîmelek

1. > F
2.bJW(*‫ ܕܐ‬F A mg
Bmg Cmg Jmg
259
 PSALM 53/52

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ל־מ ֲח ֗ ַלת ַמ ְשׂ ִ ֥כּיל ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
ָ ‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּ ַח ַ ֽע‬
For the leader on maœh"a∑lat1 comprehender connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos uper maeleq2 sunesews3 tw dauid
For the end over Maeleth of comprehension connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw epi coreia episthmonos dauid
For the conqueror on dance of an understanding one (of) Dauid
Σ: epinikion dia corou peri sunesews tou dauid
Conquest song through dance about comprehension of Dauid
Θ: eis to nikos uper ths coreias sunesews tou dauid
For the conquest over the dance of comprehension of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI PER CHORUM ERUDITI DAUID
For the conqueror through dance of an educated one of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ על פורענות רשׁיעיא די מפסין שׁמא דקיריס שׂכלא טבא על יד דוד‬4 ‫לשׁבחא‬
For the praiser on the payback of the wicked who desecrate the name of the Master
good comprehension on the hand of Daœwid

1. Uncertain: pipes? dancing? sickness?

2. maelleq 2013; maleq 2110; maeleos 55; maelwq L(few)
3. yalmos L(few)
4. + ‫ על חינגין‬M; ‫ בחינגין‬P110
260
 PSALM 53/52

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PRO AMALECH INTELLECTUS IPSI DAUID
For the end for Amalech of comprehension connected to Dauid himself
γ: IN FINEM PRO ABIMELECH INTELLECTUS DAUID
For the end for Abimelech of comprehension of Dauid
Rom: IN FINEM PRO MELECH INTELLECTUS DAUID
For the end for Melech of comprehension of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PRO MELECH1 INTELLIGENTIAE2 DAUID
For the end for Melech of comprehending of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol ˙a maelleq tmn∑trm∑n∑˙ht3 n∑daueid
For the end concerning Maelleth the comprehension of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal ˙a mae\leq tmentremen˙ht n«daueid
For the end concerning Maeleth the comprehension of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol4 ejen maleq euka†5 n«te dauid
For the end over Maleth for a comprehension of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D#‫ ܕ‬6'?‫ܐ‬F: YJ* 7W?5R6
At the end on account of Ma}e}let of comprehension connected to Daœwîd

1. MELETH R; MAELETH Clementine; MELE . H H; AMELECH S; AMALECH F I Φ

2. INTELLIGENTIA R W; INTELLECTUS I
3. maelleq tmn∑trm∑n∑˙ht] maellhq n∑tmn∑trm∑n∑˙ht W32 (apparently) W34 (possibly)
4. > D W X
5. pika† D M O V; piyalmos G H W X
6.'J*5: ‫ܬ‬5?‫ܐ‬F:
Fmg; HJ
261
 PSALM 54/53

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּ ַח ִבּנְ גִ י ֗נ ֹת ַמ ְשׂ ִ ֥כּיל ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
‫אמ ֣רוּ ְל ָשׁ ֑אוּל‬ ְ ֹ ‫יפים וַ יּ‬ ִ ִ‫ְבּ ֣בוֹא ַ ֭הזּ‬
‫ֲה ֥ל ֹא ָ ֝ד ִ ֗וד ִמ ְס ַתּ ֵ ֥תּר ִע ָ ֽמּנוּ‬
For the leader with strings comprehender connected to Daœwid
in the Zîpians’ coming and they said to Šaœ}ûl
Isn’t Daœwid hidden with us

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos en umnois sunesews1 tw dauid
en tw elqein tous zifaious2 kai eipein3 tw saoul
ouk4 idou dauid kekruptai5 par hmin
For the end among acclamations of comprehension connected to Dauid
in the Ziphaians’ coming and saying to Saoul
See hasn’t Dauid hidden among us

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw en yalmois episthmonos tou dauid . . .
For the conqueror among musics of an understanding one of Dauid . . .
Σ: epinikion dia yalthriwn peri sunesews tou dauid . . .
Conquest song through stringed instruments about comprehension of Dauid . . .

1. en umnois sunesews] sunesews en umnois L(few); sunesews L(few)

2. difaious 2110
3. eipen B; anaggeilai L(few)
4. ouc B R T 2110; ouci 2013
5. enkekruptai 2013 2110
262
 PSALM 54/53

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM IN HYMNIS INTELLECTUS IPSI DAUID
CUM UENERUNT ZIPHEI ET DIXERUNT AD SAUL
NONNE ECCE DAUID ABSCONSUS EST APUD NOS
For the end among acclamations of comprehension connected to Dauid himself
when the Zipheans came and said to Saul
See hasn’t Dauid hidden among us
γ: IN FINEM CARMINIBUS INTELLECTUS DAUID
CUM UENERUNT ZIPHAEI ET DIXERUNT AD SAUL
NONNE ECCE DAUID ABSCONSUS EST APUD NOS
For the end for verses of comprehension of Dauid
when the Ziphaeans came and said to Saul
See hasn’t Dauid hidden among us
Rom: IN FINEM IN CARMINIBUS INTELLECTUS DAUID
CUM UENISSENT ZIPHEI ET DIXISSENT AD SAUL
NONNE ECCE DAUID ABSCONDITUS EST APUD NOS
For the end among verses of comprehension of Dauid
when the Zipheans had come and had said to Saul
See hasn’t Dauid hidden among us

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM IN CARMINIBUS INTELLECTUS DAUID
CUM UENISSENT ZIPHEI ET DIXISSENT AD SAUL1
NONNE 2 DAUID ABSCONDITUS EST APUD NOS
For the end among verses of comprehension of Dauid
when the Zipheans had come and had said to Saul
Hasn’t Dauid hidden among us

1. SAULEM H I
2. + ECCE R I
263
 PSALM 54/53 (cont.)

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI IN PSALMIS ERUDITI DAUID
QUANDO UENERUNT ZIPHEI ET DIXERUNT SAUL1
NONNE DAUID ABSCONDITUS EST APUD NOS
For the conqueror among musics of an educated one of Dauid
since the Zipheans came and said (to) Saul
Hasn’t Dauid hidden among us

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא על תושׁבחתא שׂכלא טבא על יד דוד‬
‫כד אתו אנשׁי זיף ואמרו לשׁאול‬
‫הלא דוד מטמר גבן‬
For the praiser on praise good comprehension on the hand of Daœwid
when the people of Zîp came and they said to Šaœ}ûl
Isn’t Daœwid hidden near us

1. SAULI C Σ
264
 PSALM 54/53 (cont.)

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol peyalmos1 n∑daueid
˙m∑ ptre n∑difaios2 ei n∑sejoos n∑saoul je
eis daueid ˙hp ˙athn3
For the end the music of Daueid
while the Diphaians were coming and said to Saoul that
See Daueid is hidden beside us

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal n«nesmoue\ n«tmentremen˙ht n«daueid
˙m ptre n«zifaios ei n«sejas n«saoul je
˙i¨ daueid ƒ˙hp ˙a˙thn
For the end of the praises of the comprehension of Daueid
while the Ziphaians were coming and said to Saoul that
See Daueid is hidden beside us

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol4 ven ˙an˙ws euka†5 n«te dauid
ven pdinqroui6 n«je7 nizifeos ouo˙ ejos8 n«saoul je
9
is dauid chp ˙aron10
For the end among songs for a comprehension of Dauid
in their (namely) the Zipheans’ coming and to say to Saoul that
See Dauid is hidden toward us

1. ˙n∑ nesmou n∑tmn∑trm∑n∑˙ht U W32

2. n∑zei¨fai¨os W32
3. ˙a˙thn U W32
4. > D O W X
5. pika† D G H W X
6. pdintoui D G H W X; pjiniqroui V
7. n«n«je H
8. ejws H
9. + ˙hppe M V
10. va toten D G H W X
265
PSALM 54/53 (cont.)

266
 PSALM 54/53 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? 1C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D#‫ ܕ‬C'XGM'6 ̈ 7W?5R6
̈
‫ܘܠ‬FR? ‫!ܘ‬:‫ ܘܐ‬7(>2‫ ܐܬܘ ܙ‬1I
‫ܬܢ‬5? 3+R): 12‫ ܕܘ‬2C‫ ܗ‬5?
At the end in praises of comprehension connected to Daœwîd
when the Zîpians came and they said to Šaœ}ûl
See isn’t Daœwîd hidden at us

1.C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D86 J
2. C‫ ܗ‬5? ‫ܘܠ‬FR? ‫!ܘ‬:‫ ]ܘܐ‬C‫!ܘ ?< ܕܗ‬:‫ܘܐ‬
̣ ‫ܘܠ‬FM ‫ܬ‬5? F
̇ ̇ ̇
3. +R): B E; +R): C H; 7Ri': F
267
 PSALM 55/54

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּ ַח ִבּנְ גִ י ֗נ ֹת ַמ ְשׂ ִ ֥כּיל ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
For the leader with strings comprehender connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos en umnois sunesews tw dauid1
For the end among acclamations of comprehension connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw en yalmois episthmonos tou dauid
For the conqueror among musics of an understanding one of Dauid
Σ: epinikion dia yalthriwn [peri] sunesews tou dauid
Conquest song through stringed instruments [about] comprehension of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI IN PSALMIS ERUDITI DAUID
For the conqueror among musics of an educated one of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ תושׁבחתא שׂיכלא טבא על יד דוד‬2‫לשׁבחא על מילי‬
For the praiser on words of praise good comprehension on the hand of Daœwid

1. asaf L(some)
2. ‫ על ]על מילי‬P17*; ‫ עלמי‬P17 orig
;>C
268
 PSALM 55/54

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM IN HYMNIS INTELLECTUS IPSI DAUID
For the end among acclamations of comprehension connected to Dauid himself
γ: IN FINEM IN HYMNIS SAPIENTIAE DAUID
For the end among acclamations of wisdom of Dauid
Rom: IN FINEM IN CARMINIBUS INTELLECTUS DAUID
For the end among verses of comprehension of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM IN CARMINIBUS INTELLECTUS DAUID1
For the end among verses of comprehension of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol ˙n∑ n∑smou2 n∑tmn∑trm∑n∑˙ht n∑daueid
For the end among the praises of the comprehension of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal n«nesmoue\ n«tmentremen˙ht n«daueid
For the end of the praises of the comprehension of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol3 ven ˙an˙ws euka† n«te4 dauid
For the end among songs for a comprehension of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̈
12‫ܘ‬1? 6S‫ܪ‬5:T: 5C'XGM'6 7W?5R6
At the end in praises music connected to Daœwîd

1. IN FINEM IN CARMINIBUS INTELLECTUS DAUID] > I

2. nesmou W32
3. > D O V W X
4. n« G H W X
5. > F
C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D#
6. Emg
269
 PSALM 56/55

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵצּ ַ֤ח ׀ ַעל־י֬ וֹנַ ת ֵ ֣א ֶלם ְ ֭רח ִֹקים‬
‫ְל ָדִו֣ד ִמ ְכ ָ ֑תּם‬
‫ֶ ֽבּ ֱא ֨חֹז א ֹ֖תוֹ ְפ ִל ְשׁ ִ ֣תּים ְבּ ַ ֽגת‬
For the leader on the dove of silence of distant ones
connected to Daœwid engraving
in the Pᵉlištians’ seizing him in Gat

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos uper tou laou tou apo twn agiwn memakrummenou
tw1 dauid eis sthlografian
opote2 ekrathsan auton oi allofuloi en geq
For the end over the people having been made distant from the holy ones
connected to Dauid for a standing stone writing
when the foreigners siezed him in Geth

1. tou 2013
2. ote 55
270
 PSALM 56/55

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PRO POPULO QUI A SANCTIS LONGE FACTI SUNT
IPSI DAUID IN TITULI INSCRIPTIONE
QUANDO EUM TENUERUNT ALLOPHYLI IN GET
For the end for a people who are made distant from the holy ones
connected to Dauid himself in writing upon a notice
since the foreigners seized him in Get
γ Rom: IN FINEM PRO POPULO QUI A SANCTIS LONGE FACTUS EST
DAUID IN TITULI INSCRIPTIONE
CUM TENUERUNT EUM ALLOPHILI1 IN GETH
For the end for a people who is made distant from the holy ones
of Dauid in writing upon a notice
when the foreigners seized him in Geth

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PRO POPULO QUI A SANCTIS LONGE FACTUS EST
DAUID IN TITULI INSCRIPTIONE2
CUM TENUERUNT EUM ALLOPHILI IN GETH
For the end for a people who is made distant from the holy ones
of Dauid in writing upon a notice
when the foreigners seized him in Geth

1. ms. γ reads ALLOPHYLI

2. INSCRIPTIONEM R Φ Clementine
271
 PSALM 56/55 (cont.)

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw uper peristeras alalou makrusmwn
tou dauid tapeinou teleiou
en tw krathsai auton fulistiaious en geq
For the conqueror over an unspeaking dove of distances (?)
of Dauid lowly complete
in the Phulistiaians’ seizing him in Geth
Σ: epinikion uper ths peristeras upo tou fulou autou apwsmenou
tou dauid tou tapeinofronos kai amwmou
ote katescon auton oi fulistiaioi en geq
Conquest song over the dove removed from his kind
of Dauid lowly and blameless
when the Phulistiaians held him in Geth
Θ: eis to nikos uper ths peristeras . . .
For the conquest over the dove . . .

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI PRO COLUMBA MUTA EO QUOD PROCUL ABIERIT
DAUID HUMILIS ET SIMPLEX
QUANDO TENUERUNT EUM PALESTINI IN GETH
For the conqueror for an unspeaking dove because it went far away
Dauid lowly and simple
since the Palestinians seized him in Geth

272
 PSALM 56/55 (cont.)

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol ˙a plaos entaƒoue1 ebol ˙n∑ netouaab
penta daueid sa˙ƒ∑ etesthlh2
n∑terouama˙te m∑moƒ n∑#i nallofulos ˙n∑ geq
For the end concerning the people who became distant out of the holy ones
which Daueid wrote for the standing stone
when they (namely) the foreigners seized him in Geth

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal m«plaos eqaƒouhi¨e\ e\bal n«netoueb
peqa daueid se˙ƒ e\testhlh
n«terouame˙te m«maƒ n«[#]h n«allofulos ˙n geq
For the end of the people who became distant out of the holy ones
which Daueid wrote for the standing stone
when they (namely) the foreigners seized him in Geth

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol3 ejen pilaos4 etaƒouei sabol n«niagios5
eustulografia6 n«te7 dauid
˙ote eta niallofulos8 amoni9 m«moƒ ven geq10
For the end over the people who became distant outside of the holy ones
for a standing stone of Dauid
when the foreigners held him in Geth

1. n∑taƒoue W32 WP
2. etestulh W32 WP
3. > D Q
4. ejen pilaos] m«pilaos M O P Q V; n«je pilaos G H
5. m«piagios G H
6. eusthrografia M; eustilografia Q
7. n« M O P Q
8. piallofulos M O V; niallofilos Q
9. > M
10. ven geq] ven get W; > X
273
 PSALM 56/55 (cont.)

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ דמתילא ליונה שׁתוקא בעידן די מתרחקין מן‬1‫לשׁבחא על כנישׁתא דישׂראל‬
‫ ומשׁבחין למרי עלמא‬2‫קירויהון וחזרין‬
‫היך דוד מכיך ושׁלים‬
‫כד אחדו יתיה פלשׁתאי בגת‬
For the praiser on the assembly of Yiséraœ}eœl which is compared to a silent dove at the
time that they get distant from their towns and they return and praise the Master of the
world
like Daœwid lowly and complete
when the Pᵉlištians seized him in Gat

1. > M
2. ‫ וחדין‬C
274
 PSALM 56/55 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̈ 9:‫ ̇ܗܘ ܕ‬7W0 YJ* 7W?5R6
j(*‫ ܪ‬17M‫ܕ‬5A
̣
̇ ‫ܬ‬5G2'I 12‫ܘ‬1?
C'W(A
'a6 C'6!M +(OK*‫ܗܝ ܐ‬5DG?‫'ܝ ܕ‬:‫ܐ‬
At the end on account of the people who is distant from the holy places
connected to Daœwîd writing of a standing stone
when the foreigners seized him in Gat

1. 7M‫ܕ‬5A
̣ J
275
 PSALM 57/56

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ל־תּ ְשׁ ֵחת ְל ָדִו֣ד ִמ ְכ ָ ֑תּם‬ ֭ ַ ‫ַל ְמנַ ֵצּ ַ֣ח ַא‬
‫י־שׁ ֗אוּל ַבּ ְמּ ָע ָ ֽרה‬ ָ֝ ֵ‫ְבּ ָב ְר ֥חוֹ ִמ ְפּנ‬
For the leader don’t destroy connected to Daœwid engraving
in his running away from the face of Šaœ}ûl in the cave

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos mh diafqeirhs tw1 dauid eis sthlografian2
en tw auton apodidraskein3 apo proswpou saoul4 eis to sphlaion
For the end don’t destroy connected to Dauid for a standing stone writing
in his running away from the face of Saoul to the cave

The Three [Field]

Α: . . . tapeinou teleiou . . .
. . . lowly complete . . .
Σ: epinikion peri tou mh diafqeirhs tou dauid tou tapeinofronos kai
amwmou
hnika apedra apo proswpou saoul eis to sphlaion
Conquest song about the Don’t destroy of Dauid lowly and blameless
when he ran away from the face of Saul to the cave

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

PRO UICTORIA UT NON DISPERDAS DAUID HUMILEM ET SIMPLICEM
QUANDO FUGIT A FACIE SAUL IN SPELUNCA5
For the conquest that you don’t destroy Dauid lowly and simple
since he is running away from the face of Saul in the cave

1. > S
2. eis sthlografian] sthlografia 2110
3. auton apodidraskein] apodidraskein auton R L(few); apodidraskein 1220 L(few)
4. laoul 2110
5. SPELUNCAM F Θ
276
 PSALM 57/56

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM NE CORRUMPAS IPSI DAUID TITULI INSCRIPTIONE
CUM FUGERET A FACIE ESAU IN SPELUNCA
For the end don’t ruin connected to Dauid himself for writing upon a notice
when he was running away from the face of Esau in the cave
γ: IN FINEM NE DISPERDAS DAUID IN TITULI INSCRIPTIONEM
CUM FUGERUNT A FACIE SAUL IN SPELUNCAM
For the end don’t destroy of Dauid for writing upon a notice
when they ran away from the face of Saul to the cave
Rom: IN FINEM NE DISPERDAS DAUID IN TITULI INSCRIPTIONE
CUM FUGERET A FACIE SAUL IN SPELUNCA
For the end don’t destroy of Dauid in writing upon a notice
when he was running away from the face of Saul in the cave

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM NE DISPERDAS DAUID IN TITULI INSCRIPTIONE12
CUM FUGERET3 A FACIE SAUL IN SPELUNCA4
For the end don’t destroy of Dauid in writing upon a notice
when he was running away from the face of Saul in the cave

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol m∑pr∑tako n∑daueid testhlografia5
˙m∑ ptreƒpwt m∑pemto ebol6 n∑saoul epem˙aau
For the end don’t destroy of Daueid the standing stone writing
while he was running away in the presence of Saoul to the cave

1. INSCRIPTIONEM Clementine
2. NE DISPERDAS DAUID IN TITULI INSCRIPTIONE] PSALMUS DAUID H
3. FUGISSET H
4. SPELUNCAM S Clementine
5. testulografia W32 WP
6. Budge incorrectly reads ebo˙
277
 PSALM 57/56 (cont.)

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ ושׁלים‬2‫ על יד דוד מכיך‬1‫לשׁבחא על עקתא בזמן די אמר דוד לא תחביל אתאמר‬
‫במערקיה מן קדם שׁאול באוספלידא‬
For the praiser on the trouble at the time that Daœwid said Don’t destroy said on the
hand of Daœwid lowly and complete
in his running away from before Šaœ}ûl in the cave

1. > C P P17
2. ‫ ממך‬P orig

278
 PSALM 57/56 (cont.)

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal e\temtaka n«daueid e\testhlografia
˙m ptreƒpot m«pemta e\bal n«sa˙oul e\pem˙eu
For the end to not destroy of Daueid for the standing stone writing
while he was running away in the presence of Sahoul to the cave

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol1 m«pertako eustulografia2 n«te3 dauid
ven pjinqreƒfwt ebol ˙a p˙o4 n«saoul evoun epibhb5
For the end don’t destroy for a standing stone writing of Dauid
in his running away from the face of Saoul into the cave

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̇ ‫ܬ‬5G2'I 12‫ܘ‬1? /G*‫ܬ‬
C'W(A ̇ 7? 7W?5R6
̇ 1I
C‫"!ܬ‬W? ‫ܘܠ‬FM‫ ܕ‬7,‫!ܨܘ‬, ‫ܡ‬1A 9: C‫ ܗܘ‬6‫!ܩ‬0
At the end don’t destroy connected to Daœwîd writing of a standing stone
when he was running away from before the face of Šaœ}ûl to the cave

1. > Q
2. eustulogrofia D; eustulografua M
3. n« M O P1 Q; n«de W
4. va t˙h m«p˙o D G W X; va t˙a m«p˙o H
5. evoun epibhb] evoun enibhb P; ouo˙ pejaƒ Q
‫!ܩ‬0
6.̣ E
279
 PSALM 58/57

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ל־תּ ְשׁ ֵ֗חת ְל ָדִ ֥וד ִמ ְכ ָ ֽתּם‬
ַ ‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּ ַח ַא‬
For the leader don’t destroy connected to Daœwid engraving

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos mh diafqeirhs tw dauid eis sthlografian
For the end don’t destroy connected to Dauid for a standing stone writing

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw mh diafqeirhs (tou dauid) tapeinou teleiou
For the conqueror don’t destroy (of Dauid) lowly complete

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI UT NON DISPERDAS DAUID HUMILEM ET SIMPLICEM
For the conqueror that you don’t destroy Dauid lowly and simple

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא על עקתא בזמן די אמר דוד לא תחביל על יד דוד מכיך ושׁלים‬
For the praiser on the trouble at the time that Daœwid said Don’t destroy on the hand of
Daœwid lowly and complete

280
 PSALM 58/57

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM NE CORRUMPAS IPSI DAUID IN TITULI INSCRIPTIONE
For the end don’t ruin connected to Dauid himself in writing upon a notice
γ Rom: IN FINEM NE DISPERDAS DAUID IN TITULI INSCRIPTIONE
For the end don’t destroy of Dauid in writing upon a notice

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM NE DISPERDAS DAUID IN TITULI INSCRIPTIONE1
For the end don’t destroy of Dauid in writing upon a notice

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol m∑pr∑tako peyalmos2 n∑daueid pentaƒsa˙ƒ∑ etesthlh3
For the end don’t destroy the music of Daueid which he wrote for the standing stone

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal e\temtaka peyalmos n«daueid pete˙aƒs˙htƒ e\testhlh
For the end to not destroy the music of Daueid which he wrote for the standing stone

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol4 eßtemtako5 eustulografia n«te dauid6
For the end to not destroy for a standing stone writing of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̇ ‫ܬ‬5G2'I 12‫ܘ‬1? /G*‫ܬ‬
C'W(A ̇ 7? 7W?5R6
At the end don’t destroy connected to Daœwîd writing of a standing stone

1. INSCRIPTIONEM Clementine
2. > W109
3. etestulh W32
4. > Q
5. m«pertako O; ßtemtako W X
6. eustulografia n«te dauid] n«dauid eustulografia M O P; n«dauid eustilografia
Q; dauid eustulografia V
281
 PSALM 59/58

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ל־תּ ְשׁ ֵח ֮ת ְל ָדִו֪ד ִ֫מ ְכ ָ ֥תּם‬
ַ ‫ַל ְמנַ ֵצּ ַ֣ח ַא‬
‫יתוֹ‬
ֽ ‫ת־ה ַ֗בּיִת ַל ֲה ִמ‬
ַ֝ ‫ ַח ָשׁ ֑אוּל ַ ֽו יִּ ְשׁ ְמ ֥רוּ ֶא‬j֥ ‫ִבּ ְשׁ‬
For the leader don’t destroy connected to Daœwid engraving
in Šaœ}ûl’s sending and they guarded the house to put him to death

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos mh diafqeirhs tw dauid eis sthlografian
opote apesteilen saoul kai efulaxen ton oikon autou2 tou3 qanatwsai
1

auton
For the end don’t destroy connected to Dauid for a standing stone writing
when Saoul sent and guarded his house to put him to death

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw mh diafqeirhs tou dauid tapeinou teleiou . . .
For the conqueror don’t destroy of Dauid lowly complete . . .

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI UT NON DISPERDAS DAUID HUMILEM ET SIMPLICEM
QUANDO MISIT SAUL ET CUSTODIERUNT DOMUM UT OCCIDERENT4 EUM
For the conqueror that you don’t destroy Dauid lowly and simple
since Saul sent and they guarded the house that they might cut him down

1. ote L(few)
2. > S 1219
3. > 2110
4. OCCIDERET C S
282
 PSALM 59/58

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM NE CORRUMPAS IPSI DAUID IN TITULI INSCRIPTIONEM
QUANDO MISIT SAUL UT CUSTODIUIT DAUID DOMUM UT EUM INTERFICERET
For the end don’t ruin connected to Dauid himself for writing upon a notice
since Saul sent as he guarded Dauid’s house that he might kill him
γ: IN FINEM NE DISPERDAS DAUID IN TITULI INSCRIPTIONEM
QUANDO MISIT SAUL ET CUSTODIUIT DOMUM EIUS UT MORTE ILLUM AFFICERET
For the end don’t destroy of Dauid for writing upon a notice
since Saul sent and guarded his house that he might put him to death
Rom: IN FINEM NE DISPERDAS DAUID IN TITULI INSCRIPTIONE
QUANDO MISIT SAUL ET CUSTODIUIT DOMUM EIUS UT INTERFICERET EUM
For the end don’t destroy of Dauid in writing upon a notice
since Saul sent and guarded his house that he might kill him

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM NE DISPERDAS DAUID IN TITULI INSCRIPTIONE1
QUANDO MISIT SAUL ET CUSTODIUIT DOMUM EIUS UT INTERFICERET EUM2
For the end don’t destroy of Dauid in writing upon a notice
since Saul sent and guarded his house that he might kill him

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol m∑pr∑tako pentaƒsa˙ƒ∑3 etesthlh4 edaueid
n∑tere saoul joou e˙are˙ epeƒhi¨ emooutƒ∑
For the end don’t destroy which he wrote for the standing stone connected to Daueid
when Saoul sent to guard his house to put him to death

1. INSCRIPTIONEM Clementine
2. INTERFICERET EUM] EUM INTERFICERET I Clementine
3. pentausa˙ƒ∑ W109
4. etestulh W32
283
 PSALM 59/58 (cont.)

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא על עקתא בזמן די אמר דוד לא תחבל על יד דוד מכיך ושׁלים‬
‫ למקטליה‬1 ‫כד שׁדר שׁאול ונטרו ית ביתא‬
For the praiser on the trouble at the time that Daœwid said Don’t destroy on the hand of
Daœwid lowly and complete
when Šaœ}ûl sent and they guarded the house to kill him

1. + ‫ מטול‬C M P P17 p110

284
 PSALM 59/58 (cont.)

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal e\temtaka peqaƒs˙htƒ e\testhlh n«daueid
˙m ptre saoul jjaou e\˙are˙ e\peƒhei¨ e\maoutƒ
For the end to not destroy which he wrote for the standing stone of Daueid
while Saoul was sending to guard his house to put him to death

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol1 m«pertako n«dauid2 eustulografia3
˙ote4 etaƒouwrp n«je saoul aƒare˙5 epeƒhi epjinvoqbeƒ
For the end don’t destroy of Dauid for a standing stone writing
when he (namely) Saoul sent he guarded his house for the killing of him

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
C'W(A ‫ܬ‬5G2'I 12‫ܘ‬1? /G*‫ܬ‬̇ 7? 7W?5R6
̇ ‫'ܝ‬:‫ܐ‬
‫'ܘܬܗ‬WW? ‫('ܗ‬G? !)Ọ ‫ܘܠ ܘ‬FM ‫ܪ‬1M‫ܕ‬
At the end don’t destroy connected to Daœwîd writing of a standing stone
when Šaœ}ûl sent and guarded his house to put him to death

1. > Q
2. dauid V; n«te dauid H
3. eustilografia Q
4. > L M O P Q V
5. are˙ M; eare˙ L O P V
285
 PSALM 60/59

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ל־שׁוּשׁן ֵע ֑דוּת‬ַ֣ ‫ַ ֭ל ְמנַ ֵצּ ַח ַע‬
‫ִמ ְכ ָ ֖תּם ְל ָדִו֣ד ְל ַל ֵ ֽמּד‬
‫וֹבה‬ ֥ ָ ‫ת־א ַ ֪רם ֫צ‬
ֲ ‫צּוֹתוֹ ׀ ֶ ֥את ֲא ַ ֣רם נַ ֲה ַריִ ֮ם וְ ֶא‬֨ ‫ְבּ ַה‬
‫יא־מ ַלח ְשׁ ֵנ֖ים ָע ָ ֣שׂר ָ ֽא ֶלף‬ ֑ ֶ ֵ‫ת־א ֣דוֹם ְבּג‬ ֱ ‫ ֶא‬c ֣‫יוֹאב וַ ַיּ‬
ָ֗ ‫וַ ָיּ ָ֤שׁב‬
For the leader on lily of witness
engraving connected to Daœwid to teach
in his fighting with }A„ram Naha∑rayim and with }A„ram S¸ôbaœh
and Yô}aœb returned and struck }E„dôm in the Valley of Salt twelve unit(s)

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos tois alloiwqhsomenois eti1
eis sthlografian tw dauid eis didachn2
opote3 enepurisen thn mesopotamian surias4 kai thn surian swba5
kai epestreyen iwab6 kai epataxen thn faragga7 twn alwn8 dwdeka ciliadas
For the end for those that will yet be changed
for a standing stone writing connected to Dauid for teaching
when he set on fire Mesopotamia of Suria and Suria Soœba
and Ioœab returned and struck the Valley of the Salts twelve thousands

1. > R 1219 L(many)

2. eis didachn] eis diadochn L(few); > L(few)
3. ote L(few)
4. surian R
5. swbal B S; wubal 2110
6. eiakwb 2110
7. thn faragga] ton edwm en th faraggi L(many)
8. allwn 2110
286
 PSALM 60/59

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM HIS QUI IMMUTABUNTUR
IN TITULI INSCRIPTIONEM IPSI DAUID IN DOCTRINAM
CUM SUCCENDIT MESOPOTAMIAM SYRIAM ET SYRIAM SOBAL
ET CONUERTIT MOAB ET PERCUSSIT EDOM IN UALLEM SALINARUM DUODECIM MILIA
For the end those who will be changed
for writing upon a notice connected to Dauid himself for teaching
when he set on fire Mesopotamia Syria and Syria Sobal
and Moab turned back and struck Edom to the Valley of Salts twelve thousands
γ: IN FINEM HIS QUI IMMUTABUNTUR
IN TITULI INSCRIPTIONEM DAUID IN DOCTRINAM
CUM SUCCENDIT MESOPOTAMIAM ET SYRIAM SUBAL
ET CONUERTIT IOAB ET PERCUSSIT UALLEM SALINARUM DUODECIM MILLIA
For the end those who will be changed
for writing upon a notice of Dauid for teaching
when he set on fire Mesopotamia and Syria Subal
and Ioab turned back and struck the Valley of Salts twelve thousands
Rom: IN FINEM HIS QUI IMMUTABUNTUR
IN TITULI INSCRIPTIONE DAUID IN DOCTRINAM
CUM SUCCENDIT MESOPOTAMIAM SYRIAE ET SYRIAM SOBAL
ET CONUERTIT IOAB ET PERCUSSIT EDOM UALLEM SALINARUM DUODECIM MILLIA
For the end those who will be changed
in writing upon a notice of Dauid for teaching
when he set on fire Mesopotamia of Syria and Syria Sobal
and Ioab turned back and struck Edom the Valley of Salts twelve thousands

287
 PSALM 60/59 (cont.)

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw epi krinwn marturias
tapeinou teleiou tou dauid . . .
For the conqueror on lilies of witness
of lowly complete Dauid . . .
Σ: epinikion uper twn anqwn marturia
tou tapeinofronos kai amwmou tou dauid eis didachn
opote emprhsas thn surian ths mesopotamias kai thn surian swbal
[kai] anestreyen kai epataxe ton edwm en th faraggi tou alos dwdeka
ciliadas
Conquest song over the flowers witness
of lowly and blameless Dauid for teaching
when lighting on fire Suria of Mesopotamia and Suria Soœbal
[and] he overturned and struck Edoœm in the Valley of the Salt twelve thousands

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI PRO LILIIS TESTIMONIUM
HUMILIS ET PERFECTI DAUID AD DOCENDUM
QUANDO PUGNAUIT ADUERSUM SYRIAM MESOPOTAMIAE ET ADUERSUM SYRIAM SUBA
ET REUERSUS EST IOAB ET PERCUSSIT EDOM IN UALLE SALINARUM DUODECIM MILIA
For the conqueror for the lilies witness
of lowly and complete Dauid to be taught
since he fought toward Syria of Mesopotamia and toward Syria Suba
and Ioab returned and struck Edom in the Valley of Salts twelve thousands

288
 PSALM 60/59 (cont.)

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM 1 HIS QUI INMUTABUNTUR2
IN TITULI3 INSCRIPTIONE4 DAUID IN DOCTRINA5
CUM SUCCENDIT SYRIAM MESOPOTAMIAM6 ET SYRIAM SOBA7
ET CONUERTIT IOAB ET PERCUSSIT UALLEM8 SALINARUM DUODECIM MILIA
For the end those who will be changed
in writing upon a notice of Dauid in teaching
when he set on fire Syria Mesopotamia and Syria Soba
and Ioab turned back and struck the Valley of Salts twelve thousands

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol n∑netnaßibe n∑kesop
etesthlografia9 n∑daueid etdiadoch
n∑tereƒrwk˙∑10 n∑tmesopotamia n∑tsuria mn∑ tsuria n∑swu¥bal
auw aƒktoƒ n∑#i i¨wab aƒpatasse n∑†doumaia ˙m∑ peia n∑ne˙mou mn∑tsnoous n∑ßo
For the end of the ones who are going to change again
for the standing stone writing of Daueid for the succession
when he burned Mesopotamia of Suria and Suria of Soœubal
and he (namely) Ioœab returned he struck Idoumaia in the Valley of the Salts twelve
thousand

1. + IN R; PRO H W S K Clementine
2. COMMUTABUNTUR H I W
3. IN TITULI] TITULI I; TESTIMONIUM H W
4. INSCRIPTIONEM IPSI Clementine
5. DOCTRINAM R I Φ Clementine
6. SYRIAM MESOPOTAMIAM] MESOPOTAMIAM SYRIAE H I W Clementine; SYRIAM Φ
7. ET SYRIAM SOBA] ET SYRIAM SABBA H; ET SYRIAM SABAL I; ET SYRIAM SOBAL F W K;
ET SOBAL Clementine; > Φ
8. EDOM IN UALLE I S; IDUMAEAM IN UALLE Clementine
9. etestulografia W32
10. Budge incorrectly reads n∑teƒerwk˙∑
289
 PSALM 60/59 (cont.)

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ סהדותא די ביני יעקב ולבן‬1‫לשׁבחא על עתיק‬
‫פרשׁגן על יד דוד לאלפא‬
‫ עם ארם די על פרת ועם ארם‬2 ‫כד כנשׁ דוד משׁירין ועבר על אגר סהדותא ואגיח‬
‫ צובה‬3‫די עם‬
‫ דדוד‬5‫ תב יואב ומחא ית אדומאי במישׁור מילחא ונפלו מן חילהון‬4‫ומן בתר כן‬
‫ אלפין אמר דוד‬6‫ויואב תריסר‬
For the praiser on the old witness which was between Ya{a∑qob and Laœbaœn
copy on the hand of Daœwid to teach
when Daœwid gathered camps and crossed over on the Heap of Witness and fought
with }A„ram which is on Pᵉraœt7 and with }A„ram which is with S¸ôbaœh
and afterward Yô}aœb returned and struck the }A„dômians in the Plain of Salt and twelve
thousands fell from the force of Daœwid and Yô}aœb Daœwid said

1. ‫ עסיק‬C
2. + ‫ קרבא‬C M
3. ‫ > ]די עם‬C P
4. ‫ כדין‬P110
5. ‫ על ידיהון ]מן חילהון‬P17 mg
Pmg
6. ‫ תרין עשׂר‬M
7. The Euphrates river
290
 PSALM 60/59 (cont.)

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal n«netneßibe n«kesap
e\testhlografia n«daueid e\tbe tesbw
n«tereƒroc˙ n«temesopotamia n«tsuria nem tsuria n«swbal
auw ˙aƒkatƒ n«#h i¨akwb ˙aƒpatasse n«tfaragx n«m«mel˙ mentsnaous n«ßa
For the end of the ones who are going to change again
for the standing stone writing of Daueid about the teaching
when he burned Mesopotamia of Suria and Suria of Soœbal
and he (namely) Iakoœb returned he struck the Valley of the Salts twelve thousand

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol1 ejen nh etounaßobtou2 3

eustulografia4 n«te5 dauid eusbw6

m«pishou7 etaƒrwk˙ n«†mesopotamia8 n«te †suria9 nem †suria10 n«te swbal11
ouo˙12 aƒtasqo n«je iwab13 aƒßari14 e†vellot15 n«te ni˙mou16 iŒb∑ n«ßo17
For the end over the ones who are going to be changed
for a standing stone writing of Dauid for a teaching
in the time when he burned Mesopotamia of Suria and Suria of Soœbal
and he (namely) Ioœab returned he struck the Valley of the Salts 12 thousand

1. > Q
2. etaußobtou V
3. + eti Q
4. eusthlografia O
5. n« M O P
6. euebw D1
7. ven pishou Q
8. nǠmetsopodamia O1; nǠmetsopotamia O2
9. suria W X; †souria H
10. nem †suria] > G H
11. sabal Q
12. > O Q
13. iwb D G H W X; miwab O
14. aħairi O
15. ven †vellot Q
16. pi˙mou D G W X; pi˙mo H
17. eusbw m«pishou etaƒrwk˙ n«†mesopotamia n«te †suria nem †suria n«te
swbal ouo˙ aƒtasqo n«je iwab aƒßari e†vellot n«te ni˙mou iŒb∑ n«ßo] > M P V
291
PSALM 60/59 (cont.)

292
 PSALM 60/59 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̇ ̇ 7W?5R6
9(>J*'R:‫ܢ ܕ‬5O<?
̇ ‫ܬ‬5G2'D6
7@>?5(6 12‫ܘ‬1? C'W(A
b65M‫ ܕ‬372‫ܪ‬58?‫ ܘ‬72‫ܪ‬5#‫ ܕ‬292Z<O '0[W? 11A‫'ܝ ܕܐܘ‬:‫ܐ‬
7(>?‫ ̈ܐ‬5!80Z‫ ܬ‬7XJ:‫ ܕ‬47JX@? 7X:‫ܘ‬̣ ‫ܐܒ‬52 b,‫ܘܗ‬̣
At the end for those who are changing
Writing of a standing stone connected to Daœwîd in teaching
when he burned Mes!{at Nahrîn of Sûriya} and Sûriya} of Šôbak
and Yô}aœb returned and struck the Valley of the Salt twelve thousands

1. 16‫ ܕܐܘ‬F
2. 92‫<ܪ‬O F J
3. 72!(8?‫ ܘ‬E; 72‫ܘܪ‬58?‫ ܘ‬F; 72‫ܪ‬58? J
4. 7JX@6 ‫ܕܘܡ‬F? E
5. !80‫ ܬܪ‬E F H
293
 PSALM 61/60

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬1‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֬צּ ַח ׀ ַ ֽעל־נְ גִ ַ֬ינת‬
For the leader on string[s] connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos en umnois tw dauid2
For the end among acclamations connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Σ: epinikion dia yalthriwn tou dauid
Conquest song through stringed instruments of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI IN PSALMIS DAUID
For the conqueror among musics of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

3
‫לשׁבחא על תושׁבחן לדוד‬
For the praiser on strings connected to Daœwîd

1. ‫נְ גִ ינֹת‬
many mss. (BHS)
2. tw dauid] yalmos tw dauid R S T L(few); tw dauid yalmos L(few)
3. ‫ על יד דוד‬M P110
294
 PSALM 61/60

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PRO IDITHUN PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end for Idithun music connected to Dauid himself
γ: IN FINEM IN HYMNIS IPSI DAUID
For the end among acclamations connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM IN HYMNIS DAUID
For the end among acclamations of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM IN HYMNIS1 DAUID
For the end among acclamations of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol ˙n∑2 nesmou n∑daueid
For the end among the praises of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal n«nesmoue\ n«daueid
For the end of the praises of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol3 ven ˙an˙ws piyalmos n«te dauid4
For the end among songs the music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̈
12‫ܘ‬1? C'XGM'6 7W?5R6
At the end in praises connected to Daœwîd

1. IN HYMNIS] IN HYMNI R; HYMNIS F; PSALMUS H; IN HYMNIS PSALMUS W

2. n∑ N T
3. > M O P V W X
4. piyalmos n«te dauid] n«dauid P; dauid M O V
295
 PSALM 62/61

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬1‫דוּתוּן‬
֗ ְ‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּ ַח ַ ֽעל־י‬
For the leader on Yedûtûn music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos uper idiqoun2 yalmos3 tw dauid
For the end over Idithoun music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw peri tou idiqoum melwdhma tou dauid
For the conqueror about Idithoum tune of Dauid
Σ: epinikios dia idiqoum wdh eis dauid
Of conquest through Idithoum song for Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI PER IDITHUN CANTICUM DAUID
For the conqueror through Idithun song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא על ידוי דידותן תושׁבחתא לדוד‬
For the praiser on the hands of Yedûtun praise connected to Daœwid

‫ִלידוּתוּן‬
1. a few mss. (BHS)
2. idiqoum R 55 L(most); ideiqou 2110
3. en umnois L(few)
296
 PSALM 62/61

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM IN HYMNIS PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end among acclamations music connected to Dauid himself
γ Rom: IN FINEM PRO IDITHUM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end for Idithum music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PRO IDITHUN PSALMUS DAUID
For the end for Idithun music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol ˙a i¨diqoun1 peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end concerning Idithoun the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal n«i¨diqoum peyalmos n«daueid
For the end of Idithoum the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol ejen idiqoun2 piyalmos n«te dauid
For the end over Idithoun the music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 4‫'ܘܡ‬212‫ ܐ‬YJ* 37W?5R6
At the end on account of }Îdîtûm music connected to Daœwîd

1. epjwk ebol ˙a i¨diqoun] > T W32

2. nidiqoum D G H W X; nidiqoun L O P
3. 7@*[O‫ ܕ‬7W?5R? F
4. \2‫ܘܬ‬12‫ ܐ‬H J
297
 PSALM 63/62

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫הוּדה‬
ֽ ָ ְ‫יוֹתוֹ ְבּ ִמ ְד ַ ֥בּר י‬
֗ ‫ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִו֑ד ִ֝בּ ְה‬
Music connected to Daœwid in his being in the desert of Yᵉhûdaœh

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
yalmos tw dauid en tw einai auton en th erhmw ths ioudaias1
Music connected to Dauid in his being in the desert of Ioudaia

The Three [Field]

Α: . . . iouda
. . . of Iouda
Σ: wdh tou dauid en tw einai auton en th erhmw iouda
Song of Dauid in his being in the desert of Iouda
Θ: . . . idoumaias
. . . of Idoumaia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM DAUID CUM ESSET IN DESERTO IUDA
Song of Dauid when he was being in the desert of Iuda

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫תושׁבחתא לדוד בעידן מהוי במדברא די בתחום שׁבט יהודה‬
Praise connected to Daœwid at the time of being in the desert which is in the border of
the tribe of Yᵉhûdaœh

1. idoumaias B R 2110 L(some)(sil)

298
 PSALM 63/62

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID CUM ESSET IN DESERTO IDUMAEAE
Music connected to Dauid himself when he was being in the desert of Idumaea
γ Rom: PSALMUS DAUID CUM ESSET IN DESERTO IDUMAEAE
Music of Dauid when he was being in the desert of Idumaea

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS DAUID CUM ESSET IN DESERTO IUDAEAE1
Music of Dauid when he was being in the desert of Iudaea

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid ˙m∑ ptreƒßwpe2 ˙m∑3 pjai¨e n∑†doumaia
The music of Daueid while he was being in the desert of Idoumaia

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos n«daueid4 ˙m ptreƒßope ˙i terhmos n«†oudaia
The music of Daueid while he was being on the desert of Ioudaia

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te dauid etaƒßwpi ˙i pßaƒe n«te †˙udoumea5
The music of Dauid when he was on the desert of Hudoumea

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
6
‫ ܕܐܕܘܡ‬S!61W6 C‫'ܘܗܝ ܗܘ‬2‫ ܐ‬1I 12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T:
Music of Daœwîd when he was in the desert of }Edôm

1. IDUMEAE H Φ Clementine; IDUMEA I

2. ˙m∑ ptreƒßwpe] n∑tereƒßwpe W32
3. ˙i T W32 W33 W91
4. ms. reads n«adaueid
5. †˙udomea H; †˙idoumea O W X
S‫<ܘܕ‬2‫ܕ‬
6. E
299
 PSALM 64/63

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֗צּ ַח ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
For the leader music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos yalmos tw dauid
For the end music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw melwdhma tw dauid
For the conqueror tune connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI CANTICUM DAUID
For the conqueror song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא תושׁבחתא לדוד‬
For the praiser praise connected to Daœwid

300
 PSALM 64/63

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal peyalmos n«daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos1 n«te dauid †proseuch2
The music of Daui the prayer

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 7W?5R6
At the end music connected to Daœwîd

1. epjwk m«piyalmos M O P Q V; epjwk ebol piyalmos L

2. > L M O P Q V
301
 PSALM 65/64

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּ ַח ִמזְ ֗מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֥וד ִ ֽשׁיר‬
For the leader music connected to Daœwid song

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos yalmos tw dauid1 wdh2 3

For the end music connected to Dauid song

The Three [Field]

Σ: epinikion asma . . . tou dauid
Conquest song lay . . . of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI CARMEN DAUID CANTICI4
For the conqueror verse of Dauid of a song
Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]
6
‫ שׁירתא‬5‫לשׁבחא תושׁבחתא לדוד‬
For the praiser praise connected to Daœwid song

1. yalmos tw dauid] tw dauid yalmos S; yalmos wdh(s) tw dauid L(few); yalmos

L(few); > L(few)
2. wdhs R L(some); > S T 55 L(few)
3. + ieremiou kai iezekihl ek/kai/‒‒ tou logou/laou ths paroikias ote
emellon/emellen ekporeuesqai 2110 (apparently) L Rahlfs
4. CANTICUM C Θ
5. ‫ על יד דוד‬M P110
6. ‫ ושׁירתא‬M P P17 P110
302
 PSALM 65/64

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID CANTICUM HIEREMIAE ET EZECHIHEL
EX POPULO TRANSMIGRATIONIS CUM INCIPERENT EXIRE
For the end music of Dauid song of Hieremias and Ezechiel
out of the people of the removing when they were beginning to go out
γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS IEREMIAE ET EZECHIEL PROTECTIONIS
For the end music of Ieremias and Ezechiel of covering over
Rom: IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID CANTICUM HIEREMIAE ET EZECHIEL
DE POPULO TRANSMIGRATIONIS QUANDO INCIPIEBANT PROFICISCI
For the end music of Dauid song of Hieremias and Ezechiel
from the people of the removing since they were beginning to set forth

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID CANTICUM1 HIEREMIAE ET AGGEI
DE UERBO PEREGRINATIONIS QUANDO INCIPIEBANT PROFICISCI2
For the end music of Dauid song of Hieremias and Aggeus
from the word of the sojourning since they were beginning to set forth

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

3
epjwk ebol peyalmos n∑twdh edaueid4 n∑i¨erhmias mn∑5 i¨ezekihl
ebol ˙m∑ pßaje m∑pma6 n∑#oeile eunhu ebol
For the end the music of the song connected to Daueid of Iereœmias and Iezekieœl
out of the word of the place of sojourning while they are coming out

1. asterisked in the ed.

2. AGGEI DE UERBO
PEREGRINATIONIS QUANDO INCIPIEBANT PROFICISCI] EZECHIEL DE
POPULO TRANSMIGRATIONIS CUM INCIPERENT PROFICISCI I; EZECHIELIS POPULO
TRANSMIGRATIONIS CUM INCIPERENT EXIRE Clementine
3. + ptw˙m∑ n∑en˙eqnos W101
4. n∑daueid T W32
5. Budge incorrectly reads n∑
6. ˙m∑ pma T
303
PSALM 65/64 (cont.)

304
 PSALM 65/64 (cont.)

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal peyalmos n«twdh n«daueid n«i¨erhmias men e\ze#ihl
e\bal ˙m pseje m«peƒma n«#aeile e\ƒennhou e\bal
For the end the music of the song of Daueid of Iereœmias and Ezegieœl
out of the word of his place of sojourning as he was going to come out

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol1 piyalmos2 n«te dauid †˙wdh3 n«te ieremias nem iezekihl
ebol4 ven5 psaji6 n«te piouwteb ebol eunaße nwou
For the end the music of Dauid the song of Ieremias and Iezekieœl
out of the word of the moving out as they were going to go

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
9
C'*5GM‫ ܕܬ‬812‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 77W?5R6
At the end music connected to Daœwîd of praise

1. > D Q W X
2. m«piyalmos D G H L M O P Q V W X
3. n«†wdh D G H W X; †wdh Q
4. > L M O P V
5. ve O1
6. pisaji L Q; saji H
7. > H
8.12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: S‫ܪ‬5:T: 12‫ܘ‬1?
] F
9. word marked with obeli] without obeli E F; C'*5GM‫ ܬ‬H J (without obeli)
305
 PSALM 66/65

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַ ֭ל ְמנַ ֵצּ ַח ִ ֣שׁיר ִמזְ ֑מוֹר‬
For the leader song (of) music

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos wdh yalmou 1 2

For the end song of music

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw asma melwdhmatos
For the conqueror lay of a tune

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI CANTICUM PSALMI
For the conqueror song of music

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

3
‫לשׁבחא שׁירא תושׁבחתא‬
For the praiser song praise

1. + [anastasews] B 2110 Rahlfs (considers it a first or second century addition)

2. + tw dauid in various places L(few)
3. ‫ ותושׁבחתא‬C M P* P17 P110
306
 PSALM 66/65

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α Rom: IN FINEM CANTICUM PSALMI RESURRECTIONIS
For the end song of music of the rising again
γ: IN FINEM CANTICUM PSALMUS RESURRECTIONIS IPSI DAUID
For the end song music of the rising again connected to Dauid himself

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM1 CANTICUM PSALMI2 RESURRECTIONIS3
For the end song of music of the rising again

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

4
epjwk ebol peyalmos n∑twdh5 n∑tanastasis
For the end the music of the song of the standing up

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal n«twdh m«peyalmos n«tanastasis
For the end of the song of the music of the standing up

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol6 †wdh7 piyalmos n«te †anastasis
For the end the song the music of the standing up

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
C'W(A‫ ܕ‬S‫ܪ‬5:T:‫ ܕ‬C'*5GM‫ ܬ‬7W?5R6
At the end praise of music of the rising up

1. IN FINEM] > H I W S K
2. CANTICUM PSALMI] PSALMUS DAUID H W; CANTICUM PSALMUS K; PSALMI CANTICUM S;
PSALMUS DAUID CANTICUM I
3. > H I W S K
4. + ptw˙m∑ n∑en˙eqnos auw tmn∑tmn∑tre n∑napostolos W101
5. peyalmos n∑twdh] twdh peyalmos T W101
6. epjwk ebol] > Q
7. n«†wdh G H; n«†˙wdh L M O V; n«te †wdh P; wdh Q
307
 PSALM 67/66

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ ִ ֽשׁיר‬2 ‫ ִבּנְ גִ י ֗נ ֹת ִמזְ ֥מוֹר‬1‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּח‬
For the leader with strings music (of) a song

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos en umnois yalmos wdhs3 4

For the end among acclamations music of a song

The Three [Field]

Σ: epinikion dia yalthriou . . . asmatos
Conquest song through a stringed instrument . . . of a lay

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI IN PSALMIS CANTICUM CARMINIS
For the conqueror among musics song of a verse

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

5
‫לשׁבחא בנגינתא תושׁבחתא ושׁירתא‬
For the praiser with the strings praise and song

1.‫ ַל ְמנַ ֵצּ ַח‬many mss. (BHS) A

2. + ‫ ְל ָדוִ ד‬a few mss. (BHS)
3. yalmos wdhs] yalmos B 55 L(many)(sil); wdh Rs
4. + tw dauid B Rs 55 L(many)
5. ‫ לדוד‬P P110
308
 PSALM 67/66

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM IN LAUDIBUS CANTICUM IPSI DAUID
For the end among praises song connected to Dauid himself
γ: IN FINEM IN HYMNIS PSALMUS
For the end among acclamations music
Rom: IN FINEM IN HYMNIS PSALMUS CANTICI
For the end among acclamations music of a song

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM IN HYMNIS PSALMUS CANTICI1
For the end among acclamations music of a song

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol ˙n∑ nesmou peyalmos n∑twdh2
For the end among the praises the music of the song

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal n«nesmoue\ peyalmos n«twdh
For the end of the praises the music of the song

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol3 ven ˙an˙ws piyalmos n«te4 †˙wdh5
For the end among songs the music of the song

1. PSALMUS
CANTICI] PSALMUS CANTICI DAUID Clementine; PSALMUS DAUID CANTICI K;
PSALMUS DAUID W
2. n∑daueid B (apparently)
3. > D Q
4. piyalmos n«te] yalmos n«te D; > Q
5. †wdh D G H P Q W X
309
PSALM 67/66 (cont.)

310
 PSALM 67/66 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
1 ̈
C'*5GM‫ ܕܬ‬S‫ܪ‬5:T: C'XGM'6 7W?5R6
At the end in praises music of praise

1.
̈
C'XGM‫ܕܬ‬ F
311
 PSALM 68/67

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּ ַח ְל ָד ִ ֗וד ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ִ ֽשׁיר‬
For the leader connected to Daœwid music (of) a song

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos 1
tw dauid yalmos wdhs2 3

For the end connected to Dauid music of a song

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw tou dauid melwdhma asmatos
For the conqueror of Dauid tune of a lay

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI DAUID PSALMUS CANTICI
For the conqueror of Dauid music of a song

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ תושׁבחא ושׁירא‬4‫לשׁבחא לדוד‬
For the praiser connected to Daœwid praise and song

1. + en u(mnois) 1219
2. tw dauid yalmos wdhs] yalmos wdhs tw dauid 55 L(some); yalmos tw dauid
L(few); (ths) wdhs yalmos tw dauid L(few); ths wdhs dauid yalmos L(few); yalmos
wdhs L(few)
3. + anastasews L(few)
4. ‫ על יד דוד‬M P110
312
 PSALM 68/67

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: ————
γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS CANTICI IPSI DAUID
For the end music of a song connected to Dauid himself
Rom: IN FINEM DAUID PSALMUS CANTICI
For the end of Dauid music of a song

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM DAUID PSALMUS CANTICI1
For the end of Dauid music of a song

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol peyalmos n∑twdh n∑daueid
For the end the music of the song of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal peyalmos n«twdh n«daueid
For the end the music of the song of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol2 piyalmos n«te dauid3
For the end the music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
4
C'*5GM‫ ܕܬ‬S‫ܪ‬5:T: 12‫ܘ‬1? 7W?5R6
At the end connected to Daœwîd music of praise

1. DAUIDPSALMUS CANTICI] PSALMUS CANTICI W; PSALMUS CANTICI DAUID I; PSALMUS

CANTICI IPSI DAUID Clementine
2. > P Q
3. piyalmos n«te dauid] n«dauid piyalmos n«te †wdh D G Q W X; n«te dauid
piyalmos n«te †wdh H; m«piyalmos n«te dauid L M O P
4.C'*5GM‫ ܕܬ‬S‫ܪ‬5:T: ]>J
313
 PSALM 69/68

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ל־שׁוֹשׁ ִ֬נּים ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
ַ ‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֬צּ ַח ַ ֽע‬
For the leader on lilies connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos uper twn alloiwqhsomenwn tw dauid1
For the end over those that will be changed connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw epi krinwn tou dauid
For the conqueror on lilies of Dauid
Σ: . . . uper twn anqwn . . .
. . . over the flowers . . .

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI PRO LILIIS2 DAUID
For the conqueror for the lilies of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא על גלוות סנהדרין על יד דוד‬
For the praiser on the exiles of the sanhedrîn on the hand of Daœwid

1. tw dauid] yalmos tw dauid 55 2110 L(many); tw dauid yalmos L(few)

2. PRO LILIIS] PRO FILIIS F; PRELIIS Σ
314
 PSALM 69/68

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PRO HIS QUI INMUTABUNTUR IPSI DAUID
For the end for those that will be changed connected to Dauid himself
γ: IN FINEM PRO HIS QUAE COMMUTABITUR PSALMUS DAUID
For the end for those that (he) will be exchanged music of Dauid
Rom: IN FINEM PRO HIS QUI COMMUTABUNTUR DAUID
For the end for those that will be exchanged of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PRO HIS QUI1 COMMUTABUNTUR DAUID2
For the end for those that will be exchanged of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol ˙a netnaßibe peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end concerning the ones who are going to change the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal ˙a netneßibe peyalmos n«daueid
For the end concerning the ones who are going to change the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol3 ejen4 nh etounaßobtou5 piyalmos n«te dauid6
For the end over the ones who are going to be changed the music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̇
12‫ܘ‬1? 9(>J*'R:‫ܢ ܕ‬5O‫ ̇ܗ‬YJ* 7W?5R6
At the end on account of those who are changing connected to Daœwîd

1. HIS QUI] HIS QUAE R F; IIS QUI Clementine

2. PSALMUS DAUID H; > W
3. > O Q
4. n«je H
5. nh etounaßobtou] netounaßobtou G; nh etaußobtou L
6. piyalmos n«te dauid] > P
315
 PSALM 70/69

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַ֝ל ְמנַ ֵ֗צּ ַח ְל ָדִ ֥וד ְל ַהזְ ִ ֽכּיר‬
1
[‫הים ְל ַה ִצּ ֵיל֑נִ י‬j
֥ ִ ‫]א‬
ֱ
For the leader connected to Daœwid to remind

[God to rescue me]

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos 2
tw dauid eis anamnhsin
eis to swsai4 me kurion5
3

For the end connected to Dauid for a remembrance

for the Master to deliver me

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw tou dauid tou anamimnhskein . . .
For the conqueror of Dauid to remind . . .

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI DAUID AD RECORDANDUM

[DEUS UT LIBERES ME]6

For the conqueror of Dauid to be recalled

[God that you free me]

1. As first phrase of the Psalm, not part of heading.

2. + yalmos L(some)
3. eis to] o qeos 2110
4. swson L(few)
5. kurie L(some); > 2110
6. As first phrase of the Psalm, not part of heading.
316
 PSALM 70/69

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM DAUID IN RECORDATIONE
IN QUO SALUUM ME FECIT DOMINUS
For the end of Dauid at the recalling
in which the Master made me delivered
γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID IN REMEMORATIONEM
QUOD SALUUM FECERIT EUM DEUS
For the end music of Dauid for a remembrance
that God made him delivered
Rom: IN FINEM DAUID IN REMEMORATIONE
EO QUOD SALUUM ME FECIT DOMINUS
For the end of Dauid at the remembrance
because the Master made me delivered

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM 1 DAUID IN REMEMORATIONE2
EO3 QUOD SALUUM ME FECIT4 DOMINUS
For the end of Dauid at the remembrance
because the Master made me delivered

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol edaueid5 eur∑6 pmeeue
etre pjoeis tan˙oi¨7
For the end connected to Daueid for a remembrance
for the Master to cause me to live

1. + PSALMUS H W Clementine
2. REMEMORATIONEM Φ Clementine
3. > H I W Clementine
4. ME FECIT] FECIT R; FECIT EUM H W; FECERIT EUM Clementine
5. n∑daueid W32
6. m∑per T; m∑pr∑ N W32
7. etre pjoeis tan˙oi] pnoute n∑tan˙oei B (apparently); etre pjoeis tan˙oƒ N
317
 PSALM 70/69 (cont.)

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ על צריר לבונתא‬1‫לשׁבחא על יד דוד למדכר‬
3 2
[ ‫]אלהא לפצאה יתנא‬
For the praiser on the hand of Daœwid to remember on a handful of frankincense

[God to deliver us]

1. > M (=S?)
2.‫יתי‬ M (=S?) P110
3. As first phrase of the Psalm, not part of heading.
318
 PSALM 70/69 (cont.)

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

[e\p]jok e\bal n«daueid m«per pmhouh
m«pn∑†∑ pertan˙ai¨
For the end of Daueid of the remembrance
of God the one causing me to live

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol1 n«dauid2 eumeui
efna˙met3 n«je p#ois
For the end of Dauid for a remembrance
to the rescue of me (namely) the Master

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
C‫ܬ‬5O‫<ܕ‬0': 12‫ܘ‬1? 7W?5R6
72!: +@A!>W?‫ܕ‬ ̇
̣ ‫<ܝ‬6
At the end connected to Daœwîd recollection
in order that the Master deliver me

1. > Q T W X
2. n«te dauid H; n«te dauin L
3. efla˙meƒ D1; efna˙meƒ D2 G H L O P W X
319
 PSALM 71/70

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
tw dauid1 2

Connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

————

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

————

1. tw dauid] yalmos tw dauid L(some); yalmos tw dauid eis to telos 2110; eis to
telos yalmos tw dauid L(few); tw dauid yalmos S L(many); tou dauid yalmos R
2. + (twn) uiwn iwnadab/aminadab/nadab/adab kai twn prwtwn/prwtws
aicmalwtisqentwn (anepigrafos par ebraiois) B S L Rahlfs
320
 PSALM 71/70

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: PSALMUS DAUID FILIORUM IONADAB ET PRIORUM CAPTIUORUM
NON SUPRASCRIPTUS APUD HEBRAEOS
Music of Dauid of the sons of Ionadab and the first captives
not written above among Hebraeans
γ: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID FILIORUM IONADAB ET PRIORUM CAPTIUORUM
For the end Music connected to Dauid himself of the sons of Ionadab and the first
captives
Rom: DAUID PSALMUS FILIORUM IONADAB ET PRIORUM CAPTIUORUM
Of Dauid music of the sons of Ionadab and the first captives

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
1
DAUID PSALMUS2 FILIORUM IONADAB ET3 PRIORUM CAPTIUORUM
Of Dauid music of the sons of Ionadab and the first captives

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal peyalmos n«daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

fa dauid n«te nenßhri n«iwnadab4 nem5 nißorp etauer ecmalwteuin6 m«mwou7
The one of Dauid of the sons of Ioœnadab and the first that were made captive

1. + IN FINEM H W K
2. DAUID PSALMUS] PSALMUS DAUID W Clementine; PSALMUS IPSI DAUID K; PSALMUS H
3. > H W
4. n«iwnadap L
5. > D G H W X
6. cmalwteuin W
7. > L
321
PSALM 71/70 (cont.)

322
 PSALM 71/70 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
3
5(6'M‫ܐ‬
̣
2 ̇ ‫ܒ‬1O52‫ ܕ‬7(@6‫ܕ‬
'(:1A‫ܢ ܕ‬5O‫ܘܕܗ‬ ̈ 12‫ܘ‬1? 1S‫ܪ‬5:T: 7W?5R6
At the end music connected to Daœwîd of the sons of Yônadab and of those that at first
were made captive

1. > F
2. '2F:1A‫ ܕ‬C E
3. + 72KG0 ‫ܬ‬5? ‫ ܗܘ‬7W(M‫ ̣ܪ‬7? E
323
 PSALM 72/71

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ ׀‬1‫מה‬
ֹ ֨ j‫ִל ְשׁ‬
Connected to Šᵉlomoh

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
2
eis salwmwn3 4

For Saloœmoœn

The Three [Field]

Α Σ Θ: tou solomwntos
Of Solomoœn

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

SALOMONIS
Of Salomon

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫על ידוי דשׁלמה אתאמר בנבואה‬
On the hands of Šᵉlomoh said in foretelling

1. > a few mss. (BHS)

2. + eis to telos yalmos tw dauid L(some); yalmos tw dauid L(few); yalmos L(few)
3. salomwn B L(few); salwmwna R 1219 2110; solomwn L(few); solomwnta L(few)
4. + yalmos R L(some); yalmos tw dauid L(few)
324
 PSALM 72/71

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
1
α γ: IN SALOMONEM PSALMUS
For Salomon music
Rom: PSALMUS IN SALOMONEM
Music for Salomon

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
2
IN SALOMONEM3 4

For Salomon

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

esolomwn
Connected to Solomoœn

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\solomwn
Connected to Solomoœn

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

esolomwn5
Connected to Solomoœn

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
6
‫ܢ‬5W(JR6
In Šlêmôn

1. ms. γ reads SOLOMONEM

2. + PSALMUS H K Clementine
3. SALOMONE W; SALAMONE H; SOLOMON R
4. + PSALMUS I; PSALMUS DAUID W
5. esolmwn H; fa solomwn L
‫ܢ‬5W(JM‫ܕ‬
6. EF
325
 PSALM 73/72

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

1
[‫]כּ ֥לּוּ ְת ִפ ֑לּוֹת ָ ֝דּ ִ ֗וד ֶבּן־יִ ָ ֽשׁי‬
ָ

‫ִמזְ ֗מוֹר ְל ָ֫א ָ ֥סף‬

[The prayers of Daœwid son of Yišay were completed]

Music connected to }AŒsaœp

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
exelipon oi umnoi dauid tou2 uiou iessai3
yalmos tw asaf 4

The acclamations of Dauid the son of Iessai left off

music connected to Asaph

The Three [Field]

Α: etelesqhsan proseucai dauid uiou iessai
melwdhma tou asaf
Prayers of Dauid son of Iessai ended
tune of Asaph
Σ: epetelesqhsan proseucai dauid uiou iessai . . .
Prayers of Dauid son of Iessai came to an end . . .
Θ: anekefalaiwqhsan proseucai dauid uiou iessai . . .
Prayers of Dauid son of Iessai were summed up . . .

1. Considered ending of previous Psalm, not part of heading.

2. > T 55 L(few)
3. isessai 2110
4. + wdh pros ton assurion L(few)
326
 PSALM 73/72

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: DEFECERUNT HYMNI LAUDIS DAUID FILII IESSE
PSALMUS ASAPH
The acclamations of praise of Dauid the son of Iesse left off
music of Asaph
γ: DEFECERUNT LAUDES DAUID FILII IESSAE
PSALMUS A
The praises of Dauid the son of Iessae left off
music of A
1
Rom: [DEFECERUNT LAUDES DAUID FILII IESSE]

PSALMUS ASAPH
[The praises of Dauid the son of Iesse left off]

Music of Asaph

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
[DEFECERUNT LAUDES DAUID FILII IESSE]2

PSALMUS ASAPH
[The praises of Dauid the son of Iesse left off]

Music of Asaph

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

auwjn∑ n∑#i nesmou n∑daueid pßhre ni¨essai
peyalmos n∑asaf
They (namely) the praises of Daueid the son of Iessai stopped
the music of Asaph

1. Considered ending of previous Psalm, not part of heading.

2. Considered ending of previous Psalm, not part of heading.
327
 PSALM 73/72 (cont.)

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

[COMPLETAE SUNT ORATIONES1 DAUID FILII IESSE2]3

CANTICUM ASAPH
[The speeches of Dauid the son of Iesse are filled up]

Song of Asaph

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

4
[‫]גמרין צלותייא דדוד בר ישׁי‬

‫ על ידיה דאסף‬5 ‫תושׁבחתא‬

[The prayers of Daœwid son of Yišay are completed]

Praise on the hand of }AŒsaœp

1. COMPLETAE SUNT ORATIONES] DEFECERUNT LAUDES I A K; > C Σ

2. DAUID FILII IESSE] > C Σ
3. Considered ending of previous Psalm, not part of heading.
4. Considered ending of previous Psalm, not part of heading.
5. + ‫ לדוד‬C
328
 PSALM 73/72 (cont.)

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

˙aumounk n«#h nesmoue\ n«daueid pßhre n«i¨essai
peyalmos n«daueid
They (namely) the praises of Daueid the son of Iessai ceased
the music of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

aumounk n«je ni˙ws n«te1 dauid pßhri2 n«iesse3
piyalmos n«te asaf
They (namely) the songs of Dauid the son of Iesse ceased
the music of Asaph

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
5 ̈
+R2‫!ܗ ܕܐ‬6 12‫ ܕܕܘ‬C'XGM‫ܬ‬ 4 ̈
9(,‫ܐܘ‬
Y#F? S‫ܪ‬5:T:
The praises of Daœwîd son of }Κay are finished
Music connected to }AŒsaœp

1. n«je Q
2. u∑s∑ M V; pßhi O
3. n«iessh G H
4.
̈
9((,‫ܐܘ‬ F
5. +R2‫ ܕ‬E
329
 PSALM 74/73

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַמ ְשׂ ִ֗כּיל ְל ָ֫א ָ ֥סף‬
Comprehender connected to }AŒsaœp

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
1
sunesews tw asaf
Of comprehension connected to Asaph

The Three [Field]

Α: episthmosunhs tou asaf
Of understanding of Asaph

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

ERUDITIONIS2 ASAPH
Of education of Asaph

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫שׂיכלא טבא על ידוי דאסף‬
Good comprehension on the hands of }AŒsaœp

1. + yalmos L(few)
2. ERUDITIONES R; ERUDITIO Θ
330
 PSALM 74/73

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: INTELLECTUS IPSI ASAPH
Of comprehension connected to Asaph himself
γ: INTELLECTUS ASAPH PSALMUS
Of comprehension of Asaph music
Rom: INTELLECTUS ASAPH
Of comprehension of Asaph

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
1
INTELLECTUS2 ASAPH
Of comprehension of Asaph

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

tmn∑trm∑n∑˙ht n∑asaf
The comprehension of Asaph

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

tmentremen˙ht n«asaf
The comprehension of Asaph

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

pika† n«te asaf
The comprehension of Asaph

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
3
Y#F? C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D#‫ܕ‬
Of comprehension connected to }AŒsaœp

1. + IN FINEM H W
2. PRO IDITHUN PSALMUS H
3. Y#F? C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D#‫ ]ܕ‬C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D#‫ ܕ‬Y#F? J
331
 PSALM 75/74

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ל־תּ ְשׁ ֵ ֑חת ִמזְ ֖מוֹר ְל ָא ָ ֣סף ִ ֽשׁיר‬
ַ ‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּ ַח ַא‬
For the leader don’t destroy music connected to }AŒsaœp song

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos mh diafqeirhs yalmos tw asaf wdhs1
For the end don’t destroy music connected to Asaph of a song

The Three [Field]

Σ: epinikios peri afqarsias yalmos tou asaf
Of conquest about incorruption music of Asaph

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI UT NON DISPERDAS PSALMUS ASAPH CANTICI2
For the conqueror that you don’t destroy music of Asaph of a song

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ תושׁבחתא על ידוי דאסף ושׁירא‬3‫לשׁבחא בזמן די אמר דוד לא תחבל עמך‬
For the praiser at the time that Daœwid said Don’t destroy your people praise on the
hands of }AŒsaœp and song

1. yalmos tw asaf wdhs] tw asaf yalmos wdhs L(many); yalmos tw asaf 2110
L(few); tw asaf yalmos R L(some); tw asaf L(few)
2. CANTICUM C Θ
3. > C P P17
332
 PSALM 75/74

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α Rom: IN FINEM NE CORRUMPAS PSALMUS ASAPH CANTICI
For the end don’t ruin music of Asaph of a song
γ: IN FINEM NE CORRUMPAS PSALMUS ASAPH CANTICUM
For the end don’t ruin music of Asaph song

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM NE CORRUMPAS PSALMUS ASAPH CANTICI1
For the end don’t ruin music of Asaph of a song

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol m∑pr∑tako peyalmos n∑twdh n∑asaf
For the end don’t destroy the music of the song of Asaph

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal e\temtaka peyalmos n«twdh n«asaf
For the end to not destroy the music of the song of Asaph

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol2 m«pertako piyalmos n«te3 †˙wdh4 n«te asaf
For the end don’t destroy the music of the song of Asaph

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̇ 7? 7W?5R6
C'*5GM‫ ܕܬ‬5Y#F? S‫ܪ‬5:T: /G*‫ܬ‬
At the end don’t destroy music connected to }AŒsaœp of praise

1. ASAPH CANTICI] CANTICI ASAPH Clementine; ASAPH H W; > R

2. > Q
3. piyalmos n«te] > P
4. †wdh D G H O P Q V W X
Y#‫ܕܐ‬
5. F
333
 PSALM 76/75

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּ ַח ִבּנְ גִ י ֹ֑נת ִמזְ ֖מוֹר ְל ָא ָ ֣סף ִ ֽשׁיר‬
For the leader with strings music connected to }AŒsaœp song

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos en umnois1 yalmos tw2 asaf wdh3 4

For the end among acclamations music connected to Asaph song

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw en yalmois melwdhma tou asaf wdhs
For the conqueror among musics tune of Asaph of a song

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI IN PSALMIS CANTICUM ASAPH CARMINIS
For the conqueror among musics song of Asaph of a verse

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

8
‫ על ידא דאסף שׁירא‬7‫ תושׁבחא‬6‫ בתושׁבחתא‬5‫לשׁבחא‬
For the praiser in praise praise on the hand of }AŒsaœp song

1. eis to telos en umnois] > L(few)

2. tou R
3. wdhs T L(few); > S L(few)
4. + pros ton assurion B R 1219 L Rahlfs
5. > P17orig
6. > C
7. > M P110
8. ‫ ושׁירא‬C M P P17 P110
334
 PSALM 76/75

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM IN HYMNIS PSALMUS ASAPH CANTICUM PRO ASSYRIIS
For the end among acclamations music of Asaph song for the Assyrians
γ: IN FINEM IN HYMNIS PSALMUS ASAPH CANTICUM PRO ASSYRIO
For the end among acclamations music of Asaph song for the Assyrian
Rom: IN FINEM IN LAUDIBUS PSALMUS ASAPH CANTICUM AD ASSYRIOS
For the end among praises music of Asaph song to the Assyrians

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM IN LAUDIBUS1 PSALMUS ASAPH CANTICUM AD ASSYRIUM2
For the end among praises music of Asaph song to the Assyrian

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol ˙n∑ nesmou peyalmos n∑twdh n∑asaf
For the end among the praises the music of the song of Asaph

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal n«nesmoue\ peyalmos n«twdh n«asaf
For the end of the praises the music of the song of Asaph

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol3 ven ˙an˙ws piyalmos n«te asaf †˙wdh4 eqbe piassurios5
For the end among songs the music of Asaph the song about the Assurian

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̈
72‫ܬ ܐܬܘܪ‬5? C'*5GM‫ ܬ‬Y#F? S‫ܪ‬5:T: C'XGM'6 7W?5R6
At the end in praises music connected to }AŒsaœp praise at the }AŒtûraœian

1. IN LAUDIBUS] LAUDIBUS Φ; IN CARMINIBUS K; CARMINIBUS F

2. ASSYRIOS I K Φ Clementine
3. > L Q
4. †wdh D Q W X
5. piassirios D L M W; pimenrit P
335
 PSALM 77/76

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ ְל ָא ָ ֥סף ִמזְ ֽמוֹר‬1‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּ ַח ַ ֽעל־יְ ִדיתוּן‬
For the leader on Yedîtûn (read: Yedûtûn) connected to }AŒsaœp music

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos uper idiqoun2 tw asaf yalmos3
For the end over Idithoun connected to Asaph music

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw epi idiqoum melwdhma tw asaf
For the conqueror on Idithoum tune connected to Asaph
Σ: epinikion dia idiqoum wdh tou asaf
Conquest song through Idithoum song of Asaph

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI PER4 IDITHUN PSALMUS ASAPH
For the conqueror through Idithun music of Asaph

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ ידותון לאסף תושׁבחא‬5‫לשׁבחא על יד‬
For the praiser on the hand of Yedûtûn connected to }AŒsaœp praise

‫דוּתוּן‬
1. ֗ ְ‫י‬ Qerēy; also many mss. (BHS)
2. idiqoum B R L; ideinqoun 2110; ieqoum 55
3. tw asaf yalmos] yalmos tw asaf 55 2110 L
4. PRO F; SUPER Θ
5. > C P P17
336
 PSALM 77/76

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
1
α Rom: IN FINEM PRO IDITHUN PSALMUS ASAPH
For the end for Idithun music of Asaph
γ: IN FINEM PRO IDITHUM HUIC ASAPH PSALMUS
For the end for Idithum connected to this Asaph music

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PRO IDITHUN PSALMUS ASAPH
For the end for Idithun music of Asaph

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol ˙a i¨diqoun peyalmos n∑asaf2
For the end concerning Idithoun the music of Asaph

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal e\tbe i¨diqo[u]n peyalmos n«asaf
For the end about Idithoun the music of Asaph

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol ejen3 idiqoun4 piyalmos5 n«te asaf6
For the end over Idithoun the music of Asaph

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
S‫ܪ‬5:T: Y#F? 7‫'ܘܡ‬212‫ ܐ‬YJ* 7W?5R6
At the end on account of }Îdîtûm connected to }AŒsaœp music

1. ms. α reads IDITUM

2. Budge misses n∑asaf
3. eqbe D G H W X
4. idiq M; nidiqoun D G H O P Q W X
5. pyalmos H
6. dauid M
‫ܘܬܘܢ‬12 \2‫ܘܬ‬12‫ܐ‬
7. E; HJ
337
 PSALM 78/77

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַמ ְשׂ ִ֗כּיל ְל ָ֫א ָ ֥סף‬
Comprehender connected to }AŒsaœp

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
sunesews1 tw asaf
Of comprehension connected to Asaph

The Three [Field]

Α: episthmosunhs tou asaf
Of understanding of Asaph

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

ERUDITIONIS ASAPH
Of education of Asaph

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫שׂכלא דרוח קודשׁא על ידוי דאסף‬
Comprehension of the Holy Spirit on the hands of }AŒsaœp

1. yalmos L(few)
338
 PSALM 78/77

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: INTELLECTUS ASAPH
Of comprehension of Asaph

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
INTELLECTUS ASAPH
Of comprehension of Asaph

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑tmn∑trm∑n∑˙ht1 n∑asaf
The music of the comprehension of Asaph

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

tmentremen˙[ht]
The comprehension

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

m«pika†2 n«te3 asaf
Of the comprehension of Asaph

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
Y#F? C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D#‫ܕ‬
Of comprehension connected to }AŒsaœp

1. peyalmos n∑tmn∑trm∑n∑˙ht] tmn∑trm∑n∑˙ht B T W32 WO

2. pika† G H M O P V W X; ouka† L; euka† Q
3. n« Q
339
 PSALM 79/78

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִמזְ ֗מוֹר ְל ָ֫א ָ ֥סף‬
Music connected to }AŒsaœp

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
yalmos1 tw asaf2
Music connected to Asaph

The Three [Field]

Σ: wdh tou asaf
Song of Asaph

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM ASAPH
Song of Asaph

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫תושׁבחא על ידוי דאסף‬
‫על חורבן בית מקדשׁא אמר ברוח נבואה‬
Praise on the hands of }AŒsaœp
on the destruction of the house of the holy place he said in a spirit of foretelling

1. sunesews 1219 L(few)

2. daueid S
340
 PSALM 79/78

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: PSALMUS ASAPH
Music of Asaph

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS ASAPH
Music of Asaph

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑asaf
The music of Asaph

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos n«asaf
The music of Asaph

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te asaf
The music of Asaph

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
Y#‫ ܕܐ‬S‫ܪ‬5:T:
Music of }AŒsaœp

341
 PSALM 80/79

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫־שׁ ַֹשׁ ִנּ֑ים‬1‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּ ַח ֶאל‬
‫ֵע ֖דוּת ְל ָא ָ ֣סף ִמזְ ֽמוֹר‬
For the leader to lilies
witness connected to }AŒsaœp music

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos uper twn alloiwqhsomenwn
2
marturion tw asaf yalmos 3

For the end over those that will be changed

witness connected to Asaph music

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw uper twn krinwn marturias
tou asaf melwdhma
For the conqueror over the lilies of witness
of Asaph tune
Σ: . . . uper twn anqwn
marturia . . .
. . . over the flowers
witness . . .

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI PRO LILIIS TESTIMONII4
ASAPH CANTICUM
For the conqueror for the lilies of witness
of Asaph song

‫ַעל‬
1. some mss. (BHS)
2. + eis S L(few)
3. + uper tou assuriou B Rahlfs; uper twn assuriwn L(few); eis ton assurion 55;
uper tou agaphtou L(few)
4. TESTIMONIA F; TESTIMONIUM I A K Θ L Harden
342
 PSALM 80/79

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PRO HIS QUAE INMUTABUNTUR
TESTIMONIUM IPSI ASAPH PSALMUS PRO ASSYRIIS
For the end for those that will be changed
witness connected to Asaph himself music for the Assyrians
γ: IN FINEM PRO HIS QUI IMMUTABUNTUR
IN TESTIMONIUM ASAPH PRO ASSYRIO
For the end for those that will be changed
for a witness of Asaph for the Assyrian
Rom: IN FINEM PRO HIS QUI COMMUTABUNTUR
TESTIMONIUM ASAPH PSALMUS
For the end for those that will be exchanged
witness of Asaph music

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PRO HIS1 QUI COMMUTABUNTUR
TESTIMONIUM ASAPH PSALMUS2
For the end for those that will be exchanged
witness of Asaph music

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol ˙a netnaßibe
pmn∑tre n∑asaf peyalmos ˙a passurios
For the end concerning the ones who are going to change
the witness of Asaph the music concerning the Assurian

1. IIS Clementine
2. ASAPH PSALMUS] PSALMUS ASAPH I; ASAPH H Φ; ASAPH PSALMUS ASIRIORUM W
343
 PSALM 80/79 (cont.)

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא על יתבי סנהדרין די מתעסקין בסהדות אוריתא‬
1
‫על ידוי דאסף תושׁבחתא‬
For the praiser on the sitting ones of the sanhedrîn who occupy themselves in the
witness of the Instruction
on the hands of }AŒsaœp praise

1. ‫ שׁירתא‬M P110
344
 PSALM 80/79 (cont.)

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal ˙a netneßibe
n«tmentmetrh n«asaf peyalmos ˙a passurios
For the end concerning the ones who are going to change
of the witness of Asaph the music concerning the Assurian

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol1 ejen nh etounaßobtou2
eumetmeqre n«asaf piyalmos ejen niassurios3
For the end over the ones who are going to be changed
for a witness of Asaph the music over the Assurians

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̇
9(>J*'R:‫ܢ ܕ‬5O‫ ̇ܗ‬YJ* 7W?5R6
S‫ܪ‬5:T: Y#F? C‫<ܕܘܬ‬#
At the end on account of those who are changing
witness connected to }AŒsaœp music

1. > Q
2. etaußobtou M O P V; etaußoptou L
3. ejen niassurios] ejen piassirios G H L W; ejen piassurios X; n«te piassurios Q
345
 PSALM 81/80

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

1
‫ל־הגִּ ִ֬תּית ְל ָא ָ ֽסף‬
ַ ‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֬צּ ַח ׀ ַ ֽע‬
For the leader on the gittˆ®t2 connected to }AŒsaœp

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos uper twn lhnwn3 tw asaf4
For the end over the winepresses connected to Asaph

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw epi tou lhnou tou asaf
For the conqueror on the winepress of Asaph

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI IN TORCULARIBUS ASAPH
For the conqueror in the winepresses of Asaph

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא על כנורא דאתיא מן גת על ידא דאסף‬
For the praiser on the lyre that comes from Gat on the hand of }AŒsaœp

‫ִמזְ מוֹר‬
1. + a few mss. (BHS)
2. Uncertain: an instrument from Gat (a “Gathian lyre”)? a woman from Gat? winepresses (reading as
‫?)גתות‬
3. uper twn lhnwn] peri twn lhnwn 2110; uper twn alloiwqhsomenwn A; > T
4. tw asaf] tw asaf yalmos B L(few) Rahlfs; yalmos tw asaf R S 55 L; yalmos tw
dauid A L(few)
346
 PSALM 81/80

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PRO TORCULARIBUS QUINTA SABBATI PSALMUS ASAPH
For the end for the winepresses at the fifth of the week music of Asaph
γ: IN FINEM PRO TORCULARIBUS PSALMUS IPSI ASAPH
For the end for the winepresses music connected to Asaph himself
Rom: IN FINEM PRO TORCULARIBUS ASAPH QUINTA SABBATI
For the end for the winepresses of Asaph at the fifth of the week

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PRO TORCULARIBUS 1 ASAPH 2
For the end for the winepresses of Asaph

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol ˙a ne˙rwt peyalmos n∑asaf m∑p†ou m∑psabbaton
For the end concerning the winepresses the music of Asaph of the fifth of the week

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal ˙a ne˙rot peyalmos n«asaf ˙m p†ouw m«pisabbaton
For the end concerning the winepresses the music of Asaph in the fifth of the week

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol3 ejen ni˙rwt piyalmos n«te asaf
For the end over the winepresses the music of Asaph

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
S‫ܪ‬5:T: Y#F? C‫ܬ‬Z[": YJ* 7W?5R6
At the end on account of the winepresses connected to }AŒsaœp music

1. + DOMINI W; PSALMUS H K; PSALMUS IPSI Clementine

2. + PSALMUS QUARTA SABBATI W; QUINTA SABBATI I
3. > Q
347
 PSALM 82/81

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִמזְ ֗מוֹר ְל ָ֫א ָ ֥סף‬
Music connected to }AŒsaœp

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
yalmos tw asaf
Music connected to Asaph

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM ASAPH
Song of Asaph

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫תושׁבחתא על ידא דאסף‬
Praise on the hand of }AŒsaœp

348
 PSALM 82/81

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: PSALMUS IPSI ASAPH
Music connected to Asaph himself
Rom: PSALMUS ASAPH
Music of Asaph

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
1
PSALMUS ASAPH
Music of Asaph

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑asaf
The music of Asaph

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos n«asaf
The music of Asaph

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te2 asaf
The music of Asaph

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
3
Y#F? S‫ܪ‬5:T:
Music connected to }AŒsaœp

1. + IN FINEM H
2. n«ta X
3.Y#F? S‫ܪ‬5:T:] S‫ܪ‬5:T: Y#F? J
349
 PSALM 83/82

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִ ֖שׁיר ִמזְ ֣מוֹר ְל ָא ָ ֽסף‬
Song (of) music connected to }AŒsaœp

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
wdh yalmou1 tw asaf
Song of music connected to Asaph

The Three [Field]

Σ: asma . . . tou asaf
Lay . . . of Asaph

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM PSALMI2 ASAPH
Song of music of Asaph

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ על ידא דאסף‬3‫שׁיר ושׁבחא‬
Song and praise on the hand of }AŒsaœp

1. wdh yalmou] wdh yalmos R 1219 L(few); yalmos L(many)

2. PSALMUS F
3.‫]שׁיר ושׁבחא‬ ‫ שׁיר תושׁבחתא‬M; (Uncertain reading. Stec: “A psalm. A song of praise”) C P
P17
350
 PSALM 83/82

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: CANTICUM PSALMI IPSI ASAPH
Song of music connected to Asaph himself
γ: CANTICUM PSALMUS IPSI ASAPH
Song music connected to Asaph himself
Rom: CANTICUM PSALMI ASAPH
Song of music of Asaph

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM PSALMI ASAPH
Song of music of Asaph

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh1 peyalmos2 n∑asaf
The song the music of Asaph

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

twdh m«peyalmos n«asaf
The song of the music of Asaph

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†˙wdh3 n«te piyalmos n«te asaf
The song of the music of Asaph

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
Y#F? 4SZ5:T:‫ ܕ‬C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
Praise of musics connected to }AŒsaœp

1. twth WP
2. m∑peyalmos B
3. †wdh D G H Q W X
S‫ܪ‬5:T:‫ܕ‬
4. S‫ܖ‬5:T:‫ ܕ‬H
E F J;
351
 PSALM 84/83

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ל־הגִּ ִ ֑תּית ִל ְבנֵ י־ ֥קֹ ַרח ִמזְ ֽמוֹר‬
ַ ‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ ֥צּ ַח ַ ֽע‬
For the leader on the gittˆ®t1 connected to the sons of Qorah! music

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos uper twn lhnwn tois2 uiois kore yalmos3
For the end over the winepresses connected to the sons of Kore music

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw epi tou lhnou twn uiwn kore melwdhma
For the conqueror on the winepress of the sons of Kore tune

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI PRO TORCULARI4 FILIORUM CORE CANTICUM
For the conqueror for the winepress of the sons of Core song

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא על כינורא דאתיא מגת על ידיהון דבני קרח תושׁבחא‬
For the praiser on the lyre that comes from Gat on the hands of the sons of Qorah!
praise

1. Uncertain: an instrument from Gat (a “Gathian lyre”)? a woman from Gat? winepresses (reading as
‫?)גתות‬
2. > R
3. > 55 L(few)
4. TORCULARIBUS F I A K Θ S L Harden
352
 PSALM 84/83

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: IN FINEM PRO TORCULARIBUS FILIIS CORE PSALMUS
For the end for the winepresses connected to the sons of Core music

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PRO TORCULARIBUS FILIIS CORE PSALMUS1
For the end for the winepresses connected to the sons of Core music

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol ˙a ne˙rwt peyalmos n∑n∑ßhre n∑kore
For the end concerning the winepresses the music of the sons of Kore

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal n«ne˙rot peyalmos n«n«ßhre n«kore
For the end of the winepresses the music of the sons of Kore

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol2 ejen ni˙rwt3 piyalmos n«te nenßhri4 n«kore
For the end over the winepresses the music of the sons of Kore

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̈ C‫ܬ‬Z[": YJ* 7W?5R6
S‫ܪ‬5:T: ‫ܪܚ‬5A‫ ܕ‬7(@G?
At the end on account of the winepresses connected to the sons of Qôrah! music

1. FILIIS CORE PSALMUS] PSALMUS FILIIS CHORE H; PSALMUS FILIORUM CHORE W

2. > Q
3. pi˙rwt L
4. n«te nenßhri] n«nißhri O V
353
 PSALM 85/84

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֬צּ ַח ׀ ִל ְבנֵ י־ ֬קֹ ַרח ִמזְ ֽמוֹר‬
For the leader connected to the sons of Qorah! music

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos tois uiois kore yalmos 1

For the end connected to the sons of Kore music

The Three [Field]

Σ: epinikios twn uiwn kore wdh
Of conquest of the sons of Kore song

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

UICTORI FILIORUM CORE CANTICUM
For the conqueror of the sons of Core song

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא על ידיהון דבני קרח תושׁבחא‬
For the praiser on the hands of the sons of Qorah! praise

1. + tw dauid T L(few)
354
 PSALM 85/84

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
1
α γ Rom: IN FINEM FILIIS CORE PSALMUS
For the end connected to the sons of Core music

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM FILIIS CORE PSALMUS
For the end connected to the sons of Core music

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol peyalmos n∑n∑ßhre n∑kore
For the end the music of the sons of Kore

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal peyalmos n«n«ßhre n«kore
For the end the music of the sons of Kore

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol2 piyalmos3 n«te4 nenßhri n«kore
For the end the music of the sons of Kore

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̈ 7W?5R6
S‫ܪ‬5:T: ‫ܪܚ‬5A‫ ܕ‬7(@G?
At the end connected to the sons of Qôrah! music

1. ms. α reads CHORE; ms. γ reads CHORAE

2. > Q
3. m«piyalmos L M O Q V; > P
4. n« Q
355
 PSALM 86/85

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ְתּ ִפ ֗ ָלּה ְל ָ ֫דִ ֥וד‬
Prayer connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
proseuch1 tw2 dauid3
Prayer connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α Σ: proseuch tou dauid
Prayer of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

ORATIO DAUID
Speech of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

4
‫צלותא דצלי דוד‬
Prayer that Daœwid prayed

1. > A
2. tou S
3. proseuch tw dauid] eis to telos tois uiois kore yalmos L(few)
4. + ‫ קדם יהוה‬P
356
 PSALM 86/85

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: ORATIO IPSI DAUID
Speech connected to Dauid himself
Rom: ORATIO DAUID
Speech of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ORATIO IPSI DAUID1
Speech connected to Dauid himself

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peßlhl2 n∑daueid
The prayer of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peßlhl n«daueid
The prayer of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†proseuch n«te dauid
The prayer of Daueid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? C‫ܬ‬5?‫ܨ‬
Prayer connected to Daœwîd

1. IPSI DAUID] DAUID I W; > H

2. Budge incorrectly reads pßlhl
357
 PSALM 87/86

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִל ְבנֵ י־ ֭קֹ ַרח ִמזְ ֣מוֹר ִ ֑שׁיר‬
Connected to the sons of Qorah! music (of) a song

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
tois uiois kore1 yalmos wdhs2
Connected to the sons of Kore music of a song

The Three [Field]

Α: twn uiwn kore . . .
Of the sons of Kore . . .
Σ: twn uiwn kore yalmos asmatos
Of the sons of Kore music of a lay

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

FILIORUM CORE PSALMUS CANTICI
Of the sons of Core music of a song

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

3
‫על ידיהון דבני קרח איתאמר‬
4
‫שׁירתא דמתייסד על פום אבהתא דמן לקדמין‬
Said on the hands of the sons of Qorah!
song that is founded on the mouth of the fathers from the first

1. tois uiois kore] > 55

2. > L(some)
3. +‫שׁבח‬ M P P110; ‫תושׁבחא‬ P17
4. joining the first phrase of the Psalm to the heading.
358
 PSALM 87/86

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
1
α γ Rom: FILIIS CORE PSALMUS CANTICI
Connected to the sons of Core music of a song

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
2
FILIIS CORE PSALMUS CANTICI
Connected to the sons of Core music of a song

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑twdh3 n∑n∑ßhre n∑kore
The music of the song of the sons of Kore

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos n«twdh n«n«ßhre n«kore
The music of the song of the sons of Kore

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te †˙wdh4 n«te nenßhri n«kore5
The music of the song of the sons of Kore

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̈
C'*5GM‫ ܕܬ‬S‫ܪ‬5:T: ‫ܪܚ‬5A‫ܗܝ ܕ‬5@G?
Connected to the sons of Qôrah! music of praise

1. ms. γ reads CORAE

2. + IN FINEM H W
3. n∑dwth WP; > B
4. n«te †wdh D G H P W X; euwdh Q
5. n«te nenßhri n«kore] n«nißhri n«te kore M; nißhri n«te kore O; n«nenßhri n«kore Q;
n«t/nißhri n«kore V
359
 PSALM 88/87

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִ ֥שׁיר ִמזְ ֗מוֹר ִל ְב ֵ֫ני ֥קֹ ַרח‬
‫ל־מ ֲח ַל֣ת ְל ַענּ֑ וֹת‬ָ ‫ַל ְמנַ ֵצּ ַ֣ח ַע‬
‫ימן ָה ֶאזְ ָר ִ ֽחי‬
֥ ָ ‫ַ֝מ ְשׂ ִ֗כּיל ְל ֵה‬
Song (of) music connected to the sons of Qorah!
for the leader on maœh"a∑lat1 l§{anno®t2
comprehender connected to Heœymaœn the }Ezraœh!ian

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
wdh yalmou tois uiois kore
eis to telos3 uper maeleq4 tou apokriqhnai
sunesews5 aiman6 tw israhlith7
Song of music connected to the sons of Kore
for the end over Maeleth to respond
of comprehension connected to Aiman the Israeœlian

The Three [Field]

Α: asma melwdhmatos twn uiwn kore
tw nikopoiw tw epi coreia tou exarcein
episthmosunhs tw aiman tw israhlith
Lay of a tune of the sons of Kore
for the conqueror for the one on dance to lead off
of understanding connected to Aiman the Israeœlian
Σ: . . . dia corou . . .
. . . through dance . . .

1. Uncertain: pipes? dancing? sickness?

2. Uncertain: to sing/play (responsively)? to be poor/afflicted? to respond?
3. eis to telos] > S
4. maelleq 2110
5. logon sunesews L(many); eis sunesin 55
6. aiqam A L(most)
7. tw israhlith] tou israhlitou Rc L(few)
360
 PSALM 88/87

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: CANTICUM DIAPSALMI FILIIS CORE
IN FINEM PRO MELECH AD RESPONDENDUM
INTELLECTUS EMAN ISRAHELITAE
Song of a musical interlude connected to the sons of Core
for the end for Melech to be responded to
of comprehension of Eman the Israhelian
γ: PSALMUS CANTICI FILIIS CORAE
IN FINEM PRO MALELETH AD RESPONDENDUM
INTELLECTUS AEMAT ISTRAHELITAE
Music of a song connected to the sons of Corae
for the end for Maleleth to be responded to
of comprehension of Aemat the Istrahelian
Rom: CANTICUM PSALMI FILIIS CORE
IN FINEM PRO MELECH AD RESPONDENDUM
INTELLECTUS EMAN EZRAITAE
Song of music connected to the sons of Core
for the end for Melech to be responded to
of comprehension of Eman the Ezraian

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM PSALMI FILIIS CORE
IN FINEM PRO MAELETH1 AD RESPONDENDUM
INTELLECTUS2 EMAN3 EZRAITAE45
Song of music connected to the sons of Core
for the end for Maeleth to be responded to
of comprehension of Eman the Ezraian

1. MELECH H S K; CHORO R; > F

2. > H W
3. AEMAN (asterisked) R
4. EZRAHELITAE W; ISRAHELITAE H
5. AD RESPONDENDUM INTELLECTUS EMAN EZRAITAE] > I
361
 PSALM 88/87 (cont.)

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM CARMINIS FILIORUM CORE
UICTORI PER CHORUM AD PRAECINENDUM
ERUDITIONIS EMAN EZRAITAE
Song of a verse of the sons of Core
for the conqueror through dance to be played
of education of Eman the Ezraian

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫שׁירא ותושׁבחתא על ידיהון דבני קרח‬
‫ על צלותא לשׁבחא‬1
‫שׂכלא טבא על ידוי דהימן יציבא‬
Song and praise on the hands of the sons of Qorah!
on prayer to praise
good comprehension on the hands of Heœymaœn the Certain

1. + ‫ לשׁבחא‬C M P P17 P110

362
 PSALM 88/87 (cont.)

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twde peyalmos n∑n∑ßhre n∑kore
epjwk ebol ˙a maelleq eouwßb∑
tmn∑trm∑n∑˙ht n∑naiman1 pisrahliths
The song the music of the sons of Kore
for the end concerning Maelleth to respond
the comprehension of Naiman the Israeœlian

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

twdh m«peyalmos n«n«ßhre n«kore
e\pjok e\bal ˙a maeleq e\ouo˙m
˙n oumentsabh n«naiman pisraeileiths
The song of the music of the sons of Kore
for the end concerning Maeleth to repeat
with (a) wisdom of Naiman the Israeilian

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†˙wdh m«piyalmos2 n«nißhri n«kore3
epjwk ebol eqbe maleq4 epjiner ouw
euka† n«te5 eman6 piisrahliths7
The song of the music of the sons of Kore
for the end about Maleth for the replying
for a comprehension of Eman the Israeœlian

1. n∑ai¨man T W61
2. †˙wdh m«piyalmos] †wdh piyalmos D G H Q W X; †˙wdh piyalmos L; > M O P V
3. n«nißhri n«kore] n«te nenu∑s∑ n«kore L; nißhri n«te kore Q; > M O P V
4. malaq H
5. n« L M O P Q V
6. neman D G H W X; emman M O V
7. pisrahliths D1
363
PSALM 88/87 (cont.)

364
 PSALM 88/87 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
‫ܪܚ‬5A‫ ܕ‬7(@G?̈ S‫ܪ‬5:T:‫ ܕ‬C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
C'J: 25(@>W? ̇ 1'?<: YJ* 7W?5R6
4
7(?!82‫ ܐ‬3‫ܬܡ‬F? 7JI5#‫ܕ‬
Praise of music connected to the sons of Qôrah!
at the end on account of Mahelet to return word
of comprehending connected to }Etam the }Îsrelian

1.'?‫ܐ‬F: H J
2. 5(@>W?
̇
E; 5(@>W? F
̣
3. 9:F? A B ; ‫ܢ‬5:F? E
mg mg

4. 7(XO1: E
365
 PSALM 89/88

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫יתן ָ ֽה ֶאזְ ָר ִ ֽחי‬
֥ ָ ‫ַ֝מ ְשׂ ִ֗כּיל ְל ֵא‬
Comprehender connected to }Ēytaœn the }Ezraœh!ian

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
sunesews aiqan1 tw israhlith2
Of comprehension connected to Aithan the Israeœlian

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

ERUDITIONIS AETHAN EZRAITAE
Of education of Aethan the Ezraian

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫שׂכלא טבא דאיתאמר על ידא דאברהם דאתא מן מדינחא‬
Good comprehension which was said on the hand of }Abraœhaœm who came from the East

1. aiqam 1219 L; aiman R 55 L(few)

2. tw israhlith] tw iezrahlith 1219
366
 PSALM 89/88

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α Rom: INTELLECTUS AETHAN ISRAHELITAE
Of comprehension of Aethan the Israhelian
γ: INTELLECTUS TEMAN ISTRAHELITAE
Of comprehension of Teman the Istrahelian

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
INTELLECTUS AETHAN EZRAITAE1
Of comprehension of Aethan the Ezraian

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

tmn∑trm∑n∑˙ht n∑naiqan2 pisrahliths
The comprehension of Naithan the Israeœlian

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

tmentremen˙ht n«naiman pisraeileiths
The comprehension of Naiman the Israeilian

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

euka†3 n«te4 naqan5 piisrahliths
For a comprehension of Nathan the Israeœlian

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
6
7(?!82‫ܬܡ ܐ‬F? C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D#‫ܕ‬
Of comprehension connected to }Etam the }Îsrelian

1. HIEZRAHELITAE W; ISRAHELITAE H I
2. n∑aiqan N T W61
3. pika† L
4. n«je P V; n« Q
5. aqan Q
7(?!82‫ܬܡ ܐ‬F? 7(?!82 ‫ܬܢ‬F?
6. ] E
367
 PSALM 90/89

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ ִ ֥הים‬j֫ ‫ישׁ־ה ֱא‬
ָ ‫ְתּ ִפ ָלּ ֮ה ְלמ ֶ ֹ֪שׁה ִ ֽא‬
Prayer connected to Mošeh the man of God

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
proseuch tw mwush anqrwpw1 tou2 qeou
Prayer connected to Moœuseœs person of God

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

ORATIO MOSI UIRI DEI
Speech of Moses man of God

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫צלותא דצלי משׁה נבייא דיהוה‬
‫ ישׂראל במדברא‬3‫כד חבו עמא בית‬
‫ וכן אמר‬4‫עני‬
Prayer that Mošeh the foreteller of YHWH prayed
when the people the house of Yiséraœ}eœl became guilty in the desert
he responded and thus he said

1. tw mwush anqrwpw] tw mwusei anqrwpw L(few); tw mwsh anqrwpw A; tou

mwush anqrwpou B 2110 Rahlfs; mwush anqrwpou L(many); mwusews anqrwpou T
L(some); tw mwush anqrwpou (sic) R
2. > R
3.‫ בני ]עמא בית‬P
4. > M
368
 PSALM 90/89

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: ORATIO MOYSI HOMINIS DEI
Speech of Moyses person of God

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ORATIO MOSI HOMINIS DEI
Speech of Moses person of God

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peßlhl m∑mwu¥shs prwme m∑pnoute
The prayer of Moœuseœs the person of God

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peßlhl m«mwu¥shs prome m«pn∑†∑
The prayer of Moœuseœs the person of God

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†proseuch n«te mwushs frwmi m«fnou†
The prayer of Moœuseœs the person of God

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
C<?‫ ܕܐ‬7RO!6 7M5W? C‫ܬ‬5?‫ܨ‬
Prayer connected to Mûše} the person of God

369
 PSALM 91/90

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

————1

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
ainos wdhs tw dauid 2

Praise of a song connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

————

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

————

[‫]לדויד‬
1. Qumran: 11QapocrPs (apparently)
2. + anepigrafos par ebraiois L(many)
370
 PSALM 91/90

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: LAUS CANTICI IPSI DAUID
Praise of a song connected to Dauid himself
Rom: LAUS CANTICI DAUID
Praise of a song of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
LAUS1 CANTICI 2 DAUID
Praise of a song of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

pesmou n∑twdh n∑daueid
The praise of the song of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

pesmoue\ n«twdh n«daueid
The praise of the song of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

pismou n«te †˙wdh3 n«te dauid
The praise of the song of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
4
12‫ܘ‬1? C'*5GM‫ ܕܬ‬78?5A
Praise of praise connected to Daœwîd

1. LAUDES I; PSALMUS W
2. + IPSI R K Φ
3. †wdh D G H P Q W X
12‫ܕܕܘ‬
4. F
371
 PSALM 92/91

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ִ֗שׁיר ְלי֣ וֹם ַה ַשּׁ ָ ֽבּת‬
Music (of) a song for the day of the restday

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
yalmos wdhs 1
eis thn hmeran tou sabbatou2
Music of a song for the day of the restday

The Three [Field]

Σ: asma yalmou eis thn hmeran tou sabbatou
Lay of music for the day of the restday

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

PSALMUS CANTICI IN DIE SABBATI
Music of a song at the day of the restday

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫שׁבחא ושׁירא די אמר אדם קדמאה על יומא דשׁבתא‬
Praise and song that the first human said on the day of the restday

1. + tw dauid L(some)
2. prosabbatou S L(few)
372
 PSALM 92/91

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: PSALMUS CANTICI IN DIE SABBATI
Music of a song at the day of the restday

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS CANTICI1 IN DIE SABBATI2
Music of a song at the day of the restday

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑twdh m∑pe˙oou m∑psabbaton
The music of the song of the day of the restday

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos\ n«twdh e\pe˙au m«psabbaton
The music of the song for the day of the restday

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te †˙wdh3 m«pie˙oou4 m«pisabbaton5
The music of the song of the day of the restday

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
6
C'GM‫ ܕ‬7:5(6 C'*5GM‫ ܕܬ‬S‫ܪ‬5:T:
Music of praise at the day of the restday

1. DAUID W
2. PSALMUS CANTICI IN DIE SABBATI] LAUS CANTICI DAUID H
3. †wdh D G H M P Q V W X
4. m«pe˙oou D G L M Q V W X; m«pi˙oou H
5. m«psabbaton D G L W X; n«te nisabbaton P
C'GM ‫ܡ‬1A‫̇ܗܘ ܕ‬
6. Emg
373
 PSALM 93/92

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
1 2
ainos wdhs3 tw dauid 4 5

Praise of a song connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

————

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

————

1. + eis thn hmeran tou prosabbatou B S 1219 L(many)(sil) Rahlfs; eis thn hmeran tou
sabbatou A T L(many); eis thn hmeran tou prwtou sabbatou L(few)
2. + ote katwkistai h gh A B S Rahlfs; ote katwkisto h gh L(most); ote katwkistqh
h gh 1219 L(few); ote h gh katwkisto L(few); ote h gh autou katwkeistai 55
3. > 1219
4. + eis thn hmeran tou prosabbatou ote katwkistai h gh R L(few); pros
sabbatou ote katwkistai h gh 2110
5. + anepigrafos par ebraiois L(few)
374
 PSALM 93/92

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: LAUS CANTICI IPSI DAUID
IN DIEM ANTE SABBATUM QUANDO FUNDATA EST TERRA
Praise of a song connected to Dauid himself
for the day before the restday since the land was founded
γ: LAUS CANTICI IPSI DAUID
IN DIE SABBATI QUANDO INHABITATA EST TERRA
Praise of a song connected to Dauid himself
at the day of the restday since the land was dwelt in
Rom: LAUS CANTICI DAUID
IN DIE ANTE SABBATUM QUANDO INHABITATA EST TERRA
Praise of a song of Dauid
at the day before the restday since the land was dwelt in

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
LAUS CANTICI 1 DAUID
IN DIE2 ANTE SABBATUM QUANDO INHABITATA3 EST TERRA
Praise of a song of Dauid
at the day before the restday since the land was dwelt in

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

pesmou n∑twdh n∑daueid
˙aqh m∑psabbaton n∑terououw˙ ˙m∑ pka˙
The praise of the song of Daueid
before the restday when the land was dwelt in

1. + IPSI I Clementine
2. IN DIE] DIE H; > W
3. HABITATA R; FUNDATA I Clementine
375
PSALM 93/92 (cont.)

376
 PSALM 93/92 (cont.)

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

pesmoue\ n«twdh n«daueid
˙aqh m«psabbaton n«teroußope ˙i¨ pke˙e
The praise of the song of Daueid
before the restday when the land was being existed on

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epie˙oou1 et vajwƒ m«pisabbaton ˙ote etaƒjwrj n«je2 pika˙i3
pismou n«te †˙wdh4 n«te dauid
For the day which is before the restday when it (namely) the land was inhabited
the praise of the song of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̇
70‫ ܗܘܬ ܐܪ‬S!W0': 1I C'GM ‫ܡ‬1A‫ ܕ‬7:5(6
12‫ ܕܕܘ‬C'*5GM‫ ܕܬ‬78?5A
At the day before the restday when the land was dwelt in
praise of praise of Daœwîd

1. pie˙oou D G H M O P Q V W X; eqbe pie˙oou L

2. n«te L
3. pka˙i D G H W X; peƒka˙i P
4. †wdh D G H M O P Q V W X
377
 PSALM 94/93

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
yalmos1 tw dauid [tetradi sabbatwn]2 3

Music connected to Dauid [for the fourth of the week(s)]

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

————

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

————

1. yalmos wdhs A L(few); ainos wdhs L(few); ainos wdhs yalmos L(few); > 2110
2. tetradi sabbatwn] B S 2110 Rahlfs (without brackets); tetradi sabbatou A R L
3. + anepigrafos (par ebraiois) L(few)
378
 PSALM 94/93

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID QUARTA SABBATORUM
Music connected to Dauid himself at the fourth of the week(s)
γ: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID QUARTA SABBATI
Music connected to Dauid himself at the fourth of the week
Rom: PSALMUS DAUID QUARTA SABBATI
Music of Dauid at the fourth of the week

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS 1 DAUID QUARTA SABBATI
Music of Dauid at the fourth of the week

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid m∑peƒtoou2 n∑n∑sabbaton
The music of Daueid of the fourth of the week(s)

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\daueid [ ]
Connected to Daueid [ ]

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te dauid m«piƒtoou3 n«nisabbaton4
The music of Dauid of the fourth of the week(s)

1. + IPSI I W Clementine
2. epeƒtoou W64
3. m«pid∑ D G H W X; m«pd∑ M O P Q V
4. n«te nisabbaton D G H W X
379
PSALM 94/93 (cont.)

380
 PSALM 94/93 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
2 ̈ 17"6‫ܪ‬F6 12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T:
7GM‫ܕ‬
72KG0 ‫ܬ‬5? 7WM‫ܗܝ ܪܘ‬5J0 '2‫ ܐ‬7?‫ܕ‬
Music connected to Daœwîd at the fourth of the week(s)
which has no overwriting on it at the {Ebraœians

1.7"6ZF6 B E
2. 7GR6 F
381
 PSALM 95/94

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
ainos wdhs tw dauid 1

Praise of a song connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

————

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

————

1. + anepigrafos par ebraiois L(many)

382
 PSALM 95/94

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: LAUS CANTICI IPSI DAUID
Praise of a song connected to Dauid himself
Rom: LAUS CANTICI DAUID
Praise of a song of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
LAUS CANTICI 1 DAUID2
Praise of a song of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

pesmou n∑twdh n∑daueid
The praise of the song of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

pesmoue\ n«twdh e\daueid
The praise of the song connected to Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

pismou n«te †˙wdh3 n«te dauid
The praise of the song of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? C'*5GM‫ ܕܬ‬78?5A
72KG0 ‫ܬ‬5? 7WM‫ܗܝ ܪܘ‬5J0 '2‫ ܐ‬7?‫ܕ‬
Praise of praise connected to Daœwîd
which has no overwriting on it at the {Ebraœians

1. + IPSI I Clementine
2. LAUS CANTICI DAUID] > k
3. †wdh D G H P W X
383
 PSALM 96/95

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
[ote o oikos wkodomeito1 meta thn aicmalwsian]2
wdh3 tw dauid 4 5

[When the house was being built after the captivity]

song connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

————

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

————

1. oikodomeitai B*
2. ote o oikos wkodomeito meta thn aicmalwsian] B Rahlfs (without brackets); logoi
ous elalhsan ode oikos oikodomeito meta thn aicmalwsian 2110; > A S L
3. ainos wdhs 1219 L(many); > 2110
4. + ote/opote o oikos wkodomeito/wkodomhto/wkodomhqh/wkodomhtai
meta thn aicmalwsian A S L
5. + anepigrafos par ebraiois L(many)
384
 PSALM 96/95

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: QUANDO DOMUS AEDIFICABATUR POST CAPTIUITATEM
CANTICUM IPSI DAUID
When the house was being built after the captivity
song connected to Dauid himself
γ: CUM QUANDO AEDIFICATA EST DOMUS POST CAPTIUITATEM
CANTICUM IPSI DAUID
When since the house was built after the captivity
song connected to Dauid himself
Rom: QUANDO DOMUS AEDIFICABATUR POST CAPTIUITATEM
CANTICUM DAUID
Since the house was being built after the captivity
song of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
QUANDO DOMUS AEDIFICABATUR POST CAPTIUITATEM
CANTICUM HUIC DAUID1
Since the house was being built after the captivity
song connected to this Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh n∑daueid
eunaket phi¨ mn∑n∑sa taicmalwsia
The song of Daueid
as the house was going to be built after the captivity

1. QUANDO DOMUS AEDIFICABATUR POST CAPTIUITATEM CANTICUM HUIC DAUID]

CANTICUM HUIC DAUID QUANDO DOMUS AEDIFICABATUR POST CAPTIUITATEM S K Φ;
CANTICUM DAUID QUANDO DOMUS AEDIFICABATUR POST CAPTIUITATEM W; CANTICUM
IPSI DAUID QUANDO DOMUS AEDIFICABATUR POST CAPTIUITATEM Clementine;
CANTICUM HUIC DAUID H (apparently); > k
385
PSALM 96/95 (cont.)

386
 PSALM 96/95 (cont.)

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

twdh e\daueid
enseje e\qaƒjaou euneket phi menn«sa tecmalwsia
The song connected to Daueid
for the words which he spoke as the house was going to be built after the captivity

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†˙wdh n«te1 dauid
˙ote eunakwt m«pihi menensa †ecmalwsia
The song of Daueid
when the house was going to be built after the captivity

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
2
7(GM
̣ ‫'ܪ‬6 C‫ ܗܘ‬7@6': ̣ C'(6‫'ܝ ܕ‬:‫ܐ‬
3
12‫ܘ‬1? C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
When the house was being built after the captivity
praise connected to Daœwîd

1. †wdh n«te O P; fa T
2.C'(GM
̣ H
3. > F
387
 PSALM 97/96

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
tw dauid1 [ote2 h3 gh autou4 kaqistatai5]6 7

Connected to Dauid [when his land is being arranged]

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

————

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

————

1. tw dauid] yalmos tw dauid L(some); tw dauid yalmos L(few)

2. opote 2110 L(some)
3. > R
4. autw L(few); > 1219 L(few)
5. kaqistato L(most); apokaqistato L(few); katestaqh 2110
6. ote h gh autou kaqistatai] A B S Rahlfs (without brackets); ote katwkisqh h gh 1219
7. + anepigrafos par ebraiois L(many)
388
 PSALM 97/96

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IPSI DAUID CUM TERRA EIUS RESTITUTA EST
Connected to Dauid himself when his land was restored
γ: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID CUM TERRA EIUS RESTITUTA EST
Music connected to Dauid himself when his land was restored
Rom: IPSI DAUID QUANDO TERRA EIUS RESTITUTA EST
Connected to Dauid himself since his land was restored

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
HUIC1 DAUID QUANDO2 TERRA EIUS RESTITUTA3 EST4
Connected to this Dauid since his land was restored

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos5 n∑daueid n∑tere peƒka˙ smine
The music of Daueid when his land was arranged

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\daueid ˙m ptre pke˙e semme
Connected to Daueid while his land was being arranged

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

fa dauid etaƒsemni6 n«je peƒka˙i
The one of Dauid when it (namely) his land was arranged

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̇ <J2‫ ܕ‬70‫'ܝ ܕܐܪ‬:‫ ܐ‬12‫ܘ‬1?
7@A‫ܬ‬
Connected to Daœwîd when his land is arranged

1. IPSI I; PSALMUS H W
2. CUM I
3. RESTAURATA F I
4. HUIC DAUID QUANDO TERRA EIUS RESTITUTA EST] > k
5. > B (apparently)
6. m«pateƒsemni T
389
 PSALM 98/97

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִמזְ ֡מוֹר‬
Music

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
yalmos tw dauid1 2

Music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Σ: wdh
Song

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM
Song

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫תושׁבחא נבואה‬
Praise foretelling

1. yalmos tw dauid] tw dauid yalmos L(few)

2. + anepigrafos (par ebraiois) L(few)
390
 PSALM 98/97

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
Music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS 1 DAUID
Music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid
The music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos e\daueid
The music connected to Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos 2
n«te dauid
The music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T:
Music connected to Daœwîd

1. + IPSI I W Clementine
2. + n«te †wdh P
391
 PSALM 99/98

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

————1

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
yalmos tw dauid2 3

Music connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

————

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

————

[‫לדו]ד מזמור‬
1. Qumran: 4QPsk (apparently)
2. yalmos tw dauid] tw dauid yalmos L(few)
3. + anepigrafos par ebraiois 1219 L(some); anepigrafos L(few)
392
 PSALM 99/98

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
Music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS1 DAUID
Music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid
The music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

petei n[«daueid]
The ? of Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te dauid
The music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T:
72KG0 ‫ܬ‬5? 7WM‫ܕ?(' ?< ܪܘ‬
Music connected to Daœwîd
which has no overwriting at the {Ebraœians

1. IPSI W; PSALMUS IPSI Clementine

393
 PSALM 100/99

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫תוֹדה‬
֑ ָ ‫ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל‬
Music for acknowledgement

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
yalmos 1
eis exomologhsin
Music for acknowledgement

The Three [Field]

Α: melwdhma eis eucaristian
Tune for thanking

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM IN GRATIARUM ACTIONE
Song in thanksgiving

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

2
‫שׁבחא על קורבן תודתא‬
Praise on the sacrifice of acknowledgement

1. + tw dauid L(many)
2. > P110
394
 PSALM 100/99

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α Rom: PSALMUS IN CONFESSIONE
Music in acknowledgement
γ: PSALMUS IN CONFESSIONEM
Music for acknowledgement

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS IN CONFESSIONE1
Music in acknowledgement

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos m∑pouwn˙∑ ebol
The music of the manifesting

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos m«po[uon˙] e\[bal]
The music of the manifesting

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos euouwn˙2 ebol
The music for a manifesting

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
3
C'2‫'ܘܕ‬6 S‫ܪ‬5:T:
Music in acknowledgement

1. IN CONFESSIONE] DAUID H W
2. nt?/euwn˙ ebol H; n«te dauid T
C'2‫ܕܬܘܕ‬
3. EF
395
 PSALM 101/100

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ְל ָד ִ ֗וד ִ֫מזְ ֥מוֹר‬
Connected to Daœwid music

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
tw dauid yalmos1 2

Connected to Dauid music

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM DAUID
Song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫על יד דוד תושׁבחתא‬
On the hand of Daœwid praise

1. tw dauid yalmos] yalmos tw dauid R S 55 L(many)(sil); tw dauid A

2. + eis exomologhsin L(few)
396
 PSALM 101/100

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
Music connected to Dauid himself
γ Rom: PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
DAUID PSALMUS1
Of Dauid music

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid
The music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos e\daueid
The music connected to Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te dauid
The music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
S‫ܪ‬5:T: 12‫ܘ‬1?
Connected to Daœwîd music

1. DAUID PSALMUS] PSALMUS DAUID R H W K; PSALMUS IPSI DAUID I Clementine; > k

397
 PSALM 102/101

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ְ ֭תּ ִפ ָלּה ְל ָע ִנ֣י ִ ֽכי־יַ ֲע ֑טֹף‬
‫יחוֹ‬
ֽ ‫ ִשׂ‬c‫֝הוה יִ ְשׁ ֥ ֹפּ‬ ֗ ָ ‫וְ ִל ְפ ֵנ֥י ְי‬
Prayer for a poor one because he is weak
and before YHWH he pours out his complaint

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
proseuch tw ptwcw otan akhdiash
kai enantion1 2
kuriou ekceh thn dehsin autou 3

Prayer for the poor one when he was weary

and before the Master he pours out his request

The Three [Field]

Σ: proseuch tw ptwcw en tw aqumein auton
kai emprosqen kuriou ekceein thn logopoiian autou
Prayer for the poor one in his feeling despondent
and in front of the Master pouring out his wordmaking

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

ORATIO PAUPERIS QUANDO SOLLICITUS FUERIT
ET CORAM DOMINO FUDERIT4 ELOQUIUM SUUM
Prayer of the poor one since he was troubled
and before the Master he poured out his outspokenness

1. enanti A L(few); enwpion S L(few)

2. + tou 2110
3. + kai meta ponou (pros)euchtai L(few)
4. EFFUDERIT C Σ
398
 PSALM 102/101

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: ORATIO INOPIS CUM TEDIUM PATERETUR
ET IN CONSPECTU DOMINI EFFUDIT PRECEM SUAM
Prayer of the destitute one when he was enduring weariness
and in the sight of the Master he poured out his request
γ: ORATIO PAUPERIS CUM ACEDIARETUR
ET IN CONSPECTU DOMINI EFFUNDERET ORATIONEM SUAM
Prayer of the poor one when he was weary
and in the sight of the Master he was pouring out his speech
Rom: ORATIO PAUPERIS CUM ANXIATUS FUERIT
ET CORAM DOMINO EFFUDERIT PRECEM SUAM
Prayer of the poor one when he was distressed
and before the Master he poured out his request

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ORATIO PAUPERIS CUM ANXIUS FUERIT1
ET CORAM DOMINO2 EFFUDERIT PRECEM SUAM3
Prayer of the poor one when he was distressed
and before the Master he poured out his request

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peßlhl m∑p˙hke eƒßan m∑ka˙ n∑˙ht
nƒ∑pw˙t∑ m∑peƒsops∑ m∑pemto ebol m∑pjoeis
The prayer of the poor one when he is pained at heart
and he pours out his entreaty in the presence of the Master

1. ANXIUS FUERIT] ANXIATUS FUERIT H I; ANXIARETUR W

2. CORAM DOMINO] IN CONSPECTU DOMINI Clementine
3. ORATIO PAUPERIS CUM ANXIUS FUERIT ET CORAM DOMINO EFFUDERIT PRECEM
SUAM] > k
399
 PSALM 102/101 (cont.)

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫צלותא על מסכינא ארום מישׁתלהי‬
‫וקדם יהוה יימר צלותיה‬
Prayer on the poor one because he becomes weary
and before YHWH he says his prayer

400
 PSALM 102/101 (cont.)

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

[peßlhl m«p˙h]ke aƒßan m«pke˙ n«˙ht
n«ƒpo˙t m«peƒtob˙ m«pemta e\bal m«pj∑s∑
The prayer of the poor one when he is pained at heart
and he pours out his request in the presence of the Master

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†proseuch n«te1 pi˙hki eßwp aƒßaner m«ka˙2 n«˙ht
3
n«teƒjwß m«peƒtwb˙4 m«pemqo m«p#ois5
The prayer of the poor one whenever he is pained at heart
and he pours out his request in the presence of the Master

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̇
C‫ ܗܘ‬Y)A':‫ܕ‬ ̇ C‫ܬ‬5?‫ܨ‬
7: 7R(G?
̇
‫ܬܗ‬5"6 61M‫ܘܐ‬ 72!: ‫ܡ‬1A
Prayer for a poor one when he was disturbed
before the Master and he pours out his request

1. > G H
2. emka˙ D G H Q W X
3. + ouo˙ D G H L W X
4. n«peƒtwb˙ M*
5. m«fnou† P
6.
̇
1M‫ܘܐ‬ ̇ 72!: ‫ܡ‬1A‫ ܘ‬E H J
72!: ‫ܡ‬1A 1M‫ܐ‬ ]
401
 PSALM 103/102

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ְל ָד ִ ֨וד ׀‬
Connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
tw dauid1
Connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tou dauid
Of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

DAUID
Of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫על יד דוד איתאמר בנבואה‬
On the hand of Daœwid said in foretelling

1. tw dauid] yalmos tw dauid L(most); tw dauid yalmos 1219 L(some); > 2110
(apparently)
402
 PSALM 103/102

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α Rom: IPSI DAUID
Connected to Dauid himself
γ: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
Music connected to Dauid himself

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IPSI DAUID1
Connected to Dauid himself

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

pa daueid
The one of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\daueid
Connected to Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

fa dauid
The one of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
2
12‫ܘ‬1?
Connected to Daœwîd

1. IPSI DAUID] > k

2. > D; S‫ܪ‬5:T: 12‫ܘ‬1? E
403
 PSALM 104/103

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

————1

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
tw2 dauid3 4 5

Connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tou dauid
Of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

————

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

————

‫לדויד‬
1. Qumran: 11QPsa 4QPse (apparently)
2. tou A
3. tw dauid] yalmos tw dauid L(most); tw dauid yalmos L(few)
4. + epi/uper/peri ths tou kosmou genesews/sustasews L(most)
5. + anepigrafos par ebraiois L(few)
404
 PSALM 104/103

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: IPSI DAUID
Connected to Dauid himself
Rom: PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IPSI DAUID
Connected to Dauid himself

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

pa daueid
The one of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\daueid
Connected to Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

fa dauid
The one of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
2 1 ̇ ‫ܢ‬5D? 9(?‫ ܕܗ‬/): 7WJ0‫ ܕ‬C‫ܘܬ‬1(G0 /0 12‫ܘ‬1?
‫ܬ‬1G0
72KG0 ‫ܬ‬5? 7WM‫ܗܝ ܪܘ‬5J0 '(?‫ܕ‬
Connected to Daœwîd on the making of the world because I made these for you
which has no overwriting on it at the {Ebraœians

1.‫ܬ‬1G0̣ F
2. + S‫ܪ‬5:T: F G
405
 PSALM 105/104

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

1
[‫לוּ־יֽהּ‬
ָ ‫]ה ְל‬
ַֽ
————
[Praise Yaœh]
————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

3 2
[ ‫]הללויה‬
————
[Praise Yaœh]
————

1. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.

2.‫שׁבחו אלהא‬ M
3. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.
406
 PSALM 105/104

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia1
Alleœlouia

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
2
725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ}

1. fa dauid O
<25J?‫ܗ‬
2. E
407
 PSALM 106/105

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

[‫לוּ־יֽהּ‬
ָ ‫]ה ְל‬ַֽ
1
[‫לוּיהּ ׀‬
ָ֨ ‫]ה ְל‬ ַֽ
[Praise Yaœh]
[Praise Yaœh]

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

[ALLELUIA2]3
ALLELUIA
[Alleluia]
[Alleluia]

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

[4‫]הללויה‬
6 5
[ ‫]הללויה‬
[Praise Yaœh]
[Praise Yaœh]

1. As first phrase of the Psalm/last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.

2. > R F C I Σ A K Θ S Harden
3. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.
4. ‫ שׁבחו אלהא‬M
5. ‫ שׁבחו אלהא‬M; > P
6. As first phrase of the Psalm/last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.
408
 PSALM 106/105

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ALLELUIA1
Alleluia

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
725J?‫ ܗ‬2725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ} praise Yaœ}

1. ALLELUIA ALLELUIA F; > K

2. <25J?‫ ܗ‬E
409
 PSALM 107/106

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

1
[‫לוּ־יֽהּ‬
ָ ‫]ה ְל‬
ַֽ
————
[Praise Yaœh]
————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

[ALLELUIA]2
[Alleluia]

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

4 3
[ ‫]הללויה‬
————
[Praise Yaœh]
————

1. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.

2. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading. As heading: F Σ K Θ S L Harden
3.‫שׁבחו אלהא‬ M
4. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.
410
 PSALM 107/106

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
1
725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ}

1. <25J?‫ ܗ‬E; > F

411
 PSALM 108/107

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

1
‫ִ ֖שׁיר ִמזְ ֣מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
Song (of) music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
2
wdh yalmou3 tw dauid4
Song of music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: asma melwdhmatos tw dauid
Lay of a tune connected to Dauid
Σ Θ: asma yalmou tw dauid
Lay of music connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM PSALMI5 DAUID
Song of music of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ על ידא דדוד‬6‫שׁירא ושׁבחא‬
Song and praise on the hand of Daœwid

1. ‫ְל ָא ָסף‬
a few mss. (BHS)
2. + allhlouia 1219 2110
3. wdh yalmou] wdh yalmos L(few); yalmos A L(some)
4. wdh yalmou tw dauid] > 1219
5. PSALMUS F
6. ‫ ותושׁבחתא‬M
412
 PSALM 108/107

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself
γ: CANTICUM DAUID
Song of Dauid
Rom: CANTICUM PSALMUS DAUID
Song music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM PSALMI 1 DAUID
Song of music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh2 m∑peyalmos3 n∑daueid
The song of the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

twdh m«peyalmos e\daueid
The song of the music connected to Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te †˙wdh4 n«te5 dauid6
The music of the song of Dauid

1. + IPSI Clementine
2. dwth WP
3. peyalmos V
4. †wdh D G H P Q W X
5. piyalmos n«te †˙wdh n«te] yalmos wdh tw T
6. †˙wdh n«te dauid] dauid n«te †˙wdh L
413
PSALM 108/107 (cont.)

414
 PSALM 108/107 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
2
12‫ ܕܕܘ‬S‫ܪ‬5:T:‫ ܕ‬C'*5GM‫ ܬ‬1725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise of music of Daœwîd

1. > E J
2.12‫ܘ‬1? Etxt
415
 PSALM 109/108

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַ ֭ל ְמנַ ֵצּ ַח ְל ָדִו֣ד ִמזְ ֑מוֹר‬
For the leader connected to Daœwid music

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos tw dauid yalmos1
For the end connected to Dauid music

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw tou dauid melwdhma
For the conqueror of Dauid tune

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

PRO UICTORIA DAUID CANTICUM
For the conquest of Dauid song

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא על יד דוד תושׁבחא‬
For the praiser on the hand of Daœwid praise

1. tw dauid yalmos] yalmos tw dauid A R 2009 (apparently) L(most)

416
 PSALM 109/108

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself
γ Rom: IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM DAUID PSALMUS1
For the end of Dauid music

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol2 peyalmos3 n∑daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

e\pjok e\bal peyalmos e\daueid
For the end the music connected to Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol4 piyalmos5 n«te6 dauid
For the end the music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
7
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 7W?5R6
At the end music connected to Daœwîd

1. DAUID PSALMUS] PSALMUS DAUID I W K Φ Clementine

2. epjwk ebol] > V
3. m∑peyalmos WP; > V
4. > M O P Q T
5. m«piyalmos D G H M O P Q T V W X
6. n« T
7. +
̇
S‫ܪ‬5:T: 12‫ ܕܕܘ‬C‫ܬ‬5I‫ ܙ‬1G"? F
417
 PSALM 110/109

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ְל ָד ִ ֗וד ִ֫מזְ ֥מוֹר‬
Connected to Daœwid music

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
tw dauid yalmos1
Connected to Dauid music

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

DAUID CANTICUM
Of Dauid song

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫על יד דוד תושׁבחא‬
On the hand of Daœwid praise

1. tw dauid yalmos] yalmos tw dauid 55 L(many)(sil); allhlouia L(few)

418
 PSALM 110/109

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IPSI DAUID PSALMUS
Connected to Dauid himself music
γ: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
Music connected to Dauid himself
Rom: PSALMUS DAUID

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
DAUID PSALMUS1
Of Dauid music

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid
The music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos e\daueid
The music connected to Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te dauid
The music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
S‫ܪ‬5:T: 212‫ܕܕܘ‬
Of Daœwîd music

1. DAUID PSALMUS] PSALMUS DAUID R W K Clementine

2. 12‫ܘ‬1? F
419
 PSALM 111/110

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

1
[‫]ה ְללוּ ָ֨יהּ ׀‬
ַ֥
[Praise Yaœh]

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

3 2
[ ‫]הללויה‬
[Praise Yaœh]

1. As first phrase of the Psalm, not part of heading.

2.‫שׁבחו אלהא‬ M; > P P17
3. As first phrase of the Psalm, not part of heading.
420
 PSALM 111/110

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: ALLELUIA
Alleluia
Rom: ALLELUIA REUERSIONIS AGGAEI ET ZACHARIAE
Alleluia of the return of Aggaeus and Zacharias

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ALLELUIA REUERSIONIS AGGEI ET ZACCHARIAE1
Alleluia of the return of Aggeus and Zaccharias

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a2
Alleœlouia

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

3
allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
6
72!I‫ ܘܕܙ‬+a*‫ ܕ‬5C‫ܬ‬5@(@,':‫ ܕ‬4725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ} of the return of H¸aggay and of Zkaryaœ}

1. REUERSIONIS AGGEI ET ZACCHARIAE] > I Clementine

2. peyalmos n∑daueid W34
3. ms. has a stray t before allhloui¨a
4. <25J?‫ܗ‬ E
5. C‫ܬ‬5@6'D: 9: E
6. 72!I‫ ܘܕܙ‬+a*‫ ܕ‬C‫ܬ‬5@(@,':‫ ܕ‬marked with obeli] without obeli F H J
421
 PSALM 112/111

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

1
[‫]ה ְללוּ ָ֨יהּ ׀‬
ַ֥
[Praise Yaœh]

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia 2

Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

[ALLELUIA]3
[Alleluia]

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

5 4
[ ‫]הללויה‬
[Praise Yaœh]

1. As first phrase of the Psalm, not part of heading.

2. + ths epistrofhs aggaiou kai zacariou R L(few); (ek) ths epigrafhs aggaiou kai
zacariou (after or before allhlouia) L(some); aggaiou kai zacariou L(few); zacariou T
3. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading. As heading: F Σ Θ S L Harden
4.‫שׁבחו אלהא‬ M; > P
5. As first phrase of the Psalm, not part of heading.
422
 PSALM 112/111

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: ALLELUIA CONUERSI AGGAEI ET ZACHARIAE
Alleluia of the one turned back of Aggaeus and Zacharias
γ: ALLELUIA CONUERSIONIS AGGAEI ET ZACCHARIAE
Alleluia of the turning back of Aggaeus and Zaccharias
Rom: ALLELUIA REUERSIONIS AGGAEI ET ZACHARIAE
Alleluia of the return of Aggaeus and Zacharias

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ALLELUIA REUERSIONIS AGGEI ET ZACCHARIAE
Alleluia of the return of Aggeus and Zaccharias

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a 1

Alleœlouia

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
4
72!I‫ ܘܕܙ‬+a*‫ ܕ‬3C‫ܬ‬5@(@,':‫ ܕ‬2725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ} of the return of H¸aggay and of Zkaryaœ}

1. + pekto ??aggaios mn∑ zacarias W34

2. <25J?‫ܗ‬ E
3. C‫ܬ‬5@6'D: 9: E
4. 72!I‫ ܘܕܙ‬+a*‫ ܕ‬C‫ܬ‬5@(@,':‫ ܕ‬marked with obeli] without obeli E F H J
423
 PSALM 113/112

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

1
[‫]ה ְללוּ ָ֨יהּ ׀‬
ַ֥
[Praise Yaœh]

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

3 2
[ ‫]הללויה‬
[Praise Yaœh]

1. As first phrase of the Psalm, not part of heading.

2.‫שׁבחו אלהא‬ M
3. As first phrase of the Psalm, not part of heading.
424
 PSALM 113/112

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a tecoreia
Alleœlouia the dance

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia1
Alleœlouia

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
2
725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ}

1. > D
2.<25J?‫ ܗ‬E
425
 PSALM 114–115/1131

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

2
[‫לוּ־יֽהּ‬
ָ ‫]ה ְל‬
ַֽ
————
[Praise Yaœh]
————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

[ALLELUIA]3
[Alleluia]

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

5 4
[ ‫]הללויה‬
————
[Praise Yaœh]
————

1. 113–114 (additional numbering issue) for 2110 and Sahidic (?)

2. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.
3. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading. As heading: F Σ K Θ S L Harden
4.‫שׁבחו אלהא‬ M
5. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.
426
 PSALM 114–115/113

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a tecoreia
Alleœlouia the dance

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia1
Alleœlouia

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
2
725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ}

1. > M
2.<25J?‫ ܗ‬E
427
 PSALM 116A/1141

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

2
[‫לוּ־יֽהּ‬
ָ ‫]ה ְל‬
ַֽ
————
[Praise Yaœh]
————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia 3

Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

[ALLELUIA]4
[Alleluia]

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

6 5
[ ‫]הללויה‬
————
[Praise Yaœh]
————

1. 115 (additional numbering issue) for Sahidic

2. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.
3. + anepigrafos par ebraiois L(few)
4. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading. As heading: F Σ Θ S L Harden; > R K
5.‫שׁבחו אלהא‬ M
6. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.
428
 PSALM 116A/114

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
1
725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ}

1. <25J?‫ ܗ‬E
429
 PSALM 116B/115

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

————1

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

————

1. ALLELUIA I A K S L Harden
430
 PSALM 116B/115

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
1
725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ}

1. <25J?‫ ܗ‬E; > F

431
 PSALM 117/116

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

1
[‫לוּ־יֽהּ‬
ָ ‫]ה ְל‬
ַֽ
————
[Praise Yaœh]
————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia 2

Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

[ALLELUIA]3
[Alleluia]

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

5 4
[ ‫]הללויה‬
————
[Praise Yaœh]
————

1. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.

2. + anepigrafos par ebraiois L(few)
3. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading. As heading: F C Σ A K Θ S L Harden
4.‫שׁבחו אלהא‬ M
5. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.
432
 PSALM 117/116

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
1
725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ}

1. <25J?‫ ܗ‬E
433
 PSALM 118/117

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

1
[‫לוּ־יֽהּ‬
ָ ‫]ה ְל‬
ַֽ
————
[Praise Yaœh]
————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

[ALLELUIA]2
[Alleluia]

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

4 3
[ ‫]הללויה‬
————
[Praise Yaœh]
————

1. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.

2. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading. As heading: F C Σ K Θ S L Harden
3.‫שׁבחו אלהא‬ M
4. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.
434
 PSALM 118/117

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
1
725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ}

1. <25J?‫ ܗ‬E
435
 PSALM 119/118

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

————1

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

————

1. ALLELUIA F S L Harden
436
 PSALM 119/118

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
1
725J?‫ܗ‬
72KG0 ‫ܬ‬5? 7WM‫ ?< ܪܘ‬2'(?
Praise Yaœ}
which has no overwriting at the {Ebraœians

1.<25J?‫ ܗ‬E
2. '(?‫ ܕ‬F
437
 PSALM 120/119

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִ֗שׁיר ַ ֽה ַ֫מּ ֲע ֥לוֹת‬
The song of the steps up

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
wdh twn anabaqmwn
Song of the steps up

The Three [Field]

Α Σ: eis tas anabaseis
For the goings up
Θ: asma twn anabasewn
Lay of the goings up

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

1
‫שׁירא דאתאמר על מסוקיין דתהומא‬
Song that was said on the goings up of the abyss

1. ‫ דתהומיא‬M
438
 PSALM 120/119

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α Rom: CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps
γ: CANTICUM ASCENSUM
Song gone up

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh n∑n∑twrtr∑1
The song of the steps up

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

twdh n«nianabaqmos
The song of the steps up

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†˙wdh2 n«te nianabaqmos3
The song of the steps up

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
4
7@=8:‫ ܕ‬C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
Praise of the going up

1. n∑n∑twrt∑ V
2. †wdh D G H Q W X; wdh T
3. n«te nianabaqmos] anabaqmos T
4.
̈
7@=8:‫ܕ‬ EFHJ
439
 PSALM 121/120

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

1
‫ִ֗שׁיר ַ ֽל ַ֫מּ ֲע ֥לוֹת‬
Song for the steps up

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
wdh twn anabaqmwn
Song of the steps up

The Three [Field]

Σ: asma twn anabasewn
Lay of the goings up

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

2
‫שׁירא דאתאמר על מסיקיין דתהומא‬
Song that was said on the goings up of the abyss

1.‫ המעלות‬some mss. (BHS) Qumran: 11QPs a

2. ‫ דתהומיא‬M
440
 PSALM 121/120

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh n∑n∑twrtr∑1
The song of the steps up

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

twdh n«nianabaqmos
The song of the steps up

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†˙wdh2 n«te nianabaqmos3
The song of the steps up

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
4 ̈
7@=8:‫ܕ‬ C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
Praise of the goings up

1. n∑n∑twrt∑ V
2. †wdh D Q W X; †˙ote G H; wdh T
3. n«te nianabaqmos] anabaqmos T
7@=8:‫ܕ‬
4. E
441
 PSALM 122/121

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

1
‫ִ ֥שׁיר ַ ֽה ַמּ ֲע ֗לוֹת ְל ָ ֫דִ ֥וד‬
The song of the steps up connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
wdh twn anabaqmwn tw dauid2
Song of the steps up connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α Σ: asma twn anabasewn tou dauid
Lay of the goings up of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM GRADUUM DAUID
Song of steps of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

4 3
‫שׁירא דאיתאמר על מסיקיין דתהומא‬
Song that was said on the goings up of the abyss

1. > two mss. (BHS)

2. tw dauid] > A R L Rahlfs
3. ‫ דתהומיא‬C M P P17 P110
4. + ‫ על יד דוד‬M
442
 PSALM 122/121

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α Rom: CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps
γ: CANTICUM GRADUUM DAUID
Song of steps of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM GRADUUM HUIC DAUID1
Song of steps connected to this Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh n∑n∑twrtr∑2
The song of the steps up

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

twdh n«n«anab[aqmos]
The song of the steps up

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†˙wdh3 n«te nianabaqmos4 n«te dauid5
The song of the steps up of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
6 ̈
12‫ ܕܕܘ‬7@=8:‫ܕ‬ C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
Praise of the goings up of Daœwîd

1. HUIC DAUID] > I W S K Clementine

2. n∑n∑twrt∑ V
3. †wdh D G H Q W X; †proseuch P V; wdh T
4. n«te nianabaqmos] n«te enianabaqmos P; anabaqmos T
5. n«te dauid] > D G H L M O Q T W X
12‫ܘ‬1?
6. F
443
 PSALM 123/122

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

1
‫ִ֗שׁיר ַ ֽה ַ֫מּ ֲע ֥לוֹת‬
The song of the steps up

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
wdh twn anabaqmwn
Song of the steps up

The Three [Field]

Α Σ: asma twn anabasewn
Lay of the goings up

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

2
‫שׁירא דאיתאמר על מסקיין דתהומא‬
Song that was said on the goings up of the abyss

1.‫ ]ל[דויד למעלות ] ִ֗שׁיר ַ ֽה ַ֫מּ ֲע ֥לוֹת‬Qumran: 11QPs a

2. ‫ דתהומיא‬M P P17
444
 PSALM 123/122

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh n∑n∑twrtr∑1
The song of the steps up

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

twdh n«n«anabaqmos
The song of the steps up

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†˙wdh2 n«te nianabaqmos3
The song of the steps up

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̈
7@=8:‫ܕ‬ C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
Praise of the goings up

1. n∑n∑twrt∑ V
2. †wdh D G H2 W X; wdh Q T
3. n«te nianabaqmos] anabaqmos Q T
445
 PSALM 124/123

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

1
‫ִ ֥שׁיר ַ ֽה ַמּ ֲע ֗לוֹת ְל ָ ֫דִ ֥וד‬
The song of the steps up connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
wdh twn anabaqmwn tw dauid2
Song of the steps up connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM GRADUUM DAUID
Song of steps of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ על יד דוד‬4‫ על מסקיין דתהומא‬3‫שׁירא דאיתאמר‬
Song that was said on the goings up of the abyss on the hand of Daœwid

1. > a few mss. (BHS)

2. tw dauid] > A Rahlfs
3. ‫ דאמר‬C
4. ‫ דתהומיא‬M P P17* P110*
446
 PSALM 124/123

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM GRADUUM HUIC DAUID1
Song of steps connected to this Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh n∑n∑twrtr∑2
The song of the steps up

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

twdh n«n«anabaqmos
The song of the steps up

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†˙wdh3 n«te nianabaqmos4
The song of the steps up

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̈
7@=8:‫ܕ‬ C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
Praise of the goings up

1. HUIC DAUID] > I W K Clementine

2. n∑n∑twrt∑ V
3. †wdh D G H Q W X; wdh T
4. n«te nianabaqmos] anabaqmos T
447
 PSALM 125/124

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִ֗שׁיר ַ ֽה ַ֫מּ ֲע ֥לוֹת‬
The song of the steps up

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
wdh twn anabaqmwn
Song of the steps up

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

1
‫שׁירא דאיתאמר על מסקיין דתהומא‬
Song that was said on the goings up of the abyss

1. ‫ דתהומיא‬M
448
 PSALM 125/124

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh n∑n∑twrtr∑1
The song of the steps up

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

twdh n«n«anabaqmos
The song of the steps up

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†˙wdh2 n«te nianabaqmos3
The song of the steps up

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̈
7@=8:‫ܕ‬ C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
Praise of the goings up

1. n∑n∑twrt∑ V
2. †wdh D G H W X; wdh Q T
3. n«te nianabaqmos] anabaqmos Q T
449
 PSALM 126/125

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִ֗שׁיר ַ ֽה ַ֫מּ ֲע ֥לוֹת‬
The song of the steps up

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
wdh twn anabaqmwn
Song of the steps up

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

1
‫שׁירא דאיתאמר על מסקיין דתהומא‬
Song that was said on the goings up of the abyss

1. ‫ דתהומיא‬M
450
 PSALM 126/125

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh n∑n∑twrtr∑1
The song of the steps up

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

twdh n«n«anabaqmos
The song of the steps up

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†˙wdh2 n«te nianabaqmos3
The song of the steps up

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̈
7@=8:‫ܕ‬ C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
Praise of the goings up

1. n∑n∑twrt∑ V (apparently)
2. †wdh D G H W X; wdh Q T
3. n«te nianabaqmos] anabaqmos Q T
451
 PSALM 127/126

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫מה‬
ֹ ֥ j֫ ‫ִ ֥שׁיר ַ ֽה ַ ֽמּ ֲע ֗לוֹת ִל ְשׁ‬
The song of the steps up connected to Šᵉlomoh

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
wdh twn anabaqmwn tw salwmwn1
Song of the steps up connected to Saloœmoœn

The Three [Field]

Α Σ: asma twn anabasewn . . .
Lay of the goings up . . .

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM GRADUUM SALOMONIS
Song of steps of Salomon

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ על יד שׁלמה‬2‫שׁירא דאיתאמר על מסקיין דתהומא‬
Song that was said on the goings up of the abyss on the hand of Šᵉlomoh

1. tw salwmwn] > A S L
2. ‫ דתהומיא‬M
452
 PSALM 127/126

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
1
α γ: CANTICUM GRADUUM SALOMONIS
Song of steps of Salomon
Rom: CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM GRADUUM SALOMONIS2
Song of steps of Salomon

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh n∑n∑twrtr∑ n∑solomwn
The song of the steps up of Solomoœn

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

twdh n«nianabaqmos
The song of the steps up

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†˙wdh3 n«te nianabaqmos4 n«te solomwn5
The song of the steps up of Solomoœn

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̈
‫ܢ‬5W(JM‫ ܕ‬7@=8:‫ܕ‬ C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
Praise of the goings up of Šlêmôn

1. ms. γ reads SOLOMONIS

2. > I W S K
3. †wdh D G H W X; wdh Q T
4. n«te nianabaqmos] anabaqmos Q T
5. n«te solomwn] esolomwn T; > D G H O P W
453
 PSALM 128/127

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִ֗שׁיר ַ ֽה ַ֫מּ ֲע ֥לוֹת‬
The song of the steps up

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
wdh twn anabaqmwn
Song of the steps up

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

1
‫שׁירא דאתאמר על מסיקיין דתהומא‬
Song that was said on the goings up of the abyss

1. ‫ דתהומיא‬M
454
 PSALM 128/127

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh n∑n∑twrtr∑
The song of the steps up

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

[twdh n«ni]anabaqmos
The song of the steps up

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†˙wdh1 n«te nianabaqmos2
The song of the steps up

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̈
7@=8:‫ܕ‬ C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
Praise of the goings up

1. †wdh D G H W X; wdh Q T
2. n«te nianabaqmos] anabaqmos Q T
455
 PSALM 129/128

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִ֗שׁיר ַ ֽה ַ֫מּ ֲע ֥לוֹת‬
The song of the steps up

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
wdh twn anabaqmwn
Song of the steps up

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

1
‫שׁירא דאתאמר על מסיקיין דתהומא‬
Song that was said on the goings up of the abyss

1. ‫ דתהומיא‬M
456
 PSALM 129/128

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh n∑n∑twrtr∑
The song of the steps up

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

twdh n«nianabaqmos
The song of the steps up

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†˙wdh1 n«te nianabaqmos2
The song of the steps up

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̈
7@=8:‫ܕ‬ C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
Praise of the goings up

1. †wdh D G H W X; wdh Q T
2. n«te nianabaqmos] anabaqmos Q T
457
 PSALM 130/129

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִ ֥שׁיר ַ ֽה ַמּ ֲע ֑לוֹת‬
The song of the steps up

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
wdh twn anabaqmwn
Song of the steps up

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

1
‫שׁירא דאתאמר על מסקיין דתהומא‬
Song that was said on the goings up of the abyss

1. ‫ דתהומיא‬M P17
458
 PSALM 130/129

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh n∑n∑twrtr∑
The song of the steps up

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

twdh n«nianabaqmos
The song of the steps up

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†˙wdh1 n«te nianabaqmos2
The song of the steps up

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
̈
7@=8:‫ܕ‬ C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
Praise of the goings up

1. †wdh D G H W X; wdh Q T
2. n«te nianabaqmos] anabaqmos Q T
459
 PSALM 131/130

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִ ֥שׁיר ַ ֽה ַ ֽמּ ֲע ֗לוֹת ְל ָ ֫דִ ֥וד‬
The song of the steps up connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
wdh twn anabaqmwn tw dauid1
Song of the steps up connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α Σ: asma twn anabasewn tou dauid
Lay of the goings up of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM GRADUUM 2
Song of steps

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

3
‫שׁירא דאתאמר על מסיקיין דתהומא‬
Song that was said on the goings up of the abyss

1. tw dauid] > 1219 2017 L

2. + DAUID Σ Θ Harden
3. ‫ דתהומיא על יד דוד‬M
460
 PSALM 131/130

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: CANTICUM GRADUUM IPSI DAUID
Song of steps connected to Dauid himself
Rom: CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM GRADUUM DAUID1
Song of steps of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh n∑n∑twrtr∑
The song of the steps up

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

[twdh] n«nianabaqmos
The song of the steps up

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†˙wdh2 n«te nianabaqmos3
The song of the steps up

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
4 ̈
12‫ ܕܕܘ‬7@=8:‫ܕ‬ C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
Praise of the goings up of Daœwîd

1. HUIC DAUID K Φ; > R I W S

2. †wdh D G H W X; wdh Q T
3. n«te nianabaqmos] anabaqmos Q T
4. > F
461
 PSALM 132/131

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִ֗שׁיר ַ ֽה ַ֫מּ ֲע ֥לוֹת‬
The song of the steps up

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
wdh twn anabaqmwn
Song of the steps up

The Three [Field]

Α Σ: asma twn anabasewn
Lay of the goings up

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

1
‫שׁירא דאתאמר על מסוקיין דתהומא‬
Song that was said on the goings up of the abyss

1. ‫ דתהומיא‬M
462
 PSALM 132/131

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh n∑n∑twrtr∑
The song of the steps up

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

twdh n«nianabaqmos
The song of the steps up

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†˙wdh1 n«te nianabaqmos2
The song of the steps up

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
43
7O'?5D# 12‫ܘ‬1?
Connected to comprehending Daœwîd

1. †wdh D G H W X; wdh Q T
2. n«te nianabaqmos] anabaqmos Q T
3. C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D#‫ ܕ‬C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D#
F; HJ
̈
4. 7O'?5D# 12‫ܘ‬1?] 7@=8:‫ ܕ‬C'*5GM‫ ܬ‬E A mg
Fmg Gmg
463
 PSALM 133/132

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

1
‫ִ ֥שׁיר ַ ֽה ַמּ ֲע ֗לוֹת ְל ָ ֫דִ ֥וד‬
The song of the steps up connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
wdh twn anabaqmwn tw dauid2
Song of the steps up connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM GRADUUM DAUID
Song of steps of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

3
‫שׁירא דאתאמר על מסוקיין דתהומא‬
Song that was said on the goings up of the abyss

1. > two mss. (BHS)

2. tw dauid] > 55 2017 L
3. ‫ דתהומיא לדוד‬M
464
 PSALM 133/132

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ: CANTICUM GRADUUM IPSI DAUID
Song of steps connected to Dauid himself
Rom: CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM GRADUUM DAUID1
Song of steps of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh n∑n∑twrtr∑
The song of the steps up

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

twdh n«nianabaqmos
The song of the steps up

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†˙wdh2 n«te nianabaqmos3
The song of the steps up

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
4 ̈
12‫ܘ‬1? 7@=8:‫ܕ‬ C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
Praise of the goings up connected to Daœwîd

1. HUIC DAUID Φ; > I W S K

2. †wdh D G H W X; wdh Q T
3. n«te nianabaqmos] anabaqmos Q T
4. > E F
465
 PSALM 134/133

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִ֗שׁיר ַ ֽה ַ֫מּ ֲע ֥לוֹת‬
The song of the steps up

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
wdh twn anabaqmwn
Song of the steps up

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

1
‫שׁירא דאתאמר על מסקיין דתהומא‬
Song that was said on the goings up of the abyss

1. ‫ דתהומיא‬M
466
 PSALM 134/133

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
CANTICUM GRADUUM
Song of steps

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

twdh n∑n∑twrtr∑
The song of the steps up

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

twdh n«nianabaqmos
The song of the steps up

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

†˙wdh1 n«te nianabaqmos2
The song of the steps up

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
3 ̈
7@=8:‫ܕ‬ C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
Praise of the goings up

1. †wdh D G H W X; wdh Q T
2. n«te nianabaqmos] anabaqmos Q T
7@=8:‫ܕ‬
3. F
467
 PSALM 135/134

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

1
[‫]ה ְללוּ ָ֨יהּ ׀‬
ַ֥
[Praise Yaœh]

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia 2

Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

4 3
[ ‫]הללויה‬
[Praise Yaœh]

1. As first phrase of the Psalm, not part of heading.

2. + wdh twn anabaqmwn L(few)
3.‫שׁבחו אלהא‬ M
4. As first phrase of the Psalm, not part of heading.
468
 PSALM 135/134

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

allh[l]o[u]i¨a
Alleœlouia

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
1
725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ}

1. <25J?‫ ܗ‬E
469
 PSALM 136/135

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

1
[‫לוּ־יֽהּ‬
ָ ‫]ה ְל‬
ַֽ
————
[Praise Yaœh]
————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia 2

Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

[ALLELUIA]3
[Alleluia]

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

5 4
[ ‫]הללויה‬
————
[Praise Yaœh]
————

1. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.

2. + allhlouia T; ths diplhs 2017 (apparently) L(few)
3. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading. As heading: F Σ K Θ S L Harden; > A
4.‫שׁבחו אלהא‬ M; > P
5. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.
470
 PSALM 136/135

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α Rom: ALLELUIA
Alleluia
γ: ALLELUIA PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
Alleluia music connected to Dauid himself

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a n∑tdiplh
Alleœlouia of the double

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

allhloui¨a ˙n t[diplh]
Alleœlouia in the [double (?)]

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
1
725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ}

1. <25J?‫ ܗ‬E
471
 PSALM 137/136

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
————1

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

————

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

————

1. tw dauid A R S T L(few) Rahlfs; yalmos tw dauid L(some); tw dauid yalmos L(few);

ieremiou 2009 2017; allhlouia dia ihremeiou 1219; tw dauid ieremiou L(many)(sil);
yalmos tw dauid ieremiou L(some); tw dauid dia ieremiou 55 L(some); also +
anepigrafos par ebraiois L(few)
472
 PSALM 137/136

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IPSI DAUID
Connected to Dauid himself
γ: PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid
Rom: PSALMUS DAUID HIEREMIAE
Music of Dauid of Hieremias

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
DAUID1 HIEREMIAE2
Of Dauid of Hieremias

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

pa i¨erhmias
The one of Iereœmias

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

pa i[erhmias e\]da[ue]id
The one of Iereœmias connected to Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

fa dauid n«te3 ieremias
The one of Dauid of Ieremias

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
7(:‫ ܐܪ‬1(6 725J?‫ ܗ‬12‫ܘ‬1?
72KG0 ‫ܬ‬5? 7WM‫ܗܝ ܪܘ‬5J0 '2‫ ܐ‬7?‫ܕ‬
Connected to Daœwîd Praise Yaœ} in the hand of }Eramyaœ}
which has no overwriting on it at the {Ebraœians

1. DAUID PSALMUS I L K Φ; PSALMUS DAUID Clementine; IPSI DAUID LAMENTATIO W

2. > I
3. eqbe Q T
473
 PSALM 138/137

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ ׀‬1‫ְל ָד ִ ֨וד‬
Connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
tw dauid2
Connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: ————
Θ: tw dauid
Connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

DAUID
Of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

3
‫על יד דוד‬
On the hand of Daœwid

1. > a few mss. (BHS)

2. tw dauid] yalmos tw dauid L(few); tw dauid yalmos L(few); tw dauid zacariou
A 2017 L(some); tw dauid zacarias T; tw dauid yalmos zacariou 55 L(few); yalmos
tw dauid zacariou L(some)
3. ‫ לדוד ]על יד דוד‬C P P17
474
 PSALM 138/137

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α Rom: IPSI DAUID
Connected to Dauid himself
γ: PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IPSI DAUID
Connected to Dauid himself

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

pa zacarias edaueid
The one of Zakharias connected to Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

pa zacarias e\daueid
The one of Zakharias connected to Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

fa dauid n«te1 zacarias
The one of Dauid of Zakharias

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܕܕܘ‬
Of Daœwîd

1. nem M O
475
 PSALM 139/138

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַ ֭ל ְמנַ ֵצּ ַח ְל ָדִו֣ד ִמזְ ֑מוֹר‬
For the leader connected to Daœwid music

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos1 tw dauid yalmos2 3

For the end connected to Dauid music

The Three [Field]

Σ: epinikios tou dauid . . .
Of conquest of Dauid . . .

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

PRO UICTORIA DAUID CANTICUM
For the conquest of Dauid song

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫לשׁבחא על יד דוד תושׁבחתא‬
For the praiser onn the hand of Daœwid praise

1. eis to telos] > L(few)

2. tw dauid yalmos] yalmos tw dauid B S Rahlfs
3. + zacariou en th diaspora A T L(some); zacariou L(few)
476
 PSALM 139/138

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself
γ Rom: IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM DAUID PSALMUS1
For the end of Dauid music

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol peyalmos n∑daueid pa zacarias ˙m∑ pjwwre ebol
For the end the music of Daueid the one of Zakharias in the dispersion

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

[ ]dau[eid e\]bal
. . . Daueid . . .

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk ebol2 piyalmos3 n«te4 dauid n«te zacarias ven5 pijwr ebol6
For the end the music of Dauid of Zakharias in the dispersion

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T: 7W?5R6
At the end music connected to Daœwîd

1. DAUID PSALMUS] PSALMUS DAUID R I W K Clementine

2. epjwk ebol] epjwk L; > P T
3. m«piyalmos D G H L O Q V W X
4. n« P
5. nem M O V; n«e P*
6. eb L
477
 PSALM 140/139

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ַל ְמנַ ֵ֗צּ ַח ִמזְ ֥מוֹר ְל ָדִ ֽוד‬
For the leader music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
eis to telos1 yalmos tw dauid2
For the end music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: tw nikopoiw melwdhma tou dauid
For the conqueror tune of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

PRO UICTORIA CANTICUM DAUID
For the conquest song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

3
‫לשׁבחא תושׁבחתא על יד דוד‬
For the praiser praise on the hand of Daœwid

1. eis to telos] > 2009 (apparently)

2. yalmos tw dauid] tw dauid yalmos B S
3. ‫ לדוד ]על יד דוד‬P
478
 PSALM 140/139

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: IN FINEM PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
For the end music connected to Dauid himself
γ Rom: IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
IN FINEM PSALMUS DAUID
For the end music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

epjwk ebol peyalmos n∑daueid
For the end the music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

[e\]pjok [e\bal peyal]mos e\daueid
For the end the music connected to Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

epjwk1 ebol2 piyalmos3 n«te dauid
For the end the music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
S‫ܪ‬5:T: 12‫ܘ‬1? 7W?5R6
At the end connected to Daœwîd music

1. pjwk L
2. > D L P T W X
3. m«piyalmos D G H L M O P Q T V W X
479
 PSALM 141/140

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִמזְ ֗מוֹר ְל ָ ֫דִ ֥וד‬
Music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
yalmos tw dauid1
Music connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: melwdhma tou dauid
Tune of Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM DAUID
Song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫תושׁבחתא לדוד‬
Praise connected to Daœwid

1. yalmos tw dauid] tw dauid yalmos L(few)

480
 PSALM 141/140

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID
Music connected to Dauid himself
γ Rom: PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
1
PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid
The music of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos e\daueid
The music connected to Daueid

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te2 dauid
The music of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T:
Music connected to Daœwîd

1. + IN FINEM I K
2. n« D*
481
 PSALM 142/141

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫יוֹתוֹ ַב ְמּ ָע ָ ֣רה ְת ִפ ָ ֽלּה‬
֖ ‫ַמ ְשׂ ִ ֥כּיל ְל ָדִו֑ד ִבּ ְה‬
Comprehender connected to Daœwid in his being in the cave prayer

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
sunesews1 tw dauid en tw einai auton en tw sphlaiw 2
proseuch34
Of comprehension connected to Dauid in his being in the cave prayer

The Three [Field]

Α: episthmonos tou dauid . . .
Of an understanding one of Dauid . . .

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

ERUDITIO5 DAUID CUM ESSET IN SPELUNCA ORATIO
Education of Dauid when he was being in the cave speech

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫שׂכלא טבא על ידי דוד במהויה באספלידא צלותא‬
Good comprehension on the hands of Daœwid in his being in the cave prayer

1. yalmos L(few)
2. + en (th) erhmw L(few)
3. proseucomenon L(most); > L(few)
4. en tw einai auton en tw sphlaiw proseuch] > L(few)
5. ERUDITI R S L
482
 PSALM 142/141

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: INTELLECTUS IPSI DAUID CUM ESSET IN SPELUNCA ORATIO
Of comprehension connected to Dauid himself when he was being in the cave speech
γ: INTELLECTUS DAUID CUM ESSET IN SPELUNCA ORATIO PSALMUS
Of comprehension of Dauid when he was being in the cave speech music
Rom: INTELLECTUS DAUID CUM ESSET IN SPELUNCA ORATIO
Of comprehension of Dauid when he was being in the cave speech

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
INTELLECTUS DAUID CUM ESSET IN SPELUNCA ORATIO
Of comprehension of Dauid when he was being in the cave speech

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

[peyalmos n∑daueid]1
[The music of Daueid]

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

[ ]

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

euka†2 n«te dauid eƒch ven3 pibhb †proseuch4
For a comprehension of Dauid as he is existing in the cave the prayer

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
C‫"!ܬ‬W6 ‫'ܘܗܝ‬2‫ ܐ‬1I 12‫ܘ‬1? C‫ܬ‬5O'?5D#‫ ܕ‬C‫ܬ‬5?‫ܨ‬
Prayer of comprehension connected to Daœwîd when he was in the cave

1. missing in L; this plus additional line in W33

2. †proseuch Q T
3. eƒch ven] ven Q; eƒven T
4. > P Q T
483
 PSALM 143/142

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ִמזְ ֗מוֹר ְל ָ ֫דִ ֥וד‬
Music connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
yalmos tw dauid 12

Music connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

CANTICUM DAUID
Song of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫ לדוד‬3‫שׁבחא‬
Praise connected to Daœwid

1. + ote A B S Rahlfs; opote L(few)

2. + auton o uios katadiwkei B S Rahlfs; auton o uios katediwxen A; auton o uios
autou katediwken T; auton ediwken abessalwm o uios autou R 55 2027 L(few);
katediwken auton abessalwm o uios autou L(some); katediwken auton o uios
autou abessalwm L(some); o uios auton katediwken abessalwm L(few); o uios . .
. ediwken abessalwm 1219
3. ‫ תושׁבחתא‬M
484
 PSALM 143/142

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: PSALMUS IPSI DAUID QUANDO EUM FILIUS SUUS PERSEQUEBATUR
Music connected to Dauid himself since his own son was pursuing him
γ: PSALMUS DAUID
Music of Dauid
Rom: PSALMUS DAUID QUANDO EUM FILIUS SUUS PERSEQUEBATUR
Music of Dauid since his own son was pursuing him

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
PSALMUS DAUID QUANDO1 FILIUS EUM PERSEQUEBATUR2
Music of Dauid since the son was pursuing him

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

peyalmos n∑daueid n∑tere peƒßhre pwt n∑swƒ
The music of Daueid when his son ran after him

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

peyalmos n«daueid ˙[m pt]re peƒßhre pht n«soƒ
The music of Daueid while his son was running after him

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te3 dauid ˙ote4 aƒ#oji5 n«swƒ6 n«je peƒßhri7
The music of Dauid when he (namely) his son ran after him

1. CUM I
2. FILIUS
EUM PERSEQUEBATUR] FILIUS SUUS EUM PERSEQUEBATUR R S; EIUS FILIUS
EUM PERSEQUEBATUR K; PERSEQUEBATUR EUM ABSALOM FILIUS EIUS I Clementine;
PERSEQUEBATUR FILIUS SUUS ABSALON W
3. n« D
4. > D G H L M O P Q T V W X
5. eƒ#oji G H L M O P Q T V W X
6. > P V
7. peƒu∑s∑ P
485
PSALM 143/142 (cont.)

486
 PSALM 143/142 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
<? C‫!ܗ ̇ܪܕܦ ܗܘ‬6 1‫ܡ‬5JR6‫ ܐ‬1I 12‫ܘ‬1? S‫ܪ‬5:T:
Music connected to Daœwîd when }Abšaœlôm his son was pursuing him

1. ‫ܡ‬5JR(6‫ ܐ‬E F
487
 PSALM 144/143

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ְל ָד ִ ֨וד ׀‬
Connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
1
tw2 dauid 3

Connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

DAUID
Of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫על יד דוד‬
On the hand of Daœwid

1. + yalmos L(some)
2. tou L(few)
3. + pros ton goliad A B R L(some)(sil) Rahlfs; eis ton goliad 55 L(few); pros ton goliaq
1219s L(most)
488
 PSALM 144/143

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: PSALMUS AD GOLIAM
Music to Goliam
γ: PSALMUS DAUID AD GOLIAN
Music of Dauid to Golian
Rom: DAUID ADUERSUS GOLIAM
Of Dauid toward Goliam

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
1
DAUID ADUERSUS GOLIAD2
Of Dauid toward Goliad

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

pa daueid na˙rn∑ goliaq
The one of Daueid in front of Goliath

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

[pa daueid n«na˙ren goliaq]
The one of Daueid in front of Goliath

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

piyalmos n«te dauid oube3 goliaq4
The music of Dauid toward Goliath

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
1(?5H ‫ܬ‬5? 12‫ܘ‬1?
Connected to Daœwîd at Gôlyaœd

1. + PSALMUS Clementine
2. ADUERSUS GOLIAD] AD GOLIAM I
3. eqbe G H O P Q T
4. goliad Q
489
 PSALM 145/144

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

‫ ְל ָ ֫דִ ֥וד‬1‫ְתּ ִה ֗ ָלּה‬
Praise connected to Daœwid

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
ainesis2 tw3 dauid
Praising connected to Dauid

The Three [Field]

Α: umnhsis tou dauid
Acclaiming of Dauid
Σ: umnos tou dauid
Acclaim of Dauid
Θ: ainesews tw dauid
Of praising connected to Dauid

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

HYMNUS DAUID
Acclaim of Dauid

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

‫תושׁבחתא לדוד‬
Praise connected to Daœwid

‫תפלה‬
1. Qumran: 11QPsa
2. ainesews A S T L(some); yalmos ainesews L(few); ainos L(few)
3. tou B
490
 PSALM 145/144

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: LAUS IPSI DAUID
Praise connected to Dauid himself
γ: LAUDATIO DAUID PSALMUS
Praising of Dauid music
Rom: LAUDATIO IPSI DAUID
Praising connected to Dauid himself

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
LAUDATIO 1 DAUID
Praising of Dauid

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

pesmou n∑daueid
The praise of Daueid

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

[ ]

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

pismou2 n«te dauid
The praise of Dauid

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
12‫ܘ‬1? 3C'*5GM‫ܕܬ‬
Of praise connected to Daœwîd

1. + IPSI I Clementine
2. pjwou D; piyalmos P
C'*5GM‫ܬ‬
3. EFHJ
491
 PSALM 146/145

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

1
[‫לוּ־יהּ‬
ָ֡ ‫]ה ְל‬
ַֽ
[Praise Yaœh]

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia 2

Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

4 3
[ ‫]הללויה‬
[Praise Yaœh]

1. As first phrase of the Psalm, not part of heading. > a few mss. (BHS)
2. + aggaiou kai zacariou A B S Rahlfs
3.‫שׁבחו אלהא‬ M
4. As first phrase of the Psalm, not part of heading.
492
 PSALM 146/145

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: ALLELUIA AGGAEI ET ZACCARIAE
Alleluia of Aggaeus and Zaccarias
γ: ALLELUIA PSALMUS DAUID
Alleluia music of Dauid
Rom: ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ALLELUIA AGGEI ET ZACCHARIAE
Alleluia of Aggeus and Zaccharias

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a pa aggaios mn∑ zacarias
Alleœlouia the one of Aggaios and Zakharias

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

[ ]

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia fa1 aggeos nem zacarias2
Alleœlouia the one of Aggeos and Zakharias

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
72!I‫ ܘܕܙ‬+H‫ ܕܗ‬3725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ} of H¸aggay and of Zkaryaœ}

1. afa W
2. zacarios M
<25J?‫ܗ‬
3. E
493
 PSALM 147.1–11/146

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

[‫לוּ־יֽהּ‬
ָ ‫]ה ְל‬ ַֽ
1
[‫]ה ְללוּ ָ֨יהּ ׀‬ַ֥
[Praise Yaœh]
[Praise Yaœh]

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia 2

Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

[3‫]הללויה‬
5 4
[ ‫]הללויה‬
[Praise Yaœh]
[Praise Yaœh]

1. As first phrase of the Psalm (duplicated)/last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.
2. + aggaiou kai zacariou A B S Rahlfs
3. ‫ שׁבחו אלהא‬M
4. ‫ שׁבחו אלהא‬M
5. As first phrase of the Psalm (duplicated)/last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.
494
 PSALM 147.1–11/146

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
1
α γ: ALLELUIA AGGAEI ET ZACCARIAE
Alleluia of Aggaeus and Zaccarias
Rom: ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
ALLELUIA AGGEI ET ZACCHARIAE2
Alleluia of Aggeus and Zaccharias

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a 3

Alleœlouia

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia fa4 aggeos nem zacarias56
Alleœlouia the one of Aggeos and Zakharias

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
S‫ܪ‬5:T: 72!I‫ ܘܕܙ‬+H‫ ܕܗ‬725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ} of H¸aggay and of Zkaryaœ} music

1. ms. γ reads ZACHARIAE

2. AGGEI ET ZACCHARIAE] > I W Clementine
3. + pa aggaios nm∑ zacarias B (apparently)
4. afa W
5. zacarios W X
6. allhlouia fa aggeos nem zacarias] fa aggeos nem zacarias allhlouia Q
495
 PSALM 147.12–20/147

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

————

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia 1

Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

————2

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

————

1. + aggaiou kai zacariou A B S Rahlfs

2. ALLELUIA F I A K S
496
 PSALM 147.12–20/147

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: ALLELUIA AGGAEI ET ZACCHARIAE
Alleluia of Aggaeus and Zaccharias
γ Rom: ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
1
ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a pa aggaios2 mn∑ zacarias
Alleœlouia the one of Aggaios and Zakharias

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

allhloui¨a pa agai¨os men [z]acari¨[as]
Alleœlouia the one of Agaios and Zakharias

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia fa3 aggeos nem zacarias45
Alleœlouia the one of Aggeos and Zakharias

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
72!I‫ ܘܕܙ‬+H‫ ܕܗ‬6725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ} of H¸aggay and of Zkaryaœ}

1. + AGGEI ET ZACCHARIAE F
2. Budge incorrectly reads lgaios
3. afa W
4. zacarios W X
5. fa aggeos nem zacarias] > T
6.<25J?‫ܗ‬ E
497
 PSALM 148

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

[‫לוּ־יֽהּ‬
ָ ‫]ה ְל‬ ַֽ
1
[‫]ה ְללוּ ָ֨יהּ ׀‬ַ֥
[Praise Yaœh]
[Praise Yaœh]

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia 2

Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

[ALLELUIA]3
ALLELUIA
[Alleluia]
Alleluia

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

[4‫]הללויה‬
6 5
[ ‫]הללויה‬
[Praise Yaœh]
[Praise Yaœh]

1. As first phrase of the Psalm/last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.

2. + aggaiou kai zacariou A B S Rahlfs
3. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not part of heading. As part of heading: F Σ; > K Θ S L Harden
4. ‫ שׁבחו אלהא‬M
5. ‫ שׁבחו אלהא‬M; ‫ שׁבחו יה‬C; > P
6. As first phrase of the Psalm/last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.
498
 PSALM 148

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: ALLELUIA AGGAEI ET ZACCHARIAE
Alleluia of Aggaeus and Zaccharias
γ Rom: ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
1
ALLELUIA2
Alleluia

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a pa aggaios3 mn∑ zacarias
Alleœlouia the one of Aggaios and Zakharias

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

allhl[oui¨a pa agai¨]os men [zacari¨as]
Alleœlouia the one of Agaios and Zakharias

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia fa4 aggeos nem zacarias
Alleœlouia the one of Aggeos and Zakharias

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
72!I‫ ܘܕܙ‬+H‫ ܕܗ‬5725J?‫ ܗ‬725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ} praise Yaœ} of H¸aggay and of Zkaryaœ}

1. + [ALLELUIA] (as last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not part of heading) Clementine; ALLELUIA F
2. > S
3. Budge incorrectly reads ggaios
4. afa W
5.725J?‫ ܗ‬725J?‫< ܗ‬25J?‫< ܗ‬25J?‫ ܗ‬725J?‫ܗ‬
] E; F
499
 PSALM 149

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

[‫לוּ־יֽהּ‬
ָ ‫]ה ְל‬ ַֽ
1
[‫]ה ְללוּ ָ֨יהּ ׀‬ַ֥
[Praise Yaœh]
[Praise Yaœh]

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia 2

Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

[ALLELUIA]3
ALLELUIA
[Alleluia]
Alleluia

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

[4‫]שׁבחו ית יהוה‬
6 5
[ ————]
[Praise YHWH]
[————]

1. As first phrase of the Psalm/last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.

2. + aggaiou kai za(k)cariou R L(some)
3. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not part of heading. As part of heading: F Σ L; > I A K Θ S Harden
4. ‫ הללויה ]שׁבחו ית יהוה‬C P P17 P110; ‫ שׁבחו אלהא‬M
5. ‫ הללויה‬P17 P110; ‫ שׁבחו יה‬C; ‫ שׁבחו אלהא‬M
6. As first phrase of the Psalm/last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.
500
 PSALM 149

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: ALLELUIA AGGAEI ET ZACCHARIAE
Alleluia of Aggaeus and Zaccharias
γ: ALLELUIA PSALMUS DAUID
Alleluia music of Dauid
Rom: ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
1
ALLELUIA2
Alleluia

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

allhlo[ui¨a]
Alleœlouia

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
3
725J?‫ ܗ‬725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ} praise Yaœ}

1. + [ALLELUIA] (as last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not part of heading) Clementine; ALLELUIA F Φ
2. > S
3.725J?‫ܘܗ‬ H1
501
 PSALM 150

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

[‫לוּ־יֽהּ‬
ָ ‫]ה ְל‬ ַֽ
1
[‫]ה ְללוּ ָ֨יהּ ׀‬ַ֥
[Praise Yaœh]
[Praise Yaœh]

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
allhlouia 2

Alleœlouia

Iuxta Hebraeos [Weber–Gryson]

[ALLELUIA]3
ALLELUIA
[Alleluia]
Alleluia

Targum [de Lagarde, mod.]

[4‫]הללויה‬
6 5
[ ‫]הללויה‬
[Praise Yaœh]
[Praise Yaœh]

1. As first phrase of the Psalm/last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.

2. + aggaiou kai zacariou L(few)
3. As last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not part of heading. As pt. of heading: F L; > R I Σ A K Θ S Harden
4. ‫ שׁבחו אלהא‬M
5. ‫ שׁבחו אלהא‬M
6. As first phrase of the Psalm/last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not a heading.
502
 PSALM 150

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α γ Rom: ALLELUIA
Alleluia

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
1
ALLELUIA2
Alleluia

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

allhloui¨a
Alleœlouia

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

allhlouia
Alleœlouia

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
725J?‫ ܗ‬725J?‫ܗ‬
Praise Yaœ} praise Yaœ}

1. + [ALLELUIA] (as last phrase of preceeding Psalm, not part of heading) Clementine; ALLELUIA F Φ
2. > S
503
 PSALM 151

Masoretic Hebrew [BHS]

[not included]1

Primary Translations (from Hebrew)

Old Greek [Rahlfs, mod. Pietersma]
outos o yalmos idiografos 2
eis3 dauid kai exwqen4 tou ariqmou 5 6

This music is self-written connected to Dauid and outside of the number

1. 151A: ‫ הללויה לדויד בן ישי‬Qumran: 11QPs a

151B: ‫ תחלת גב]ו[רה ל]דו[יד משמשחו נביא אלוהים‬Qumran: 11QPs a

2. + esti L(few)
3. tou A R T L(many); tw 55 L(some)
4. exw L(few)
5. + twn rn yalmon L(many); twn rn L(few)
6. + ote emonomachsen tw goliad B S Rahlfs; ote emonomachsen pros ton
goliad/goliaq A R L(most)
504
 PSALM 151

Secondary Translations (from Greek)

Old Latin [ed. Bianchini/Sabatier/Weber]
α: HIC PSALMUS PROPRIE SCRIBTUS EST IN DAUID EXTRA NUMERUM EST
UBI PUGNAUIT CUM GOLIAT
This music was specially written to Dauid it is outside the number
where he fought with Goliat
γ: HIC PSALMUS SIBI PROPRIE SCRIPTUS EST DAUID EXTRA NUMERUM CL
CUM PUGNAUIT CUM GOLIA
This music was specially written for himself of Dauid outside the number 150
when he fought with Golia
Rom: HIC PSALMUS PROPRIE SCRIPTUS DAUID EXTRA NUMERUM
CUM PUGNAUIT CUM GOLIA
This music specially written of Dauid outside the number
when he fought with Golia

Gallicanum [Weber–Gryson]
HIC PSALMUS PROPRIE SCRIPTUS DAUID1 ET2 EXTRA NUMERUM
CUM PUGNAUIT CUM GOLIAD3 4
This music specially written of Dauid and outside the number
when he fought with Goliad

1. HIC PSALMUS PROPRIE SCRIPTUS DAUID] PSALMUS DAUID PROPRIE A

2. > A K
3. CUM PUGNAUIT CUM GOLIAD] > A
4. + HIC PSALMUS IN HEBRAEIS CODICIBUS NON HABETUR SED NE A SEPTUAGINTA
QUIDEM INTERPRETIBUS EDITUS EST ET IDCIRCO REPUDIANDUS Φ
505
PSALM 151 (cont.)

506
 PSALM 151 (cont.)

Sahidic Coptic [Chappell]

neyalmos n∑daueid rn
pei¨yalmos1 n∑ta daueid sa˙ƒ∑ etootƒ∑2 eƒm∑pbol n∑th3 pe
n∑tereƒmiße mn∑ goliaq
The musics of Daueid 150
it is this music which Daueid wrote to him(self) as it is outside of that
when he fought with Goliath

Oxyrhynchitic Coptic [Mudil Codex, ed. Gabra]

neyalm[os n«daueid r∑]n∑
pei¨ pe [peyalmos eqa] daueid [se˙ƒ etatƒ eƒm]pal n«th [pe]
[ntereƒ]miße men gol[iaq]
The musics of Daueid 150
this is the music which Daueid wrote to himself as it is outside of that
when he fought with Goliath

Bohairic Coptic [Burmester–Dévaud, mod. Chappell]

fai pe piyalmos n«te dauid etaƒsvhtƒ4 m«mauatƒ eƒsabol5 m«piariqmos
˙ote etaƒ† m«mauatƒ nem goliaq6
This is the music of Dauid which he wrote alone it being outside of the number
when he fought alone with Goliath

1. Budge incorrectly reads peyalmos

2. unclear; Budge reads etsotķ
3. unclear; Budge reads n∑te
4. etaƒvhtƒ P
5. sabol D G H O W X
6. koliaq M
507
PSALM 151 (cont.)

508
 PSALM 151 (cont.)

Syrohexapla [Hiebert]
‫ ܗܘ‬7@(@: 9: !G?‫'ܒ ܘ‬D: ̇ 1
̣ 12‫ ܕܕܘ‬9: <J2‫ ܕ‬S‫ܪ‬5:T: 7O‫ܗ‬
3 ̈ ‫<ܘܢ‬JD6 292‫ ܕ‬5?
`I'R: 7X*‫ܨ‬
̇
1(?5H \0 ‫'ܫ‬I‫ܐܬ‬ ‫ܕܘܗܝ‬5XJ6 1I 4
This music of his one of Daœwîd’s writing and it is outside of the number
yet it isn’t found in all the copies
when he alone fought with Gôlyaœd

1. +<25J?‫ ܗ‬E; 9: <25J?‫ ܗ‬F

2. !(H F
̈ ̈ ̈
3. `I'R: 7X*‫<ܘܢ ܨ‬JD6 92‫ ܕ‬5?] SZ5:T: 9(RW*‫ ܘ‬CF:‫ ܕ‬E
4. + 92‫!ܗ ܕ‬:‫ ܐ‬A J
mg

509
 CONCLUSION

“It used to go like that, now it goes like this.” —Bob Dylan

The story of the Psalm headings, like the book of Psalms as a whole and the rest of biblical

literature, is the story of people, places, controversies, and communities. In this study I have

examined how subsequent generations of translators and readers of the Psalms received the

material of the headings. From the manuscripts of the Psalms themselves to the words of the

commentators on those Psalms, we find that the early versions of Late Antiquity had a range of

opinions and treatments of the material of the Psalm headings.

The Status of the Headings in the Early Versions

In the broadest sense, we find that the Psalm headings receive two kinds of treatment:

accommodation (either conservative or free) or replacement. Accordingly, these treatments

enlighten us to the attitude of the translators of the early versions toward the Psalm headings.

The first of these is the most common—and perhaps the easiest—option for translators of

the Psalms. The challenge of devising a suitable rendering for the inherited and obscure musical

and liturgical information of the headings, of course remains, but for translations of translations

(such as the “daughters of the Septuagint”) this is made less difficult by the initial translation’s

510
choice of a meaning for the original Hebrew. A foundation is already laid. Conservative

accommodation of the headings—simple, unembellished translation—would seek to pass along

the material as it is, unanswered questions and all; freer forms of accommodation begin with

this transmission, but are then able to modify or expand it with more helpful information. Often,

the level of freedom allowed may change over time within a scribal tradition. The Masoretic

scribes represent a system locking down its treatment of the text, even with fossilized textual

problems addressed in marginal notations. Conversely, some traditions become more open to

modification—for instance, the late Bohairic “revised headings” show innovation after centuries

of relative stasis. Freer types of accommodation reveal an interesting attitude towards the

material of the Psalm headings: these traditions, consciously or not, regard the headings as of

quasi-canonical (or deuterocanonical) status. The heading material is there, interwoven with the

canonical text of the the individual Psalms, but it is different. While the main text of the Psalms

is fixed, reinforced by centuries of tradition, the headings are more malleable. Their boundaries

are permeable, and their content is flexible. Conservative accommodation of the Psalm headings

could show that their material was considered fully canonical, although not necessarily. Even in

those traditions that fully accept the headings as part of the biblical text, they are still in practice

expendable. Lectionaries and horologia/books of hours throughout the traditions of the early

versions frequently do not include the heading material in their compendia. The focus is on the

primary text, the Psalm itself. The common scribal tradition of rubrication, writing the heading

in red ink, offsets it visually and, while not explicitly marking it as less important, nevertheless

distinguishes it. The heading is alongside, but different, from the main Psalm text.

The second option, wholesale replacement of the headings, requires a critical choice by

the translator, and is thus bolder than just passing on what was received. Not surprisingly, this

is the rarer option—apparently only taken by the original translators of the Peshiṭta or their

successors soon after. Once this option had been employed, it did make it easier to replace the

511
headings again, as may have been the case with the West Syrian tradition after Theodore of

Mopsuestia’s defamation. Indeed, the West Syrian tradition becomes the broadest and most

fluid of all the translations among the early versions. Obviously, the removal (and replacement)

of the Psalm headings shows that this material were not considered canonical by the translators

or scribes who excised it from their work.

The Function of the Headings in the Early Versions

The question remains—did the Psalm headings in the early versions have an actual function?

How useful were they? The answer naturally varies by treatment. The uneven amount and

character of the information contained in the original Hebrew headings, and their incomplete

distribution over the full Psalter shows that they are not mandatory components for each of the

Psalms. Conservative treatment by translations—avoiding the temptation to flesh out the

unheaded Psalms with similar material—would attest to their historical, albeit vestigial, value.

In all likelihood, for many readers (and translators) in the conservative accommodation camp,

the opaque headings were relics from the past, “boundary stones left by the ancestors” not to be

disturbed even if they were not understood. Their paratextual value in shaping the reader’s view

of the following Psalm would be negligible (especially with short, stereotyped headings).

Readers and commentators such as Gregory of Nyssa asked much more of the headings—

and seeking, they found. With exegetical effort, Gregory was able to derive significance and

functional insight from the headings. To readers familiar with this interpretative stance toward

the headings, this meaning could be imported into their own reading of the Psalms.

Freer styles of accommodation would allow the addition of later information to the base

text of the heading, updating it functionally. This openness created a locus for innovation,

whether it be mundane scribal notations like stichometric counts or more theological insights

into the intended speaker of the Psalm. No longer just inflexible artifacts of the past to be

512
preserved, the headings become flexible spaces which can accept new information. Their

paratextual function increases as more intentional material is added. With gradual changes

(such as the accumulated additions to the Greek Psalter), we can at times catch glimpses into the

changing understanding or usage of the Psalms. With more comprehensive modifications (such

as the Latin prosopological series), we see the headings fully take on the role of thresholds to the

Psalms, paratexts designed to guide and mold proper theological understanding. Since the

Hebrew headings originally functioned paratextually—their contents, so obtuse to later readers,

would likely havemade functional, performative sense to their earliest recipients—the headings

in a sense come full circle.

The full replacement of the Psalms in the Syrian traditions of the Peshiṭta text show the

greatest interest in giving function to the concept of the Psalm heading (if not the original

content). The ending of the tradition of the headings from Hebrew did not mean the end of the

practice of using the headings as gateways to the Psalms. Although gone, the idea of the

headings endured, and was given new expression through the theological understandings of the

Psalms by their interpreters. These fully new headings—truly paratexts—then could serve to

curate the Psalms for future generations of readers.

Further Research

This study does not exhaust the possibilities for research into the development of the Psalm

headings. More can be done, both by continuing to refine the materials used for the early

versions and by extending the research into additional translations and scribal traditions.

One area where greater clarity could be achieved would be with the Greek Psalter. As

mentioned, the sheer enormity of the manuscript tradition has inhibited a full and complete

conspectus of its development. Efforts begun by Rahlfs’ preliminary edition continue, with

greater refinement of the original Old Greek text before the Common Era. Hopefully, the coming

513
decades will see the results of a century of research and collation of the manuscripts. With this, a

better understanding of the Greek Psalter tradition and its various stages of modification can be

achieved. Specifically, the bulk of the so-called “Lucianic” recension must be nuanced—and

aligned with the concurrent evidence of the Greek’s daughter versions. This is where a better

understanding of the original form of these versions can assist in tracing the growth of the Greek

Psalter tradition. For example, the continuum of the Coptic versions—a range of evidence

spanning over a millennium and a half—can provide parallel points of reference for this

endeavor.

A better understanding of the development of the Greek Psalter also allows text critical

scholars to hone their recovery of the earliest form of the Psalms in Greek. Once later alterations

are identified and distinguished from the pristine form of the text, we must then take account of

the Old Greek’s textform and its differences from the received Masoretic text of the Hebrew

scribal tradition. While the research of Pietersma and others have somewhat reduced the

number, the fact still remains that the earliest Greek Psalter (and presumably its underlying

Hebrew base) still contained more headings.

The greatest opportunity to expand this research on the Psalm headings would be to

extend it into additional languages and translations. While Latin, Syriac, and Coptic represent

the first tier of Christian biblical translation, the next tier includes even more languages.

Consider Classical Armenian, for instance. While Armenia became the first officially Christian

nation in 301 through the advocacy of Grigor/Gregory the Illuminator (257–331), Classical

Armenian biblical tradition goes back to the invention of the Armenian alphabet in 406 by

Mesrop Mashtots (361/362–440). The fifth century saw the translation of the Bible first from

Syriac and then from Greek (the untangling of these sources and revisions is a primary

desideratum for the research into any biblical book). Armenian scribal culture bloomed, with

Armenian manuscript output only being surpassed by Latin. The arrival of printing

514
demonstrated the primary role of the Classical Armenian Psalms, with twelve printed editions of

the Psalter appearing from 1512 until 1666, when the first full Bible finally was printed.1 In his

famous edition (Venice, 1805), Zohrapean used seven complete mss, but none earlier than the

13th century. For the Psalms, it would certainly be desirable to have an edition more fully

expressing the evidence of the hundreds of Armenian manuscripts. Once this was done, the

treatment of the headings could be studied, comparing this with the earlier versions.

Similarly, Arabic, Ethiopic, Georgian, Slavonic, and other languages provide obvious

trajectories to extend this research. The present work could be used as a model for further

investigations into any and all of the versions in these languages, following the comprehensive

example which has been used. As with any of the versions discussed thus far, the primary need

is to establish the textual tradition of the translation, from the initial text through its later

flourishing and development. The story of the Psalm headings—and their roles as thresholds to

the Psalms—continues through these later translations and their readers.

Other Languages Bibliography (a preliminary selection)

Arabic

Griffith, Sidney H. 2013. The Bible in Arabic: The Scriptures of the "People of the Book" in the

Language of Islam. Jews, Christians, and Muslims from the Ancient to the Modern

World. Princeton University Press.

Classical Armenian

ԱՍՏՈՒԱԾԱՇՈՒՆՉ ՄԱՏԵԱՆ ՀԻՆ ԵՒ ՆՈՐ ԿՏԱԿԱՐԱՆԱՑ [Classical Armenian Bible]. 1997.

Yerevan: The Bible Society of Armenia. Reprint of Vienna 1929, reprint of

Constantinople 1895.

1. Nersessian 2001, 32.

515
Cox, Claude E. 2000. “The Armenian Version and the Text of the Old Greek Psalter.” In Der

Septuaginta-Psalter und seine Tochterübersetzungen: Symposium in Göttingen 1997.

Mitteilungen des Septuaginta-Unternehmens 24; Abhandlungen der Akademie der

Wissenschaften in Göttingen, Philologisch-Historische Klasse, Dritte Folge 230. Anneli

Aejmelaeus and Udo Quast, eds. (pgs. 174–247). Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

Nersessian, Vrej. 2001. The Bible in the Armenian Tradition. Los Angeles: The J. Paul Getty

Museum.

Renoux, Charles. 2012. “Quelques psaumes dans les documents liturgiques anciens géorgiens et

arméniens.” In Textual Research on the Psalms and Gospels: Papers from the Tbilisi

Colloquium on the Editing and History of Biblical Manuscripts / Recherches textuelles

sur les psaumes et les évangiles: Actes du Colloque de Tbilisi, 19–20 septembre 2007.

Supplements to Novum Testamentum 142. Christian Bernard Amphoux and James Keith

Elliott, eds. (pgs. 57–70). Leiden: Brill.

Zōhrapean, Hovhannēs, ed. 1805. ԱՍՏՈՒԱԾԱՇՈՒՆՉ ՄԱՏԵԱՆ ՀԻՆ ԵՒ ՆՈՐ ԿՏԱԿԱՐԱՆԱՑ

[Classical Armenian Bible]. Venice.

Ethiopic

Knibb, Michael A. 2000. “The Ethiopic Translation of the Psalms.” In Der Septuaginta-Psalter

und seine Tochterübersetzungen: Symposium in Göttingen 1997. Mitteilungen des

Septuaginta-Unternehmens 24; Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften in

Göttingen, Philologisch-Historische Klasse, Dritte Folge 230. Anneli Aejmelaeus and

Udo Quast, eds. (pgs. 107–122). Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

Stoffregen Pedersen, Kirsten. 1995. Traditional Ethiopian Exegesis of the Book of Psalms.

Äthiopistische Forschungen 36. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.

516
Georgian

Kharanauli, Anna. 2000. “Einführung in die georgische Psalterübersetzung.” In Der

Septuaginta-Psalter und seine Tochterübersetzungen: Symposium in Göttingen 1997.

Mitteilungen des Septuaginta-Unternehmens 24; Abhandlungen der Akademie der

Wissenschaften in Göttingen, Philologisch-Historische Klasse, Dritte Folge 230. Anneli

Aejmelaeus and Udo Quast, eds. (pgs. 248–308). Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

Shanidze, Mzekala. 2012. “The Old Georgian Psalter and the Titles of the Psalms.” In Textual

Research on the Psalms and Gospels: Papers from the Tbilisi Colloquium on the Editing

and History of Biblical Manuscripts / Recherches textuelles sur les psaumes et les

évangiles: Actes du Colloque de Tbilisi, 19–20 septembre 2007. Supplements to Novum

Testamentum 142. Christian Bernard Amphoux and James Keith Elliott, eds. (pgs. 19–

41). Leiden: Brill.

517